# Journal officiel C 109/22 m

| | ISSN 1977-0936 |
| --- | --- |
| Journal officiel
  de l'Union européenne | C 109 |
| | |
| Édition de langue française | Communications et informations | 62e année22 mars 2019 |

ISSN 1977-0936

Journal officiel

de l'Union européenne

C 109

Édition de langue française

Communications et informations

62e année22 mars 2019

---

| Sommaire | page |
| --- | --- |
| | II   Communications |
| | COMMUNICATIONS PROVENANT DES INSTITUTIONS, ORGANES ET ORGANISMES DE L’UNION EUROPÉENNE |
| | Commission européenne |
| 2019/C 109/01 | Autorisation des aides d’État dans le cadre des dispositions des articles 107 et 108 du traité sur le fonctionnement de l’Union européenne — Cas à l’égard desquels la Commission ne soulève pas d’objections (
  1
  ) | 1 |

Sommaire

page

II   Communications

COMMUNICATIONS PROVENANT DES INSTITUTIONS, ORGANES ET ORGANISMES DE L’UNION EUROPÉENNE

Commission européenne

2019/C 109/01

Autorisation des aides d’État dans le cadre des dispositions des articles 107 et 108 du traité sur le fonctionnement de l’Union européenne — Cas à l’égard desquels la Commission ne soulève pas d’objections (
  1
  )

1

1

---

| | V   Avis |
| --- | --- |
| | PROCÉDURES RELATIVES À LA MISE EN ŒUVRE DE LA POLITIQUE DE CONCURRENCE |
| | Commission européenne |
| 2019/C 109/02 | Aide d’État — Royaume-Uni — Aide d’État SA.35980 (2018/NN) — Réforme du marché de l’électricité: mécanisme de capacité — Invitation à présenter des observations en application de l’article 108, paragraphe 2, du traité sur le fonctionnement de l’Union européenne (
  1
  ) | 3 |
| 2019/C 109/03 | Aide d’État — Danemark — Aide d’État SA.52162 (2019/C) (ex 2018/FC) — Aide d’État en faveur du consortium du pont de l’Øresund — Invitation à présenter des observations en application de l’article 108, paragraphe 2, du traité sur le fonctionnement de l’Union européenne (
  1
  ) | 46 |
| 2019/C 109/04 | Aide d’État — Suède — Aide d’État SA.52617 (2019/C) (ex 2018/FC) — Aide d’État en faveur du consortium du pont de l’Øresund — Invitation à présenter des observations en application de l’article 108, paragraphe 2, du traité sur le fonctionnement de l’Union européenne (
  1
  ) | 72 |

V   Avis

PROCÉDURES RELATIVES À LA MISE EN ŒUVRE DE LA POLITIQUE DE CONCURRENCE

Commission européenne

2019/C 109/02

Aide d’État — Royaume-Uni — Aide d’État SA.35980 (2018/NN) — Réforme du marché de l’électricité: mécanisme de capacité — Invitation à présenter des observations en application de l’article 108, paragraphe 2, du traité sur le fonctionnement de l’Union européenne (
  1
  )

1

3

2019/C 109/03

Aide d’État — Danemark — Aide d’État SA.52162 (2019/C) (ex 2018/FC) — Aide d’État en faveur du consortium du pont de l’Øresund — Invitation à présenter des observations en application de l’article 108, paragraphe 2, du traité sur le fonctionnement de l’Union européenne (
  1
  )

1

46

2019/C 109/04

Aide d’État — Suède — Aide d’État SA.52617 (2019/C) (ex 2018/FC) — Aide d’État en faveur du consortium du pont de l’Øresund — Invitation à présenter des observations en application de l’article 108, paragraphe 2, du traité sur le fonctionnement de l’Union européenne (
  1
  )

1

72

---

| | |
| --- | --- |
| | (1)   Texte présentant de l'intérêt pour l'EEE. |

---

(1)   Texte présentant de l'intérêt pour l'EEE.

1

| FR | |
| --- | --- |

FR

---

II Communications

COMMUNICATIONS PROVENANT DES INSTITUTIONS, ORGANES ET ORGANISMES DE L’UNION EUROPÉENNE

Commission européenne

| 22.3.2019 | FR | Journal officiel de l'Union européenne | C 109/1 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

22.3.2019

FR

Journal officiel de l'Union européenne

C 109/1

---

Autorisation des aides d’État dans le cadre des dispositions des articles 107 et 108 du traité sur le fonctionnement de l’Union européenne

Cas à l’égard desquels la Commission ne soulève pas d’objections

(Texte présentant de l'intérêt pour l'EEE)

(2019/C 109/01)

| Date d’adoption de la décision | 24.01.2019 |
| --- | --- |
| Numéro de l'aide | SA.48883 (2018/N) |
| État membre | France |
| Région | — | — |
| Titre (et/ou nom du bénéficiaire) | Dispositif compensatoire pour la mission de transport et de distribution de la presse pour 2018-2022 — Notification |
| Base juridique | — | Loi no 90-568 du 2 juillet 1990 modifiée relative à l'organisation du service public de La Poste et à France Télécom |

Date d’adoption de la décision

24.01.2019

Numéro de l'aide

SA.48883 (2018/N)

État membre

France

Région

—

—

Titre (et/ou nom du bénéficiaire)

Dispositif compensatoire pour la mission de transport et de distribution de la presse pour 2018-2022 — Notification

Base juridique

—

Loi no 90-568 du 2 juillet 1990 modifiée relative à l'organisation du service public de La Poste et à France Télécom

| — | Le Code des postes et des communications électroniques |
| --- | --- |

—

Le Code des postes et des communications électroniques

| — | loi no 2010-123 du 9 février 2010 relative à l'entreprise publique La Poste et aux activités postales |
| --- | --- |

—

loi no 2010-123 du 9 février 2010 relative à l'entreprise publique La Poste et aux activités postales

| — | Contrat d'entreprise 2018-2022 entre l'État et La Poste |
| --- | --- |

—

Contrat d'entreprise 2018-2022 entre l'État et La Poste

Type de la mesure

Aide ad hoc

Groupe La Poste

Objectif

Services d'intérêt économique général

Forme de l’aide

Subvention directe

Budget

Budget global: EUR 518.8 (millions)

Budget annuel: EUR 103.8 (millions)

Intensité

—

Durée

01.01.2018 — 31.12.2022

Secteurs économiques

Autres activités de poste et de courrier

Nom et adresse de l’autorité chargée de l’octroi

| Direction générale des entreprises — ministère de l'Économie |
| --- |
| 139 Rue de Bercy 75012 Paris |

Direction générale des entreprises — ministère de l'Économie

139 Rue de Bercy 75012 Paris

Autres informations

—

Le texte de la décision dans la ou les langues faisant foi, expurgé des données confidentielles, est disponible sur le site:

http://ec.europa.eu/competition/elojade/isef/index.cfm.

| Date d’adoption de la décision | 06.02.2019 |
| --- | --- |
| Numéro de l'aide | SA.52951 (2019/N) |
| État membre | Danemark |
| Région | DANMARK | — |
| Titre (et/ou nom du bénéficiaire) | Prolongation and amendment of scheme for the development, production and promotion of cultural and educational digital games |
| Base juridique | The Danish Movie Act |
| Type de la mesure | Régime d'aide | — |
| Objectif | — |
| Forme de l’aide | Subvention directe |
| Budget | Budget global: DKK 75 (millions)
  Budget annuel: DKK 15 (millions) |
| Intensité | 100 % |
| Durée | jusqu'au 31.12.2023 |
| Secteurs économiques | Secteurs économiques éligibles au bénéfice de l'aide |
| Nom et adresse de l’autorité chargée de l’octroi | Ministry of Culture |
| Nybrogade 2, 1203 Copenhagen K |

Date d’adoption de la décision

06.02.2019

Numéro de l'aide

SA.52951 (2019/N)

État membre

Danemark

Région

DANMARK

—

Titre (et/ou nom du bénéficiaire)

Prolongation and amendment of scheme for the development, production and promotion of cultural and educational digital games

Base juridique

The Danish Movie Act

Type de la mesure

Régime d'aide

—

Objectif

—

Forme de l’aide

Subvention directe

Budget

Budget global: DKK 75 (millions)

Budget annuel: DKK 15 (millions)

Intensité

100 %

Durée

jusqu'au 31.12.2023

Secteurs économiques

Secteurs économiques éligibles au bénéfice de l'aide

Nom et adresse de l’autorité chargée de l’octroi

Ministry of Culture

Nybrogade 2, 1203 Copenhagen K

Autres informations

—

Le texte de la décision dans la ou les langues faisant foi, expurgé des données confidentielles, est disponible sur le site:

http://ec.europa.eu/competition/elojade/isef/index.cfm.

---

V Avis

PROCÉDURES RELATIVES À LA MISE EN ŒUVRE DE LA POLITIQUE DE CONCURRENCE

Commission européenne

| 22.3.2019 | FR | Journal officiel de l'Union européenne | C 109/3 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

22.3.2019

FR

Journal officiel de l'Union européenne

C 109/3

---

AIDE D’ÉTAT — ROYAUME-UNI

Aide d’État SA.35980 (2018/NN) — Réforme du marché de l’électricité: mécanisme de capacité

Invitation à présenter des observations en application de l’article 108, paragraphe 2, du traité sur le fonctionnement de l’Union européenne

(Texte présentant de l’intérêt pour l’EEE)

(2019/C 109/02)

Par lettre du 21 février 2019, reproduite dans la langue faisant foi dans les pages qui suivent le présent résumé, la Commission a notifié au Royaume-Uni sa décision d’ouvrir la procédure prévue à l’article 108, paragraphe 2, du traité sur le fonctionnement de l’Union européenne au sujet de la mesure susmentionnée.

Les parties intéressées peuvent présenter leurs observations sur la mesure à l’égard de laquelle la Commission ouvre la procédure, dans un délai d’un mois à compter de la date de publication du présent résumé et de la lettre qui suit, à l’adresse suivante:

| Commission européenne, |
| --- |
| Direction générale de la concurrence |
| Greffe des aides d’État |
| 1049 Bruxelles |
| BELGIQUE |
| Fax + 32 22961242 |
| Stateaidgreffe@ec.europa.eu |

Commission européenne,

Direction générale de la concurrence

Greffe des aides d’État

1049 Bruxelles

BELGIQUE

Fax + 32 22961242

Stateaidgreffe@ec.europa.eu

Ces observations seront communiquées au Royaume-Uni. Le traitement confidentiel de l’identité de la partie intéressée qui présente les observations peut être demandé par écrit, en spécifiant les motifs de la demande.

1.   PROCÉDURE

Le 23 juin 2014, les autorités britanniques ont notifié à la Commission une mesure visant à soutenir les fournisseurs de capacité sur le marché de l’électricité en Grande-Bretagne, appelée «marché de capacité». La base juridique nationale est la loi britannique sur l’énergie de 2013 (Energy Act 2013).

Au cours des contacts de prénotification et de l’examen préliminaire, la Commission a reçu plusieurs déclarations émanant de certains opérateurs au Royaume-Uni alléguant que certains éléments de la mesure étaient potentiellement incompatibles avec le marché intérieur en vertu de l’article 107, paragraphe 3, point c), du traité. Le 23 juillet 2014, après avoir examiné la notification, qui répondait aussi aux allégations formulées dans les déclarations desdits opérateurs, la Commission a décidé de ne pas soulever d’objections à l’égard du régime d’aides établissant la mesure, au motif que ce régime était compatible avec les règles de l’Union en matière d’aides d’État.

Le 15 novembre 2018, dans l’affaire T-793/14, Tempus Energy et Tempus Energy Technology/Commission (ECLI:EU:T:2018:790), le Tribunal de l’Union européenne a annulé la décision de la Commission. Le Tribunal a estimé que compte tenu, d’une part, de la durée et des circonstances de la phase de prénotification et, d’autre part, de l’absence d’instruction appropriée par la Commission, au stade de l’examen préliminaire, de certains aspects du marché de capacité, et plus précisément en ce qui concerne le rôle et le traitement de la gestion de la demande dans le mécanisme de capacité notifié, la Commission aurait dû avoir des doutes quant à la compatibilité de la mesure avec le marché intérieur, lesquels doutes auraient dû la conduire à ouvrir la procédure formelle d’examen prévue à l’article 108, paragraphe 2, du traité.

Afin de se conformer à l’arrêt du Tribunal, la Commission a réexaminé la mesure notifiée et a décidé d’ouvrir la procédure formelle d’examen prévue à l’article 108, paragraphe 2, du TFUE.

2.   DESCRIPTION DE LA MESURE À L’ÉGARD DE LAQUELLE LA COMMISSION OUVRE LA PROCÉDURE

La libéralisation des marchés de l’électricité et leur intégration croissante en un marché intérieur unique s’accompagnent de défis s’agissant de garantir l’adéquation des capacités de production. En 2014, le Royaume-Uni a estimé que le marché de l’électricité en Grande-Bretagne atteindrait des niveaux critiques d’adéquation des capacités de production vers 2017/2018. Le Royaume-Uni a par conséquent conçu la mesure sous la forme d’un marché de capacité.

Dans le cadre de ce marché de capacité, l’opérateur du système britannique organise chaque année des enchères centralisées de façon à obtenir le niveau de capacité requis pour garantir la capacité du système électrique à couvrir la charge de pointe. Les fournisseurs de capacité peuvent soumissionner pour des délais de réalisation d’un ou de quatre ans. En contrepartie d’un paiement régulier pour toute la durée du contrat de capacité (qui va de 1 à 15 ans), les adjudicataires retenus lors des enchères sont tenus de mettre à disposition leur capacité pendant les périodes de tension sur le réseau électrique, à défaut de quoi ils s’exposent à des sanctions financières. Les enchères sont ouvertes aux producteurs d’électricité existants et nouveaux, aux opérateurs de gestion de la demande et aux opérateurs de stockage. Les interconnexions peuvent y prendre part depuis 2015. Les coûts du marché de capacité (c’est-à-dire les coûts supportés pour financer les paiements de capacité aux fournisseurs) sont supportés par l’ensemble des fournisseurs autorisés sur la base de la consommation d’électricité entre 16 heures et 19 heures chaque jour de la semaine en hiver.

La base juridique nationale est la loi britannique sur l’énergie de 2013 (Energy Act 2013). La législation dérivée, à savoir le règlement relatif à la capacité électrique (Electricity Capacity Regulations) et les règles relatives au marché de capacité (Capacity Market Rules), a été adoptée par le Parlement le 1er août 2014.

3.   APPRÉCIATION DE LA MESURE

3.1.   Existence d’une aide au sens de l’article 107, paragraphe 1, du TFUE

La Commission considère que le paiement de capacité constitue une ressource contrôlée par l’État et qu’il est imputable à ce dernier. La Commission note que les soumissionnaires retenus reçoivent, dans le cadre du mécanisme notifié, une rémunération qu’ils ne recevraient pas s’ils continuaient à opérer sur le marché de l’électricité dans des conditions économiques normales en vendant de l’électricité et des services auxiliaires uniquement. En outre, la mesure confère un avantage uniquement à certaines entreprises capables de contribuer à remédier au problème d’adéquation identifié qui sont en concurrence avec d’autres producteurs d’électricité. La mesure notifiée conférera donc un avantage économique à des entreprises se trouvant dans une situation factuelle et juridique comparable à celle d’autres producteurs d’électricité. En conséquence, la mesure est sélective. La production d’électricité ainsi que les marchés de gros et de détail de l’électricité sont des activités ouvertes à la concurrence dans toute l’Union européenne. Dès lors, tout avantage conféré au moyen de ressources d’État à une entreprise de ce secteur est susceptible d’affecter les échanges au sein de l’Union et de fausser la concurrence. Par conséquent, la Commission conclut que la mesure constitue une aide d’État au sens de l’article 107, paragraphe 1, du TFUE.

3.2.   Légalité de l’aide

Bien que le marché de capacité ait été notifié par les autorités britanniques avant d’être mis à exécution, la décision de la Commission de 2014 autorisant le régime a été annulée par le Tribunal. Compte tenu de l’arrêt du Tribunal annulant la décision de la Commission de 2014, la mise en œuvre de l’aide en question doit être considérée comme illégale (1).

3.3.   Compatibilité de la mesure

Conformément à la communication de la Commission sur la détermination des règles applicables à l’appréciation des aides d’État illégales (2), la Commission a apprécié la compatibilité de la mesure avec le marché intérieur, de 2014 à novembre 2018 et pour l’avenir. L’appréciation est fondée sur les conditions établies à la section 3.9 des lignes directrices concernant les aides d’État à la protection de l’environnement et à l’énergie (LDAEE) (3), qui fixent des conditions spécifiques pour les aides en faveur de l’adéquation des capacités de production et sont applicables depuis le 1er juillet 2014.

3.3.1.   Objectif d’intérêt commun et nécessité de l’aide

Les problèmes d’adéquation des capacités de production au Royaume-Uni sont déterminés au moyen d’un indicateur quantifiable, et les résultats concordent avec l’analyse effectuée par le réseau européen des gestionnaires de réseaux de transport d’électricité (REGRT-E). La mesure poursuit un objectif bien défini. Elle vise à remédier à la nature et aux causes du problème et, en particulier, à la défaillance du marché qui empêche celui-ci de fournir le niveau de capacité requis. Le Royaume-Uni a envisagé d’autres solutions pour remédier au problème, afin d’éviter de manquer l’objectif d’élimination progressive des subventions préjudiciables à l’environnement. Par conséquent, la Commission conclut à titre préliminaire que le marché de capacité du Royaume-Uni contribue à la réalisation d’un objectif d’intérêt commun et qu’il est nécessaire.

3.3.2.   Caractère approprié de l’aide

Le choix de l’instrument est cohérent avec d’autres mesures visant à remédier à la même défaillance du marché, et l’aide rétribue uniquement le service que constitue la mise à disposition de la capacité. Toutefois, la Commission cherche à obtenir des éclaircissements sur la question de savoir si la mesure est suffisamment ouverte à tous les fournisseurs de capacité concernés, notamment aux opérateurs de gestion de la demande, en raison des différences dans la durée des contrats applicable, de la garantie limitée s’agissant du volume de capacité réservé pour les mises aux enchères ayant lieu une année avant l’échéance et du niveau de capacité minimal requis pour participer à ces dernières. La Commission émet également des doutes quant à la participation de la capacité interconnectée, qui est actuellement limitée par l’utilisation d’un modèle fondé sur les interconnexions.

3.3.3.   Effet incitatif

Les estimations de l’adéquation des capacités de production présentées par le Royaume-Uni en 2014 montrent qu’en l’absence de la mesure, cette adéquation aurait atteint des niveaux critiques à compter de 2018/2019. Les estimations les plus récentes, fournies par le Royaume-Uni en décembre 2018, démontrent que des problèmes d’adéquation des capacités de production subsistent et que ces dernières pourraient atteindre des niveaux critiques au cours de la prochaine décennie. Sans la mesure, les fournisseurs de capacité ne mettraient pas à disposition les capacités nécessaires pour respecter la norme de fiabilité fixée par le Royaume-Uni en matière de fourniture d’énergie pendant les périodes de tension sur le réseau. La Commission conclut donc à titre préliminaire que la mesure a un effet incitatif.

3.3.4.   Proportionnalité

La Commission cherche à obtenir des éclaircissements sur le caractère proportionné de la mesure en raison de différences potentiellement discriminatoires dans le traitement des opérateurs de gestion de la demande par rapport à celui des producteurs d’électricité en ce qui concerne la durée des contrats de capacité. Comme l’a indiqué le Tribunal dans son arrêt, les doutes de la Commission devraient également concerner la méthode de recouvrement des coûts, qui pourrait ne pas inciter suffisamment les consommateurs à réduire leur consommation pendant les pics de demande et ne permet donc pas de limiter le montant total de l’aide au montant minimal nécessaire.

3.3.5.   Prévention des effets négatifs sur la concurrence et les échanges

Conformément aux LDAEE, la mesure ne réduit pas les incitations à investir dans les capacités d’interconnexion et ne compromet pas le couplage des marchés. De plus, elle ne nuit pas aux décisions d’investissement antérieures à l’introduction de la mesure. Elle accorde par ailleurs comme il se doit la préférence aux technologies émettant peu de carbone, à paramètres techniques et économiques équivalents. Cela étant, la Commission cherche à obtenir des éclaircissements sur la question de savoir si la mesure permet d’éviter des effets négatifs sur la concurrence et les échanges, étant donné que les contrats à long terme sont réservés aux unités de production, ce qui limite l’ouverture de la mesure, et que la participation directe de fournisseurs de capacité étrangers n’est actuellement pas autorisée dans le mécanisme de capacité du Royaume-Uni.

3.3.6.   Respect des articles 30 et 110 du TFUE

Comme indiqué au point 29 des LDAEE, si une aide d’État ou les modalités dont elle est assortie, notamment son mode de financement, lorsqu’il fait partie intégrante de l’aide, entraînent de manière indissociable une violation du droit de l’Union, l’aide ne saurait être déclarée compatible avec le marché intérieur. Dans le domaine de l’énergie, tout prélèvement destiné à financer une mesure d’aide d’État doit respecter en particulier les articles 30 et 110 du TFUE. La Commission conclut à titre préliminaire que le mécanisme de financement des mesures d’aide notifiées n’introduit aucune restriction susceptible d’enfreindre l’article 30 ou l’article 110 du TFUE.

Conformément à l’article 16 du règlement (UE) 2015/1589 du Conseil (4), toute aide illégale peut faire l’objet d’une récupération auprès de son bénéficiaire.

TEXTE DE LA LETTRE

The Commission wishes to inform the United Kingdom that, following the Judgement of the General Court of the European Union of 15 November 2018 in case T-793/14 — Tempus Energy and Tempus Energy Technology v Commission (‘the GC judgement’), it has re-examined the information supplied by your authorities on the measure referred to above

After re-examination of the notification, the Commission has decided to initiate the procedure laid down in Article 108(2) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU).

1   PROCEDURE

| (1) | Following pre-notification contacts, the UK authorities notified to the Commission on 23 June 2014, in accordance with Article 108(3) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU), a measure to support capacity providers in the electricity market in Great Britain (5) (‘the measure’). |
| --- | --- |

(1)

| (2) | In the course of the pre-notification contacts and the notification process the Commission received several submissions alleging the incompatibility of the measure with Article 107(3)(c). |
| --- | --- |

(2)

| (3) | On 23 July 2014, the Commission decided not to raise objections to the aid scheme establishing the measure, on the ground that that scheme was compatible with the Union rules on State aid (6). |
| --- | --- |

(3)

| (4) | On 15 November 2018, in the GC judgement, the General Court annulled the Commission decision mentioned in recital (3) above. In summary, the General Court considered that based on the length and circumstances of the pre-notification phase and the lack of appropriate investigation by the Commission at the preliminary examination stage with regard to some aspects of the capacity market, more specifically, with regard to the role and treatment of demand side response in the notified capacity mechanism, the Commission should have had doubts as to the compatibility of the measure with the internal market, which should have led it to initiate the formal investigation procedure in accordance with Article 108(2) TFEU, and thus allow interested parties to submit their observations and to put at its disposal the relevant information in order to better assess the compatibility of the planned capacity market. |
| --- | --- |

(4)

| (5) | Following the annulment of the Commission decision, the Commission registered the file under a NN reference, since the measure has been in force since 2014 (7). Additional information was received from the UK on 20 December 2018. In order to comply with the GC judgement, the Commission re-examined the notified measure and decided to initiate the formal investigation proceedings under Article 108(2) TFEU. |
| --- | --- |

(5)

| (6) | Since the United Kingdom notified on 29 March 2017 its intention to leave the European Union, pursuant to Article 50 of the Treaty on European Union, the Treaties will cease to apply to the United Kingdom from the date of entry into force of the withdrawal agreement or, failing that, two years after the notification, unless the European Council in agreement with the United Kingdom decides to extend this period. As a consequence, and without prejudice to any provisions of the withdrawal agreement, the present decision only applies if (i) the United Kingdom is still a Member State on the first day of the period for which the notified scheme is approved, and (ii) to individual aid granted under the notified scheme until the United Kingdom ceases to be a Member State. |
| --- | --- |

(6)

2   DESCRIPTION OF THE MEASURE

2.1   Overview of the measure

| (7) | In 2014, the United Kingdom (UK) estimated that the electricity market in Great Britain (GB) would reach critical levels of generation adequacy around 2017/2018. The UK therefore designed the measure as a capacity market where the System Operator organises centrally-managed auctions to procure the level of capacity required to ensure generation adequacy. |
| --- | --- |

(7)

| (8) | The auctions were initially open to existing and new generators, demand side response (DSR) operators and storage operators. Participation of interconnectors was enabled as of the second auction in 2015. Successful bidders receive a steady payment during the duration of the capacity agreement in return for a commitment to deliver electricity at times of system stress called on by the System Operator. Financial penalties apply if beneficiaries do not deliver the amount of energy according to their capacity obligation. The measure is financed through a levy on electricity supplies. |
| --- | --- |

(8)

| (9) | The first auction was organised in 2014 for the delivery of the capacity in 2018, followed by three further four-year ahead (‘T-4’) auctions (in 2015, 2016 and 2017), one year-ahead (‘T-1’) auction (in 2017), and two transitional auctions (‘TA’, in 2016 and 2017) as discussed in recital (61). |
| --- | --- |

(9)

| (10) | The measure was suspended on 15 November 2018 following the GC judgement, mentioned in recital (4) (and currently under appeal). The UK confirmed that no further aid under the Capacity Market (also abbreviated as ‘CM’) would be granted through auctions and that the payments for the aid granted under the auctions that had already taken place had been halted until a State aid approval by the Commission. |
| --- | --- |

(10)

2.2   Legal basis, duration, budget and governance arrangements

| (11) | The legal basis for the measure is the Energy Act 2013. Secondary legislation in the form of Electricity Capacity Regulations 2014, the Electricity Capacity (Supplier Payments etc.) Regulations 2014 and the Capacity Market Rules govern the implementation of the measure. |
| --- | --- |

(11)

| (12) | The Energy Act does not contain an end date for the Capacity Market. The State aid clearance is however valid for a period of 10 years starting from the date of the first implementation of the measure in 2014 (8). |
| --- | --- |

(12)

| (13) | Table 1 below presents a summary of the outcome of the various capacity market auctions which have taken place since 2014, including the transitional auctions (TA).

  Table 1


  Summary of Capacity Market Auction Outcomes










  Auction | Auction acquired capacity


  GW | Clearing Price


  GBP/kW | Total budget for Capacity committed at auction
   (9)


  GBP millions |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| T-4 2014 | 49.3 | 19.40 | 1,734 |
| T-4 2015 | 46.4 | 18.00 | 1,082 |
| T-4 2016 | 52.4 | 22.50 | 2,012 |
| T-4 2017 | 50.4 | 8.40 | 500 |
| T-1 2017 | 5.8 | 6.00 | 35 |
| TA 2016 | 0.8 | 27.50 | 22 |
| TA 2017 | 0.3 | 45.00 | 14 |

(13)

Table 1

Summary of Capacity Market Auction Outcomes

Auction

Auction acquired capacity

GW

Clearing Price

GBP/kW

Total budget for Capacity committed at auction
   (9)

GBP millions

T-4 2014

49.3

19.40

1,734

T-4 2015

46.4

18.00

1,082

T-4 2016

52.4

22.50

2,012

T-4 2017

50.4

8.40

500

T-1 2017

5.8

6.00

35

TA 2016

0.8

27.50

22

TA 2017

0.3

45.00

14

| (14) | The UK regularly reviews the CM mechanism in the light of feedback of each auction process, and has conducted a number of public consultation exercises to make incremental improvements to the regulatory detail of certain specific features of the scheme. Ofgem also annually gathers stakeholder views on potential changes to the operational and administrative features of the scheme and makes amendments to the rules. In addition, a more formal and comprehensive review is scheduled to take place every five years (10), involving both the government and Ofgem, to assess the extent to which the Capacity Market effectively delivers on its objectives and to which it remains the most effective form of intervention to address those objectives, which include considering underlying market failures. In essence, the review consists of the following two stages:






  a. | Ofgem carries out five-year reviews of those areas of the Capacity Market design that are covered in the Capacity Market Rules, looking at the effectiveness of the scheme and whether its existing arrangements are fit for purpose. |
| --- | --- | --- |

(14)

a.

Ofgem carries out five-year reviews of those areas of the Capacity Market design that are covered in the Capacity Market Rules, looking at the effectiveness of the scheme and whether its existing arrangements are fit for purpose.

| b. | the Government assesses the Capacity Market and its objectives from a more high-level perspective and addresses the question of whether the Capacity Market is still needed in the future or should be phased out and the extent to which the objectives of the Capacity Market could be achieved in way that imposes less regulation. This is informed by the Government’s annual internal consideration of whether to run the Capacity Market auction as well as the findings of Ofgem’s first stage review. The Government carries out public consultations as part of this review process. |
| --- | --- |

b.

the Government assesses the Capacity Market and its objectives from a more high-level perspective and addresses the question of whether the Capacity Market is still needed in the future or should be phased out and the extent to which the objectives of the Capacity Market could be achieved in way that imposes less regulation. This is informed by the Government’s annual internal consideration of whether to run the Capacity Market auction as well as the findings of Ofgem’s first stage review. The Government carries out public consultations as part of this review process.

| (15) | The UK Government has initiated the first 5-year review process by publishing a Call for Evidence in August 2018, thus inviting views and evidence at a high level on issues such as whether there is a continuing need for the CM, and the identification of any priority areas where changes should be made. In September 2018, Ofgem published an Open Letter asking for views and evidence on whether the Rules continue to meet their objectives. |
| --- | --- |

(15)

| (16) | The measure is implemented by the Government, the energy regulator (Ofgem), the Delivery Body (National Grid — ‘NG’), the Settlement Body (a new institution created under the Energy Act 2013, subject to government direction and oversight) and the settlement service provider (Elexon). A brief high-level description of their roles and responsibilities is set out below. |
| --- | --- |

(16)

The Government

| (17) | The Government is responsible for the strategic oversight of the Capacity Market and for changes to the Regulations governing the scheme and to ensure continued accountability for key aspects of the Capacity Market design. The Regulations include for example general eligibility criteria for entry to Capacity Market auctions, functions of the System Operator for delivery of the Capacity Market, and the settlement of payments. |
| --- | --- |

(17)

Ofgem

| (18) | The Government designed the Rules for the Capacity Market, but the market regulator Ofgem is responsible for implementing them (both the Government and Ofgem may amend the Rules). The Capacity Market Rules include technical rules and procedures concerning pre-qualification and capacity auctions, the contents of capacity agreements and the obligations of capacity agreement holders. When considering changes to the Rules, Ofgem is bound by a set of objectives enshrined in the Regulations and the Rules, which ensures transparency and confidence in the governance of the Capacity Market. Ofgem is also responsible for the resolution of disputes raised by applicants about the outcome of pre-qualification. |
| --- | --- |

(18)

National Grid (also abbreviated ‘NG’)

| (19) | The System Operator is the National Grid. It undertakes the delivery role for the Capacity Market, including: providing advice to Ministers on the security of supply outlook and recommending the amount of capacity to auction in order to meet the reliability standard; pre-qualifying auction participants, administering the capacity auctions and issuing the contracts (so-called ‘capacity agreements’) with the successful bidders; developing and administering new supporting procedures such as the provision of Capacity Market warnings. |
| --- | --- |

(19)

| (20) | The Government sets out the delivery functions of the System Operator in secondary legislation, which are ‘relevant requirements’ enforceable by Ofgem. This gives the Government certainty about what will be delivered and a clear basis for Ofgem to manage NG’s performance in its delivery role. A panel of technical experts provides independent scrutiny of NG’s advice on the recommended amount of capacity to auction. |
| --- | --- |

(20)

The Settlement Body

The Government set up the Capacity Market Settlement Body to provide ultimate accountability, governance and control of the settlement process and payments disbursed under capacity agreements. The Settlement Body is a private company limited by shares owned by the Government as the sole shareholder. It is responsible for setting its own internal governance so that it is able to meet its obligations, but the Government has retained overall control over it.

The settlement service provider

| (21) | The Government announced the decision to contract functions out to Elexon Ltd. through the Official Journal of the European Union in February 2013. Elexon operates as the settlement service provider, with responsibilities for carrying out calculations and determinations of capacity payments. Elexon’s role as settlement service provider is similar but more limited than the role it currently has under the Balancing and Settlement Code. A contract between the Settlement Body and Elexon outlines the details of the service to be delivered, the cost of that service and performance monitoring arrangements. |
| --- | --- |

(21)

2.3   Beneficiaries

Eligibility

| (22) | Capacity providers participate in the Capacity Market on the basis of ‘Capacity Market Units’ (CMUs). It is at CMU level at which pre-qualification applications are made, capacity agreements are held, obligations that apply in times of system stress are specified and penalties/over-delivery payments are calculated. Generation capacity (both existing and new), interconnectors, storage and DSR are able to participate. The eligibility criteria are set out in recitals (23) to (27). |
| --- | --- |

(22)

| (23) | Generating units (defined with reference to: providing electricity, being capable of independent control, net output measured by half hourly meter(s), connection capacity in excess of 2MW) may participate individually as a CMU or aggregate with other eligible generating units under the following conditions:






  — | The units all form part of the same Trading Unit (i.e. power station); or |
| --- | --- | --- |

(23)

—

The units all form part of the same Trading Unit (i.e. power station); or

| — | All the units are connected to the system at the same Boundary Point; that is the same site, but the Trading Unit concept does not apply; or |
| --- | --- |

—

All the units are connected to the system at the same Boundary Point; that is the same site, but the Trading Unit concept does not apply; or

| — | The aggregate capacity of all the units is between the minimum (2MW) threshold and 50MW (effectively embedded generation spread across several sites); |
| --- | --- |

—

The aggregate capacity of all the units is between the minimum (2MW) threshold and 50MW (effectively embedded generation spread across several sites);

| (24) | DSR CMUs are defined with reference to a commitment to reduce demand with the DSR provider being (i) an electricity customer directly; (ii) an entity owning the electricity customer; or (iii) an entity having contractual DSR control over the electricity customer. Such commitment should cause the electricity customer to reduce the import of electricity (as measured by half hourly meters) and/or export electricity generated by on-site generating units which are owned by the electricity customer. In addition, each component should be connected to a half hourly meter and the provider’s total DSR capacity should be between 2MW and 50MW. Table 2 below shows the results of DSR performance in the auctions held until November 2018:

  Table 2


  DSR performance in the capacity auctions held to date | Entered auction (MW) | Won agreements (MW) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 2014 T-4 | 603 | 174 |
| 2015 T-4 | 673 | 456 |
| 2016 T-4 | 1,798 | 1,411 |
| 2017 T-4 | 2,246 | 1,206 |
| 2018 T-4 (11) (susp.) | 2,618 | N/A |
| 2017 T-1 | 1,283 | 443 |
| 2018 T-1 (susp.) | 2,124 | N/A |
| 2015 TA | 619 | 475 |
| 2016 TA | 373 | 312 |

(24)

Table 2

DSR performance in the capacity auctions held to date

Entered auction (MW)

Won agreements (MW)

2014 T-4

603

174

2015 T-4

673

456

2016 T-4

1,798

1,411

2017 T-4

2,246

1,206

2018 T-4 (11) (susp.)

2,618

N/A

2017 T-1

1,283

443

2018 T-1 (susp.)

2,124

N/A

2015 TA

619

475

2016 TA

373

312

| (25) | The Capacity Market excludes capacity providers already in receipt of support from other measures. The following resources are not eligible to participate in the Capacity Market:






  — | Low-carbon generating plants receiving support through the Contracts for Difference (CfD) or small scale Feed-In-Tariff. |
| --- | --- | --- |

(25)

—

Low-carbon generating plants receiving support through the Contracts for Difference (CfD) or small scale Feed-In-Tariff.

| — | Renewable generators receiving support through the Renewables Obligation (RO), unless they choose to forego receiving RO payments (they are allowed to participate once their RO contracts expire). |
| --- | --- |

—

Renewable generators receiving support through the Renewables Obligation (RO), unless they choose to forego receiving RO payments (they are allowed to participate once their RO contracts expire).

| — | Plants in receipt of the Renewable Heat Incentive (RHI) — this is because the RHI has been designed to complement the RO and the CfD for renewables. |
| --- | --- |

—

Plants in receipt of the Renewable Heat Incentive (RHI) — this is because the RHI has been designed to complement the RO and the CfD for renewables.

| — | Plants in receipt of funding from the UK Carbon Capture and Storage (CCS) Commercialisation Competition — because the CfD for CCS has been designed to provide them with the additional support needed to be commercially viable. |
| --- | --- |

—

Plants in receipt of funding from the UK Carbon Capture and Storage (CCS) Commercialisation Competition — because the CfD for CCS has been designed to provide them with the additional support needed to be commercially viable.

| — | Technologies in receipt of funding from the EU New Entrants Reserve 300, which aims to support emerging low carbon technologies such as CCS and tidal energy as they are also eligible to receive support under the CfD. |
| --- | --- |

—

Technologies in receipt of funding from the EU New Entrants Reserve 300, which aims to support emerging low carbon technologies such as CCS and tidal energy as they are also eligible to receive support under the CfD.

| — | Plants which were awarded 15 year contracts by NG to form part of the Short-Term Operating Reserve immediately prior to the initial Electricity Market Reform (EMR) policy proposals in 2010, and which chose to maintain them. |
| --- | --- |

—

Plants which were awarded 15 year contracts by NG to form part of the Short-Term Operating Reserve immediately prior to the initial Electricity Market Reform (EMR) policy proposals in 2010, and which chose to maintain them.

| (26) | Companies who have participated in the Enterprise Investment Scheme (EIS) and Venture Capital Trust (VCT) schemes are not precluded from participation in the CM, but are subject to a test to ensure they do not receive ‘double subsidy’ (in order to avoid cumulation of State aid). |
| --- | --- |

(26)

| (27) | While the direct participation of foreign capacities is not allowed, interconnectors have been eligible for the participation in the capacity market as from the second auction in 2015, as CMUs, on an equal basis with GB-based generators and DSR resources, subject to essentially the same regime of rewards and penalties, and de-rated to reflect their contribution to security of supply (12). Table 3 below presents the results of the interconnectors’ (‘IC CMUs’) participation in the auctions to date:

  Table 3


  Interconnector participation in CM auctions to date












  Auction type | T-4 | T-1 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Auction Year | 2015 | 2016 | 2017 | 2018 (susp.) | 2018 (susp.) |
| Delivery Year | 19/20 | 20/21 | 21/22 | 22/23 | 19/20 |
| Number of IC CMUs pre-qualified | 3 | 5 | 6 | 8 | 3 |
| Number of IC CMUs successful | 2 | 4 | 6 | NA | NA |
| Of which new build | 0 | 0 | 3 | NA | NA |
| Of which existing | 2 | 4 | 3 | NA | NA |
| Capacity of IC CMUs successful (GW) | 1.86 | 2.34 | 4.56 | NA | NA |

(27)

Table 3

Interconnector participation in CM auctions to date

Auction type

T-4

T-1

Auction Year

2015

2016

2017

2018 (susp.)

2018 (susp.)

Delivery Year

19/20

20/21

21/22

22/23

19/20

Number of IC CMUs pre-qualified

3

5

6

8

3

Number of IC CMUs successful

2

4

6

NA

NA

Of which new build

0

0

3

NA

NA

Of which existing

2

4

3

NA

NA

Capacity of IC CMUs successful (GW)

1.86

2.34

4.56

NA

NA

| (28) | In the 2014 decision, an exception to the participation of the interconnected capacity was granted for the first auction (December 2014) due to the following constraints:






  — | Capacity to procure: A new methodology to de-rate the interconnector contribution in the auction was needed. Closer cooperation with other Member States on assessing generation adequacy was needed to eliminate potential free riding where countries had different reliability standards. |
| --- | --- | --- |

(28)

—

Capacity to procure: A new methodology to de-rate the interconnector contribution in the auction was needed. Closer cooperation with other Member States on assessing generation adequacy was needed to eliminate potential free riding where countries had different reliability standards.

| — | Prequalification: At that point in time, it was not possible for the Delivery Body to independently complete the prequalification stage for a foreign capacity. Cooperation with foreign TSOs on measurement and verification, dispatch for testing and data-sharing platforms would have been needed. |
| --- | --- |

—

Prequalification: At that point in time, it was not possible for the Delivery Body to independently complete the prequalification stage for a foreign capacity. Cooperation with foreign TSOs on measurement and verification, dispatch for testing and data-sharing platforms would have been needed.

| — | Auction: The auction would have been open to gaming if foreign capacity had been allowed to participate. A new methodology would have been needed to limit the amount of foreign capacity up to the de-rated capacity of the interconnector. Furthermore the price-taker threshold was likely to be different in another market, meaning that the auction clearing price set in GB might not have been appropriate for capacity in another market and a zonal auction might have been necessary. |
| --- | --- |

—

Auction: The auction would have been open to gaming if foreign capacity had been allowed to participate. A new methodology would have been needed to limit the amount of foreign capacity up to the de-rated capacity of the interconnector. Furthermore the price-taker threshold was likely to be different in another market, meaning that the auction clearing price set in GB might not have been appropriate for capacity in another market and a zonal auction might have been necessary.

| — | Delivery: The obligation to deliver entails that generators must generate when a 4-hour capacity market warning is called. In another market, this could have resulted in out of merit dispatch, causing market distortion (13). This would have not rendered an additional security of supply benefit to the UK in a world where market coupling is fully implemented with electricity flows already responding to scarcity pricing. |
| --- | --- |

—

Delivery: The obligation to deliver entails that generators must generate when a 4-hour capacity market warning is called. In another market, this could have resulted in out of merit dispatch, causing market distortion (13). This would have not rendered an additional security of supply benefit to the UK in a world where market coupling is fully implemented with electricity flows already responding to scarcity pricing.

| (29) | For 2014 only, in the absence of direct participation by interconnected capacity, the expected contribution from interconnection at times of GB system stress was reflected in the amount of capacity auctioned. For example, if 1 GW of imports were expected to be available at times of GB system stress, the amount of capacity auctioned in the Capacity Market would be reduced by 1 GW. The contribution of non-CM interconnection was initially assessed by NG at zero (float) when recommending the T-4 target for the delivery year 2018/19, but this was subsequently revised to a net contribution of 2.1 GW for the T-1 auction (cf. recital (143)). |
| --- | --- |

(29)

Pre-qualification process

| (30) | Participation in the Capacity Market is not mandatory. However, it is mandatory for all licenced, eligible capacity to participate in the pre-qualification process, even if it does not intend to bid. The purpose of the pre-qualification is to ensure participants in the auction can deliver the capacity they offer, and the System Operator is able to adjust the amount of capacity to auction based on the volume of capacity opting out of the auction. |
| --- | --- |

(30)

| (31) | Any eligible capacity that opts out of the capacity auction is not exposed to Capacity Market penalties for non-delivery, nor are they eligible for any payment for over-delivery. Such capacity is able to opt back into subsequent auctions and can participate in the secondary market. As with ineligible plants, the amount auctioned is reduced to account for the amount of capacity of plants opting out. |
| --- | --- |

(31)

| (32) | To ensure reliable capacity is ready for the delivery year, the System Operator undertakes pre-qualification checks ahead of the auction to confirm the eligibility and bidding status of all potential capacity. Pre-qualification requirements vary for different types of capacity (e.g. for generation and DSR). |
| --- | --- |

(32)

| (33) | As part of their pre-qualification application, applicants have to meet both generic and specific pre-qualification requirements, which vary depending on whether the unit is an existing or prospective generating unit, or a DSR unit. The generic requirements include basic administrative detail (contact details, licence status, corporate structure, location and various Directors’ declarations), whilst existing generation units have to also demonstrate their historic performance. Prospective units have to provide evidence of planning consent and connection agreement, a detailed construction plan and details of their expected capital expenditure relative to the duration of the capacity agreement being sought. They are also required to lodge credit support (i.e. collateral, or ‘bid bond’) as an indication of their seriousness to participate in the auction and to deliver an operational unit by the start of the delivery year. |
| --- | --- |

(33)

| (34) | New generation and unproven DSR (as opposed to proven DSR (14)) are required to submit a bid bond of GBP 5,000 (around EUR 5,650) per megawatt for four-year ahead and one year-ahead auctions and of GBP 500 (around EUR 565) per megawatt for transitional auctions. Concerning DSR, the measure provides that the bid bond is forfeited pro rata to the volume of capacity that was not actually supplied by the DSR operators, provided that they provide at least 90 % of the volume of capacity that they had committed to. While DSR operators can aggregate several sites in order to reach the 2 MW minimum threshold, it should be noted that they are liable to pay a bid bond on the whole of the 2 MW, if even only a small proportion of that volume is unproven DSR capacity. According to the UK, a CMU can only be proven as a single unit, proven on the same day in the same settlement period. This requirement to prove as a unit should minimize gaming risk. Otherwise, applicants could prove at different times and put together a unit which might not be able to perform together during a stress event, with resulting security of supply risk. |
| --- | --- |

(34)

| (35) | Following consultation in March 2016, the UK Government raised the pre-auction bid bond for new build generation to GBP 10,000/MW to help fully secure exposure to the increased termination fee liability, as well as to help to deter speculative applications by requiring a greater level of pre-auction commitment. The level of pre-auction bid bond for unproven DSR, however, was left at GBP 5,000/MW following feedback from stakeholders during the consultation that it is comparatively more expensive for DSR aggregators to secure credit cover from lenders. |
| --- | --- |

(35)

| (36) | The System Operator publishes technology specific de-rating factors in advance of the pre-qualification window. For the majority of technology classes, these factors are based on class type historic performance over the previous seven years and represent the average expected contribution of plants at times of system stress on a technology specific basis. A different methodology is used for some classes where historic evidence is either lacking or is less relevant as a robust guide to future performance (e.g. interconnectors or innovative technologies such as battery storage). The relevant factors apply to all plants of a specific technology, irrespective of their age or status. Capacity providers which are successful in the capacity auction receive payments (at the auction clearing price) proportionate to their de-rating factor multiplied by their connection capacity (volume which their physical grid connection permits them to export onto the system). One of the purposes of the penalty regime is to fine tune the level of payments from this estimated performance level to the actual performance level of individual plants. |
| --- | --- |

(36)

2.4   The Auctioning process

Establishing the amount of capacity to auction

| (37) | The decision whether to run the capacity auctions is taken annually and is informed by an independent electricity capacity assessment carried out by the System Operator. Looking 15 years ahead, NG assesses the likely evolution of future capacity margins, the contribution of interconnected capacity and DSR, and recommends the amount of capacity needed to deliver the enduring reliability standard. In this manner, the Government is able to annually assess whether a capacity auction is needed. |
| --- | --- |

(37)

| (38) | The decision on how much capacity to contract in each capacity auction is informed by an enduring reliability standard. A reliability standard is an objective level of security of electricity supply, and is the basis for establishing a demand curve in advance of each capacity auction. |
| --- | --- |

(38)

| (39) | The UK notes that no electricity system can ever be 100 % reliable, and there is always some trade-off between the cost of providing additional back up capacity and the level of reliability achieved. Establishing a reliability standard allows this trade-off to be made as it identifies the point at which additional security benefits are outweighed by the costs of providing capacity. It aims to give investors and market participants clarity over the Government’s long-term security of supply objectives and to help reduce costs to consumers. It also aims to ensure that the Government cannot contract more than the economically efficient level of capacity, which prevents over-procurement of GB capacity. |
| --- | --- |

(39)

| (40) | The Government has set an enduring reliability standard for the GB electricity market equal to a loss of load expectation of 3 hours/year. This translates as a system security level of 99.97 %. The loss of load expectation is the number of hours/periods per annum in which, over the long term, it is statistically expected that supply will not meet demand, and which reflects the economically efficient level of capacity. The reliability standard has been established on an enduring basis, but there will be an opportunity for the Government to review it should it prove necessary. |
| --- | --- |

(40)

| (41) | Each year, the System Operator sets out how much capacity is needed to meet the reliability standard and provides advice to the Government by 30 May in an Electricity Capacity Report (ECR). The recommendation on the amount of capacity to contract in the capacity auctions to meet the reliability standard is based on NG’s assessment of different scenarios for the level of electricity demand and the amount of capacity provided by power plants which are not eligible for capacity payments, e.g. low carbon generation, and thus sets out NG’s recommendation on whether, and how much, capacity needs to be secured for the delivery year in question through the CM. NG’s report is scrutinised by an independent Panel of Technical Experts (PTE) who provide advice to Government on the robustness of the analysis and recommendations. |
| --- | --- |

(41)

| (42) | The System Operator uses a range of demand scenarios as well as sensitivities to account for uncertainties in weather, plant availability, interconnector flows and levels of embedded generation. The System Operator then nets off capacity that is not able to participate in the auction (for example low carbon plant receiving other support) and the capacity that has ongoing capacity agreements (e.g. in cases when a capacity provider has a multi-year agreement covering the relevant delivery year). |
| --- | --- |

(42)

| (43) | The System Operator then uses a ‘robust optimisation’ methodology which minimises the worst possible outcome in terms of cost of capacity and unserved demand across the scenarios and sensitivities. The modelling results in a set of options for a single amount to procure and a recommendation. |
| --- | --- |

(43)

| (44) | In the notification of 2014 the UK provided the prediction depicted in Figure 1 for a range in capacity to procure that could be required in the period 2018 to 2030. Figure 2 shows an updated prediction from December 2018.

  Figure 1


  2014 Estimates of the capacity to procure under different scenarios (GW)





  Figure 2


  2018 Estimates of the capacity to procure under different scenarios (GW) |
| --- | --- |

(44)

Figure 1

2014 Estimates of the capacity to procure under different scenarios (GW)

Image 1

Figure 2

2018 Estimates of the capacity to procure under different scenarios (GW)

Image 2

| (45) | The Government takes the final decision over how much capacity to procure in each auction on the basis of a demand curve, which is derived according to the methodology set out in the recitals below. |
| --- | --- |

(45)

| (46) | The demand curve gives the Government some flexibility on the amount of capacity to contract from year to year depending on cost. The sloping demand curve allows a trade-off to be made between reliability and cost, so that less capacity is procured in a given year if the price is very high. It also helps to mitigate gaming risks because it provides an auction price cap, and flexibility to procure less capacity if the price is high — both of which reduce opportunities for participants to push up prices by exercising market power. |
| --- | --- |

(46)

| (47) | The Government publishes the demand curve in advance of each capacity auction. The demand curve gives the relationship between the price of capacity and the amount of capacity in the auction demanded by the System Operator. Each demand curve is constructed around the target capacity level required to meet the reliability standard indicated by the System Operator and an estimate of the reasonable cost of new capacity (the net cost of new entry or ‘net-CONE’). The intersection of these target capacity and net-CONE fixes one point in the demand curve. Figure 3 below presents an example of the capacity demand curve.

  Figure 3


  Illustrative capacity demand curve. Source: UK authorities |
| --- | --- |

(47)

Figure 3

Illustrative capacity demand curve. Source: UK authorities

Image 3

| (48) | Net-CONE is determined based on the expected clearing price of capacity in the auction and is revised if necessary for each auction, for instance based on new engineering cost estimates for new build and on information gained in previous auctions. The cost of new entry is based on estimates of the capital cost of new built capacity provided by a report (15) commissioned by the UK authorities assuming a 7.5 % hurdle rate and a 25 year payback period. |
| --- | --- |

(48)

| (49) | Alongside the target capacity level and the net-CONE, other key parameters of the demand curve are: the auction price cap (the maximum price at which Government is willing to procure capacity), the price taker threshold (the maximum price at which existing plants can offer capacity in the auction (16)) and the minimum level of supply needed to hold the auction (a minimum competition requirement). The Government confirms the final auction parameters for each capacity auction just before the relevant pre-qualification window opens. |
| --- | --- |

(49)

| (50) | The auction price cap determines the top of the demand curve — i.e. the price at which no more capacity will be auctioned. The purpose of a price cap is to protect British consumers from unforeseen problems with the auction, such as a lack of competition or abuse of market power by participants. However, according to the UK authorities, setting the auction price cap too low could put off bidders and reduce competition, so it is important that the price cap is set at a level that encourages competition in the capacity auction, and allows the market to set an efficient price for new capacity based on participants’ judgement of the risks and potential returns in the electricity and capacity markets. Getting the level of the price cap right depends on an assessment of the degree of uncertainty around the central estimate of net-CONE. |
| --- | --- |

(50)

| (51) | In 2014, the UK Government set the price cap at the level of GBP 75/kW. The UK explained that this price cap is above the modelled clearing price in the auction under a range of credible scenarios, yet not so high as to allow plants to exercise significant market power if there is limited new build participating. It also acts to ensure that new build cannot seek to recover all its fixed costs in its auction bid — it must take at least some account of energy market revenues and capacity market payments beyond the initial contract length for the project to be viable. |
| --- | --- |

(51)

| (52) | The Government also has a further opportunity ahead of the auction to satisfy itself that there is sufficient competition in the auction. Parties that have prequalified to participate in the auction must commit two weeks ahead of the auction if they will offer capacity into the auction. The Government can then review the list of capacity units that will be participating in the auction — considering for instance the volume of supply offered, the mix of technologies, and the ownership of units being offered — and can cancel the auction if it is not satisfied that the process would be sufficiently competitive to achieve value for consumers. |
| --- | --- |

(52)

Auction frequency and format

| (53) | The capacity auction is held every year for delivery in four years’ time: e.g. the 2014 auction was for delivery in 2018/19, with the delivery year running from 1 October 2018 to 30 September 2019. Since the implementation of the measure in 2014, four four-year ahead auctions have taken place: in 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017. The four-year ahead auction scheduled for 2018 with the delivery in 2022 was halted by the UK following the annulment of 2014 Commission decision by the GC judgement. To secure the supply in 2022, the UK authorities submitted that, as part of the notified measure, they may exceptionally organise a three-year ahead auction in 2019. |
| --- | --- |

(53)

| (54) | A further year-ahead auction is held in the year immediately prior to the delivery year of the main auction. The process for setting the demand curve for this auction is the same as that for the main (four-year ahead) auction — with the final decision taken by the Government based on an analysis provided by the System Operator. The one year ahead auction ensures the right amount of capacity is procured when more accurate demand forecasts are available and is important for enabling DSR capacity (which finds it difficult to participate in an auction four years ahead of delivery) to actively participate in the mechanism. Since the implementation of the measure in 2014, one year-ahead auction took place in early 2018 (17). |
| --- | --- |

(54)

| (55) | Some capacity is held back from the four-year ahead auction and ‘reserved’ for the year ahead auction. In 2014 and 2015, the amount of reserved capacity was based on an assessment of the amount of the cost-effective DSR that could participate in an auction, and was made public when the demand curve for the four-year ahead auction was published (2.5 GW). A review of the methodology used to determine the T-1 set-aside was carried out by the UK Government in March 2016. Following the review a new ‘set-aside’ methodology based on the application of a 95 % confidence interval around National Grid’s annual T-4 capacity recommendation set out in the ECR was agreed and has been used since 2016. When modelling the Least Worst Regrets (LWR) process in the ECR, National Grid derives a 95 % confidence interval around the capacity recommendation. Table 4 below presents the volume set-aside for T-1 auctions.

  Table 4


  T-1 set aside and the Capacity to Procure at T-1











  Delivery Year | Target to Procure at T-4 auction


  (GW) | Capacity set aside for T-1


  (GW) | Target to Procure at T-1


  (GW) | Amount Procured at T-1 auction


  (GW) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 2018/19 | 48.6 | 2.5 | 4.9 | 5.79 |
| 2019/20 | 45.4 | 2.5 | 4.6 (18) | N/A |
| 2020/21 | 51.7 | 0.6 | N/A | N/A |
| 2021/22 | 49.2 | 0.4 | N/A | N/A |

(55)

Table 4

T-1 set aside and the Capacity to Procure at T-1

Delivery Year

Target to Procure at T-4 auction

(GW)

Capacity set aside for T-1

(GW)

Target to Procure at T-1

(GW)

Amount Procured at T-1 auction

(GW)

2018/19

48.6

2.5

4.9

5.79

2019/20

45.4

2.5

4.6 (18)

N/A

2020/21

51.7

0.6

N/A

N/A

2021/22

49.2

0.4

N/A

N/A

| (56) | If demand falls between the four-year ahead and year ahead auctions, the amount of capacity auctioned in the year ahead auction is reduced. However, because the year ahead auctions provide a better route to market for DSR, the Government committed to procure in the year ahead auctions at least 50 % of the capacity reserved four years earlier. To date only one T-1 has taken place and in that auction more than double the capacity reserved four years earlier was procured (4.9 GW compared to 2.5 GW originally envisaged). The proposed target for the next T-1 auction, which has been postponed as a result of the GC judgement, aims to secure over 180 % of the capacity reserved four years earlier. Though the UK authorities indicated that they did not foresee any difficulty in continuing to honour the commitment to secure in the T-1 auctions at least 50 % of the capacity set-aside four years earlier, flexibility will be retained to remove this guarantee if DSR does not prove cost-effective in the long run or if the DSR industry is considered sufficiently mature. |
| --- | --- |

(56)

| (57) | The Government expects to run T-4 and T-1 capacity auctions every year, but it is only once prequalification for an auction is completed, when the Government is able to make a final decision about whether to hold a capacity auction. |
| --- | --- |

(57)

| (58) | The Government has discretion to cancel or postpone the auction at any point up to the start of the first round of the auction. If the Government does not choose to cancel the auction, the auction will automatically proceed. Once the auction has started, the Government only has discretion to reject the result of the auction if there are reasonable grounds to suspect that NG, as delivery body, has not run the auction in accordance with the Regulations and the Rules. If the Government does not choose to cancel the auction, the auction is automatically validated. Once an auction has commenced, the Government does not have any discretion to influence its outcome. |
| --- | --- |

(58)

| (59) | Each Capacity Market auction is a descending-clock, pay-as-clear auction in which all successful participants are paid the last-accepted bid. The auction is run on the basis of pre-defined rules. The auctioneer announces a high price at the beginning of the auction and eligible participants submit bids to indicate how much capacity they are willing to supply at that price. This process is repeated in successive rounds according to a pre-determined schedule until the auction discovers the lowest price at which demand equals supply. All successful participants are paid the same clearing price (pay-as-clear model). In addition, there exist a number of measures aimed at minimising gaming risks and ensuring an efficient outcome. |
| --- | --- |

(59)

| (60) | When deciding how much capacity to provide at any given capacity price, participants are expected to factor in the possibility of earning revenues on the energy market. Expected energy market revenues vary by provider depending on their expected load factors, wholesale prices and fuel and carbon costs. |
| --- | --- |

(60)

| (61) | In 2014, ‘turn-down’ DSR, generation-derived DSR and embedded (or distribution-connected) generation (up to 50 MW) were regarded by the UK as nascent sectors in need of additional support to help them prepare for competition in the main CM auctions. As a result, two transitional auctions (TA) were held for 2016 and 2017 to support them. While the first transitional auction was indeed open to the three categories of capacity described above, the level of success of embedded (or distribution-connected) generation and generation-derived DSR in the first TA auction, and in the T-4 auctions in 2014 and 2015, let the UK consider that these participants were mature enough to compete successfully in the main CM auctions against other types of capacity without further ring-fenced support. The UK therefore excluded these resources from the second (and final) TA auction so only ‘turn down’ DSR could participate. Furthermore, for the second TA, the UK indicates that it decided to test whether a lower participation threshold (i.e. 500kW instead of 2MW) could be a beneficial amendment to the enduring Capacity Market regime for all participants. Table 5 below present the results of the TA.

  Table 5


  Capacity (de-rated, MW) securing agreements through the Transitional Arrangements auctions | 1st TA Auction | 2nd TA Auction |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Distribution-connected generation | 328 | n/a |
| Total DSR, of which: | 475 | 312 |
| — | Generation-derived DSR |

(61)

Table 5

Capacity (de-rated, MW) securing agreements through the Transitional Arrangements auctions

1st TA Auction

2nd TA Auction

Distribution-connected generation

328

n/a

Total DSR, of which:

475

312

—

Generation-derived DSR

322

n/a

| — | Turn-down DSR:






  — | Including capacity < 2MW |
| --- | --- | --- |

—

Turn-down DSR:

—

Including capacity < 2MW

153

| — | n/a |
| --- | --- |

—

n/a

312

| — | 8.5 (representing 8 CMUs) |
| --- | --- |

—

8.5 (representing 8 CMUs)

Total

803

312

| (62) | Table 6 below presents, for each auction held since 2014, NG’s recommended amount to be procured, the target volume approved by the Secretary of State and the amount eventually procured at the T-4 and T-1 auctions.

  Table 6


  Capacity Requirements | National Grid’s Recommended amount to procure in ECR


  (GW) | National Grid Adjusted recommendation of amount to procure at auction following prequalification


  (GW) | Amount to procure


  Target volume approved by Secretary of State


  (GW) | Amount procured at auction


  (GW) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| T-4 2014 | 53.3 | 48.6 | 48.6 | 49.3 (19) |
| T-4 2015 | 47.9 | 44.7 | 45.4 | 46.4 |
| T-4 2016 | 49.7 | 51.1 | 51.7 | 52.4 |
| T-4 2017 | 50.5 | 49.2 | 49.2 | 50.4 |
| T-1 2017 | 6.3 | 4.9 | 4.9 | 5.79 |

(62)

Table 6

Capacity Requirements

National Grid’s Recommended amount to procure in ECR

(GW)

National Grid Adjusted recommendation of amount to procure at auction following prequalification

(GW)

Amount to procure

Target volume approved by Secretary of State

(GW)

Amount procured at auction

(GW)

T-4 2014

53.3

48.6

48.6

49.3 (19)

T-4 2015

47.9

44.7

45.4

46.4

T-4 2016

49.7

51.1

51.7

52.4

T-4 2017

50.5

49.2

49.2

50.4

T-1 2017

6.3

4.9

4.9

5.79

Price takers and price makers

| (63) | To mitigate market power in the auction, potential capacity providers who have successfully pre-qualified are classified as either ‘price takers’ (who cannot bid above a relatively low threshold) or ‘price makers’ (who can). Existing capacity providers are price takers by default. New entrants and DSR resources are classified as price makers, and are free to bid up to the overall auction price cap. According to the UK, this distinction reinforces incentives for participants to bid at true value of their capacity and mitigates the risk that existing plants with lower costs may seek to set a high price in years where new entry is not needed. The UK argues that the price taker threshold should be set at a level that captures the majority of existing plants, while being at a price low enough to mitigate gaming risk. The price taker threshold has been set at GBP 25/kW (50 % net CONE). This is high enough to capture the majority of existing plants. In 2014, the UK's modelling suggested that this would capture around 80 % of existing plants. Table 7 below shows that in reality, around 60 % of existing plants were captured by the price taker threshold. GBP 25/kW is also significantly below the expected cost of new entry. As a result, a price taker threshold of GBP 25/kW also mitigates gaming risk.

  Table 7


  Existing Plants captured by Price Taker Threshold since 2014










  Auction | Existing Plant captured by Price taker threshold |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Capacity (MW) | % | Clearing Price (GBP/kw) |
| 2014 T-4 | 25,007 | 67 % | 19.40 |
| 2015 T-4 | 39,286 | 80 % | 18.00 |
| 2016 T-4 | 29,548 | 56 % | 22.50 |
| 2017 T-4 | 31,099 | 57 % | 8.40 |
| 2017 T-1 | 2,306 | 29 % (20) | 6.00 |

(63)

Table 7

Existing Plants captured by Price Taker Threshold since 2014

Auction

Existing Plant captured by Price taker threshold

Capacity (MW)

%

Clearing Price (GBP/kw)

2014 T-4

25,007

67 %

19.40

2015 T-4

39,286

80 %

18.00

2016 T-4

29,548

56 %

22.50

2017 T-4

31,099

57 %

8.40

2017 T-1

2,306

29 % (20)

6.00

| (64) | Existing plants with particularly high costs can be allowed to participate as price makers (and bid higher than the price taker threshold), but they have to provide a justification for needing a higher level of payment (for example a board certificate and business plan presented to the provider’s board). This justification must be provided to Ofgem, and may be used as part of any investigation into abuse of market power. |
| --- | --- |

(64)

| (65) | Any existing providers that bid at a price above the ‘price maker’ threshold and do not receive a capacity agreement in the auction, but continue to operate in the delivery year, are likely to be investigated by Ofgem, which may use the information provided alongside the price setting auction bid. |
| --- | --- |

(65)

| (66) | New entrants are able to set a price without justifying their bid, though if it were perceived that they were seeking to exercise market power this could be also subject to investigation by Ofgem as part of its normal enforcement role. The level of bid is in any case capped by the price cap set in the demand curve provided in advance of the auction. |
| --- | --- |

(66)

Capacity Agreement duration

| (67) | If successful at the auction, capacity providers are awarded a capacity agreement at the clearing price. The length of available capacity agreements varies to ensure a level playing field between capacity providers. |
| --- | --- |

(67)

| (68) | Most existing capacity providers have access to one year agreements; generation capacity providers undertaking capital expenditure above an original GBP 125/kW threshold (refurbishing plants) are eligible for capacity agreements of up to a maximum of 3 years; generation capacity providers undertaking capital expenditure above originally GBP 250/kW (new plants) are eligible for capacity agreements up to a maximum of 15 years. These thresholds are reviewed each year and have been subject to slight increases over time, standing at GBP 135/kW and GBP 270/kW respectively in December 2018. Agreements longer than 1 year are only available to participants in the four-year ahead auction. |
| --- | --- |

(68)

| (69) | To ensure regulatory certainty and foster investors’ confidence in the mechanisms, the key terms of a capacity agreement are ‘grandfathered (21)’ (subject to any future regulation to the contrary, although no such changes have been made so far). These key terms are:






  — | agreement length; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(69)

—

agreement length;

| — | capacity price and entitlement to payment; |
| --- | --- |

—

capacity price and entitlement to payment;

| — | capacity obligation and de-rating figure; |
| --- | --- |

—

capacity obligation and de-rating figure;

| — | completion milestones and termination fees applicable; |
| --- | --- |

—

completion milestones and termination fees applicable;

| — | maximum liability for penalties. |
| --- | --- |

—

maximum liability for penalties.

| (70) | The UK argues that the rationale for longer-term contracts for new entrants is to help promote competitive new entry into the market. Allowing new entrants to receive a long-term contract enables new entrants to secure lower-cost financing for their investment. The UK believes that this can help mitigate barriers to entry for independent firms who cannot finance investment in new capacity on the back of revenues from other plant in their portfolio. By encouraging competition in the market, longer-term contracts can therefore help lowering costs for consumers in both the energy and capacity markets. Longer-term contracts should also, according to the UK authorities, reduce the risk that participants with high investment or refurbishment costs load all of these costs into a single year agreement. |
| --- | --- |

(70)

2.5   Secondary market (trading)

| (71) | Between auction and delivery and in the delivery year/s, participants are able to adjust their position through trading, e.g. by taking on a greater or lesser obligation, or finding alternative capacity to meet temporary shortfalls. Secondary trading is an important tool for parties to manage their risk of exposure to penalties within the Capacity Market. There are different forms of secondary trading allowed under the Capacity Market: financial trading, volume reallocation and obligation trading. |
| --- | --- |

(71)

2.6   Delivery

| (72) | The Capacity Market follows a ‘delivered energy’ model: capacity providers are obliged to deliver energy whenever needed to ensure security of supply, i.e. in real system stress situations. They face penalties if they fail to do so. The model also includes additional physical testing of capacity. Failure to demonstrate capacity to the required level on the requisite number of occasions results in capacity payments being forfeited until successfully demonstrated. |
| --- | --- |

(72)

The capacity agreement obligation

| (73) | Under the capacity agreement obligation, system stress events are defined as any half hour settlement periods in which either voltage control or controlled load shedding are experienced at any point on the system for 15 minutes or longer. Providers are required to determine their own response at such times, and avoid breaching any existing code or licence conditions. To date, there have been no Capacity Market Notices issued by the system operator. The winter (2018/19) was to be the first year of the measure’s operation in full. |
| --- | --- |

(73)

| (74) | To ensure participants are able to adequately manage the risk of exposure to penalties, e.g. the risk that a number of plants simultaneously trip, the System Operator has published a notice of system stress via a ‘Capacity Market warning’, based on the methodology set out in the Capacity Market Rules (8.4.6) (22). Unless this warning has been issued, a scarcity event will not trigger Capacity Market penalties or ‘over-delivery’ payments. |
| --- | --- |

(74)

| (75) | Capacity agreements oblige participants to deliver a specified quantity of electricity. A provider’s obligation at the time of stress events is calculated from their obligations they entered through the four-year and year-ahead auctions, plus any secondary traded obligations they entered for the specific settlement periods in which a stress event occurs. |
| --- | --- |

(75)

| (76) | In stress periods preceded by a Capacity Market warning of at least four hours’ notice, providers’ obligations are ‘load following’. That means they are only required to be generating electricity or reducing demand up to the total level of their obligation if all capacity, for which capacity agreements have been concluded in the market, is necessary to meet demand. In a stress event where only 70 % of such total capacity is necessary to meet demand, each provider is only required to generate electricity or reduce demand up to 70 % of their full capacity obligation. |
| --- | --- |

(76)

| (77) | According to the UK authorities, load following obligations are appropriate to ensure generators have incentives to operate efficiently in the market, and are proportionate to the harm caused to consumers by any lost load. If every participant risked being penalised for their full total capacity obligation whenever there was system stress, the Capacity Market would create signals for plants to run warm even when it was economically inefficient for them to do so — increasing both emissions and consumer bills. |
| --- | --- |

(77)

Penalties

| (78) | The penalty regime aims to provide capacity providers with incentives to deliver energy when needed. Units which perform below the expected level of performance are penalised, while those that exceed the expected level receive over-delivery payments, so that at the end of the year each unit’s capacity payments broadly reflects their performance. The penalty regime consists of three main elements:






  — | a monthly liability cap of 200 % of a provider’s monthly capacity revenues, which, given the weighting of monthly payments according to system demand, may expose providers to a penalty liability of up to 20 % of their annual revenue in any one month. |
| --- | --- | --- |

(78)

—

a monthly liability cap of 200 % of a provider’s monthly capacity revenues, which, given the weighting of monthly payments according to system demand, may expose providers to a penalty liability of up to 20 % of their annual revenue in any one month.

| — | an overarching annual cap of 100 % of annual revenues. |
| --- | --- |

—

an overarching annual cap of 100 % of annual revenues.

| — | a penalty rate set at 1/24th of a provider’s annual capacity payments. |
| --- | --- |

—

a penalty rate set at 1/24th of a provider’s annual capacity payments.

Testing regime

| (79) | The penalty regime is complemented by a rigorous system of performance demonstrations to ensure capacity providers are able to deliver energy when needed and only receive capacity payments if reliable. This is especially important for those delivery years with no stress events in which testing providers’ performance ensures that providers are physically capable of delivering as per their capacity obligations. |
| --- | --- |

(79)

2.7   Financing of the measure and payment flows

| (80) | The costs of the Capacity Market (i.e. those incurred to fund capacity payments to providers) are paid by all licensed suppliers according to the following process:






  — | Payments are profiled according to system demand — so capacity providers receive a higher proportion of their payments during months of high demand (i.e. over the winter) and a lower proportion in periods of low demand. |
| --- | --- | --- |

(80)

—

Payments are profiled according to system demand — so capacity providers receive a higher proportion of their payments during months of high demand (i.e. over the winter) and a lower proportion in periods of low demand.

| — | Three months before the start of the delivery year suppliers forecast their demand over the period 4pm-7pm on all weekdays from the start of November to the end of February and notify these estimates to the settlement body. |
| --- | --- |

—

Three months before the start of the delivery year suppliers forecast their demand over the period 4pm-7pm on all weekdays from the start of November to the end of February and notify these estimates to the settlement body.

| — | Supplier charges are determined based on their forecast market share and monthly charges are levied upon licensed suppliers in order to match the payment profile to capacity providers. Supplier charges are calculated based on demand between 4-7pm on winter weekdays in order to incentivise suppliers to reduce their customers’ electricity demand at the times when demand is typically highest. This should reduce the amount of capacity that is needed, and therefore will reduce the cost of the Capacity Market. |
| --- | --- |

—

Supplier charges are determined based on their forecast market share and monthly charges are levied upon licensed suppliers in order to match the payment profile to capacity providers. Supplier charges are calculated based on demand between 4-7pm on winter weekdays in order to incentivise suppliers to reduce their customers’ electricity demand at the times when demand is typically highest. This should reduce the amount of capacity that is needed, and therefore will reduce the cost of the Capacity Market.

| — | Supplier charges are updated to reflect actual data on market share once it becomes available as with the existing Balancing and Settlement Code (BSC) reconciliation process. This reconciliation process continues for 14 months as revised demand data is received. |
| --- | --- |

—

Supplier charges are updated to reflect actual data on market share once it becomes available as with the existing Balancing and Settlement Code (BSC) reconciliation process. This reconciliation process continues for 14 months as revised demand data is received.

| (81) | All payment flows associated with the Capacity Market, for all participants, are calculated and administered by the settlement body, assisted by a settlement service provider (Elexon). The role and responsibilities of the Settlement Body and Elexon are outlined in section 2.2 above. |
| --- | --- |

(81)

| (82) | Capacity payments are determined by the amounts set out in each provider’s capacity agreement following the outcome of the relevant auction for each delivery year: capacity payments equal the amount of capacity that successful capacity providers have bid in the capacity auction, multiplied by the clearing price. |
| --- | --- |

(82)

| (83) | Funds received by the settlement body are held in a non-interest bearing Government Banking Service bank account. The settlement body is also responsible for collecting, holding and (where necessary) returning any collateral that has been posted by new-build generators or DSR providers as part of the pre-qualification process in advance of each capacity auction. |
| --- | --- |

(83)

| (84) | The principal financial flows to and from the settlement body are as follows:






  — | Suppliers are obliged to pay to the settlement body the so-called ‘settlement body charges’ on a monthly basis beginning from the financial year 2015/2016. The ‘settlement body charge’ covers the administrative costs of maintaining the Capacity Market settlement function incurred by the settlement body (and its agent). The collection of these payments happens according to the April-March UK financial year, so to a separate timetable to other capacity market payment flows which runs according to the October-September capacity year. |
| --- | --- | --- |

(84)

—

Suppliers are obliged to pay to the settlement body the so-called ‘settlement body charges’ on a monthly basis beginning from the financial year 2015/2016. The ‘settlement body charge’ covers the administrative costs of maintaining the Capacity Market settlement function incurred by the settlement body (and its agent). The collection of these payments happens according to the April-March UK financial year, so to a separate timetable to other capacity market payment flows which runs according to the October-September capacity year.

| — | Suppliers are obliged to provide a credit cover before the start of each month in the delivery year. This cover must equal 110 % of their supplier monthly charge and is intended to ensure that payment flows to the capacity provider can continue to be made in the event that a supplier defaults. |
| --- | --- |

—

Suppliers are obliged to provide a credit cover before the start of each month in the delivery year. This cover must equal 110 % of their supplier monthly charge and is intended to ensure that payment flows to the capacity provider can continue to be made in the event that a supplier defaults.

| — | Suppliers are obliged to pay a ‘supplier monthly charge’ to the settlement body no later than 24 working days after the end of each month in the delivery year. The supplier monthly charge is an obligation on suppliers (via a condition in their supply licence) to fund the Capacity Market. |
| --- | --- |

—

Suppliers are obliged to pay a ‘supplier monthly charge’ to the settlement body no later than 24 working days after the end of each month in the delivery year. The supplier monthly charge is an obligation on suppliers (via a condition in their supply licence) to fund the Capacity Market.

| — | In the event of any under-performance against their capacity obligations during a stress event occurring in the delivery year, capacity providers are obliged to pay to the settlement body a ‘penalty charge’. This must be paid by no later than 24 working days after the end of the month. |
| --- | --- |

—

In the event of any under-performance against their capacity obligations during a stress event occurring in the delivery year, capacity providers are obliged to pay to the settlement body a ‘penalty charge’. This must be paid by no later than 24 working days after the end of the month.

| — | The settlement body pays providers a ‘capacity payment’. This is an amount determined according to their capacity obligation (the amount set in the capacity auction) within 29 days after the end of each month within the delivery year. All payments to providers are funded by the revenue from the charges levied upon licenced suppliers. In the event that a capacity provider has failed to pay its penalty charge, the provider’s payment is withheld until the necessary penalty charge has been recovered. Actual payments to providers take account of any obligation trading that has taken place between the auction and the delivery period. |
| --- | --- |

—

The settlement body pays providers a ‘capacity payment’. This is an amount determined according to their capacity obligation (the amount set in the capacity auction) within 29 days after the end of each month within the delivery year. All payments to providers are funded by the revenue from the charges levied upon licenced suppliers. In the event that a capacity provider has failed to pay its penalty charge, the provider’s payment is withheld until the necessary penalty charge has been recovered. Actual payments to providers take account of any obligation trading that has taken place between the auction and the delivery period.

| — | In the event that capacity providers over-deliver against their capacity obligations during a stress event occurring in the delivery year, the settlement body pays an ‘over-delivery payment’. Over-delivery payments due to each capacity provider are calculated at the end of the capacity year, and are paid using the funds that have been collected as penalties over the course of the year. This does not increase the overall level of capacity payment in a given year — as payments for over-delivery offset the penalties collected for non-delivery. |
| --- | --- |

—

In the event that capacity providers over-deliver against their capacity obligations during a stress event occurring in the delivery year, the settlement body pays an ‘over-delivery payment’. Over-delivery payments due to each capacity provider are calculated at the end of the capacity year, and are paid using the funds that have been collected as penalties over the course of the year. This does not increase the overall level of capacity payment in a given year — as payments for over-delivery offset the penalties collected for non-delivery.

| — | If applicable, the settlement body returns to suppliers a ‘penalty residual supplier amount’. This is the revenue remaining after over-delivery payments that have accumulated over the year have been paid at the necessary rate. |
| --- | --- |

—

If applicable, the settlement body returns to suppliers a ‘penalty residual supplier amount’. This is the revenue remaining after over-delivery payments that have accumulated over the year have been paid at the necessary rate.

2.8   Generation adequacy in Great Britain

The electricity market in Great Britain

| (85) | On 1 April 2005, the UK introduced in Great Britain a single set of wholesale electricity trading and transmission arrangements known as BETTA (British Electricity Trading and Transmission Arrangements). BETTA is based on bilateral trading between generators, suppliers, customers and traders, and participants self-dispatch rather than being dispatched centrally. |
| --- | --- |

(85)

| (86) | Under BETTA, contracts for electricity are agreed in forwards and futures markets from several years up to 24 hours ahead of a given half hour delivery period. Short-term power exchanges and energy brokers give participants the opportunity to fine tune their contract positions from 1 to 24 hours before delivery. All the deals are bilateral, and are settled at the price registered on the power exchange or agreed bilaterally or through a broker. |
| --- | --- |

(86)

| (87) | Under BETTA, the wholesale electricity price rewards generators for their electricity and capacity, and investors must decide to invest based on their expectation of recovering the costs of this investment through selling electricity in the wholesale electricity market. |
| --- | --- |

(87)

| (88) | Closer to delivery, there is a balancing mechanism through which the System Operator accepts offers and bids for electricity close to real time. This enables the System Operator to balance supply and demand. At ‘gate closure’, 1 hour before each half hour delivery period, generators are required to inform the System Operator of the energy they are contracted to deliver and the expected output from each plant. Suppliers (retailers) must declare the amount they have contracted to buy, which should be the amount they expect their customers to consume. Finally, an imbalance settlement process makes payments to and from those market participants whose contracted positions do not match their actual metered electricity production or consumption. It also settles other costs of balancing the system. Participants face a relatively penal ‘cash-out’ price if their contracted positions do not match their actual consumption or production. Therefore the imbalance settlement or cash-out price incentivises participants to help balance the system in real time. |
| --- | --- |

(88)

| (89) | At the end of December 2017, the UK had a total of 81.3GW of electricity generating capacity. In addition, the UK has four interconnectors allowing trade with Europe: England-France (2 GW capacity), England-Netherlands (1 GW), Northern Ireland-Ireland (0.6 GW) and Wales-Ireland (0.5 GW) (23). The NEMO interconnector between England and Belgium (1 GW) will be going live in early 2019. |
| --- | --- |

(89)

Generation adequacy problems

| (90) | The Reliability standard is expressed in terms of a Loss of Load Expectation (LOLE). This involves setting a standard, which sets out the average number of hours per year in which demand is not expected to be met by supply in a typical year. LOLE represents the number of hours per annum in which, over the long-term, it is statistically expected that supply will not meet demand. This is a probabilistic approach — that is, the actual amount will vary depending on the circumstances in a particular year, for example how cold the winter is; whether or not an unusually large number of power plants fail to work on a given occasion; the power output from wind generation at peak demand; and, all the other factors which affect the balance of electricity supply and demand. However, it is important to note when interpreting this metric that a certain level of loss of load is not equivalent to the same amount of blackouts; in most cases, loss of load would be managed without significant impacts on consumers. The critical level established by the UK is a LOLE of greater than three hours. |
| --- | --- |

(90)

| (91) | The Government notes that, regardless of the modelling approach chosen, the future outlook for electricity security of supply is very difficult to project with full confidence due to the sensitivity to key assumptions including electricity demand, retirement decisions, new build, the contribution of interconnection, and the availability factors of different technologies. |
| --- | --- |

(91)

| (92) | At the time of the notification of the measure in 2014, the UK stated that in Ofgem’s 2013 Electricity Capacity Assessment, LOLE were shown to rise to up to 9 hours in 2015/16 (although noting that there was little impact in the Conventional Generation High Availability case), they would then recover before rising again in 2018/19. At the time, the UK considered that the range of scenarios demonstrated the uncertainty with the high end of the range rising above 3 hours in 2018/19 making, according to the UK, a strong case for intervention. Ofgem's reference scenario assumed 0.75GW of net exports in the winter season.

  Figure 4


  Loss of load expectation and reliability standard, as supplied by the UK in its notification of 2014. Source: Ofgem, DECC analysis |
| --- | --- |

(92)

Figure 4

Loss of load expectation and reliability standard, as supplied by the UK in its notification of 2014. Source: Ofgem, DECC analysis

Image 4

| (93) | The UK also stated that the UK Department of Energy and Climate Change (DECC) had also carried out simulations of investment in generation up to 2030. DECC's Base Case scenario without a capacity market presented a similar trend to the Ofgem analysis up to 2016/17. Beyond 2016/17, DECC's Base Case scenario saw a downward trend in capacity margins continuing into the early 2020s. DECC's modelling assumed an additional 2.9GW of interconnection coming forward by 2030 and assumed that interconnectors were, on a net basis (i.e. taking all interconnection capacity together), neither importing nor exporting at times of peak demand.

  Figure 5


  Long-term estimates of de-rated capacity margins, as supplied by the UK in its notification of 2014. Source: Ofgem 2013, DECC analysis 2013 |
| --- | --- |

(93)

Figure 5

Long-term estimates of de-rated capacity margins, as supplied by the UK in its notification of 2014. Source: Ofgem 2013, DECC analysis 2013

Image 5

| (94) | The UK estimates that analysis undertaken by the UK Government, as well as a separate analysis provided by National Grid, demonstrate the ongoing need for the CM in order to ensure that the Reliability Standard of 3 hours LOLE is met. When the CM is excluded from the modelling, the reliability standard is likely to be breached in every year included in the modelling. |
| --- | --- |

(94)

| (95) | NG produces a 5-year EMR Base Case as part of the Future Energy Scenarios (24) to assess the capacity to secure in the capacity market auctions. In December 2018, NG set out a revised set of assumptions to assess the potential impact on the Base Case if there was no CM in the UK. NG’s assessment is that LOLE would range between 3 and 7 hours LOLE between 2019/20 and 2023/24 without the capacity market. |
| --- | --- |

(95)

| (96) | The UK Department of Business, Energy, and Industrial Strategy (BEIS) undertook an analysis independently from National Grid, using the most recent ECR recommendations from National Grid (ECR2018) in conjunction with BEIS commercial insights and BEIS assessment of plant economics. This analysis concludes that the expected LOLE range breaches the 3 hours LOLE reliability standard in all years to 2030 (between 3 and 345 hours LOLE between 2019/20 and 2029/30). |
| --- | --- |

(96)

The reasons behind the generation adequacy problems

| (97) | The UK submits that two main market failures explain the generation adequacy problem described above. |
| --- | --- |

(97)

| (98) | The first market failure is that reliability is a public good. Customers cannot choose their desired level of reliability, since the System Operator cannot selectively disconnect them, and consumers do not respond to real-time changes in the wholesale price. It can therefore be expected that capacity providers will not provide the socially optimal level of reliability in the absence of intervention. This may also lead to high costs to society as a result of having an unreliable electricity supply. These would be external costs if they are not charged to generators. |
| --- | --- |

(98)

| (99) | The second market failure is the ‘missing money’ problem. The concept has been identified and described in academic literature and affects energy-only markets (25). In theory the inability of consumers to select their desired level of reliability could be addressed in an energy-only market by allowing prices to rise to a level reflecting the average value of lost load, that is the price at which consumers would no longer be willing to pay for energy and allowing generators to receive scarcity rents. However, in practice an energy-only market may fail to send the correct market signals to ensure optimal security of supply and to enable investors to obtain project finance for building new capacity. This means that energy market revenues alone may fail to bring forward sufficient investments in capacity due to ‘missing money’. The reasons why this may happen are twofold:






  — | Inability of prices to reflect scarcity: Current wholesale energy prices do not rise high enough to reflect the value of additional capacity at times of scarcity. This is due to the fact that charges to generators who are out of balance in the balancing mechanism (cash-out) do not reflect the full cost of the balancing actions taken by the System Operator (such as voltage reduction). |
| --- | --- | --- |

(99)

—

Inability of prices to reflect scarcity: Current wholesale energy prices do not rise high enough to reflect the value of additional capacity at times of scarcity. This is due to the fact that charges to generators who are out of balance in the balancing mechanism (cash-out) do not reflect the full cost of the balancing actions taken by the System Operator (such as voltage reduction).

| — | Lack of certainty that prices will rise, even if they can: At times when the wholesale energy market prices should peak to high levels, investors are concerned that the Government/market regulator will act on a perceived abuse of market power, for example through the introduction of a price cap. They are also concerned that prices simply will not rise — for example, if wind capacity performs better than expected, reducing the opportunities for more expensive dispatchable capacity to run. |
| --- | --- |

—

Lack of certainty that prices will rise, even if they can: At times when the wholesale energy market prices should peak to high levels, investors are concerned that the Government/market regulator will act on a perceived abuse of market power, for example through the introduction of a price cap. They are also concerned that prices simply will not rise — for example, if wind capacity performs better than expected, reducing the opportunities for more expensive dispatchable capacity to run.

| (100) | The UK submits that ‘missing money’ is not a theoretical problem. Historically, GB cash-out prices had not exceeded GBP 938/MWh. The UK submits that evidence from recent scarcity situations in the GB market also indicates that prices have not risen to the levels that would have been expected. The Government and Ofgem commissioned an independent study to estimate the value of lost load (VoLL), which has concluded that the average value to consumers of preventing disconnections at times of system peak is around GBP 17,000/MWh (26). |
| --- | --- |

(100)

| (101) | The UK submits that the market failures are aggravated in the short and medium term by the very rapid closure plans of existing capacity: according to NG’s central scenario, if CM revenues were not available any more, up to 8GW of the in 2018/2019 available coal and gas plants could close in 2019/2020. |
| --- | --- |

(101)

Additional measures to ensure generation adequacy

| (102) | In addition to the notified measure, the UK has undertaken and is still undertaking a range of actions in the GB electricity market that could help address the market failures listed above. The three main initiatives from the UK’s notification are listed below. |
| --- | --- |

(102)

| (103) | The first measure quoted by the UK aimed at reducing overall electricity requirements and increasing the responsiveness of consumer demand. The UK stated that it was taking steps to reduce overall electricity requirements, for example through the Green Deal and Energy Company Obligation. The UK also pursues opportunities to encourage both lasting reductions in demand, (which the Government terms Electricity Demand Reduction or EDR) and short term reductions in demand like peak shaving / shifting (which the Government terms demand side response or DSR). In particular, the UK is committed to ensuring that every home and small business in the country is offered a smart meter by the end of 2020 (27). Smart meters are an enabler of time-of-use (ToU) tariffs which have lower energy prices at off-peak times. The first static ToU tariff in the UK was introduced by Green Energy in early 2017, offering its smart meter customers a much cheaper rate of electricity during weekday nights. However, this does not reflect actual wholesale costs which would allow consumers to respond in real time (28). What is more, following preceding work and a call for evidence, in July 2017, the UK Government and Ofgem jointly published a Smart Systems & Flexibility Plan (29). This plan outlines the underlying principles of the UK’s approach to enable the transition to a smart and flexible system, followed by 29 actions for the Government, Ofgem and/or industry. |
| --- | --- |

(103)

| (104) | The second measure is the reform of cash-out arrangements. Imbalance or cash-out prices provide market participants with incentives to ensure that the volumes of electricity they sell or consume match the volumes they have contracted to sell or consume. The UK argues that a reform of the way the market operated helps to ensure security of supply. |
| --- | --- |

(104)

| (105) | Ofgem launched the Electricity Balancing Significant Code Review (EBSCR) in 2012 (30) to address several long-standing concerns about factors that have dampened cash-out prices. Ofgem adopted and published their final policy decision in May 2014 (31). The implemented reforms to cash out are as follows:






  — | Cash-out prices have been made ‘marginal’ by calculating them using the most expensive action the System operator (SO) takes to balance the system. This was introduced in steps, the first step was that prices would be calculated using an average of the top 50MWh of SO actions (rather than 500MWh) from November 2015. Since November 2018, prices have been calculated using the top 1MWh. |
| --- | --- | --- |

(105)

—

Cash-out prices have been made ‘marginal’ by calculating them using the most expensive action the System operator (SO) takes to balance the system. This was introduced in steps, the first step was that prices would be calculated using an average of the top 50MWh of SO actions (rather than 500MWh) from November 2015. Since November 2018, prices have been calculated using the top 1MWh.

| — | A cost for disconnections and voltage reduction has been included into the cash-out price calculations based on the Value of Lost Load (VoLL) to consumers. This cost was introduced in steps starting at GBP 3,000/MWh from November 2015 and at GBP 6,000/MWh from November 2018. |
| --- | --- |

—

A cost for disconnections and voltage reduction has been included into the cash-out price calculations based on the Value of Lost Load (VoLL) to consumers. This cost was introduced in steps starting at GBP 3,000/MWh from November 2015 and at GBP 6,000/MWh from November 2018.

| — | The way reserve costs are priced has been improved by reflecting the value reserve provides to consumers at times of system stress. To achieve this, a Reserve Scarcity Pricing function has been introduced which prices reserve when it is used based on the prevailing scarcity on the system (32). |
| --- | --- |

—

The way reserve costs are priced has been improved by reflecting the value reserve provides to consumers at times of system stress. To achieve this, a Reserve Scarcity Pricing function has been introduced which prices reserve when it is used based on the prevailing scarcity on the system (32).

| — | A move has been introduced to a single cash-out price for each settlement period to simplify the arrangements and reduce imbalance costs, in particular for smaller parties. |
| --- | --- |

—

A move has been introduced to a single cash-out price for each settlement period to simplify the arrangements and reduce imbalance costs, in particular for smaller parties.

| (106) | Ofgem has published a review of the first phase of the EBSCR (33). Since the implementation of the first phase, the average Imbalance Price (cash out price) has fallen. The majority of Imbalance Prices now lie within the range of GBP 20-30/MWh, rather than GBP 30-40/MWh as previously observed. The Imbalance Price has, however, become more volatile. The maximum price in the two years preceding the reform was GBP 429,10/MWh whereas after the reform it was GBP 1 528,72/MWh. |
| --- | --- |

(106)

| (107) | The Government believes that the Capacity Market and cash-out reform have distinct but complementary roles in seeking to ensure security of electricity supply. It is better to pursue the Capacity Market as well as supporting reform of the cash-out arrangements, rather than simply to rely on the cash-out reform for the following reasons:






  — | While cash-out reform should strengthen energy market investment incentives in the long term, it is expected to have a more limited impact on overall levels of investment in the short and medium term (34). This is because generators sell almost all their energy in forward markets. However, over time the cash-out reform will lead prices in forward markets to rise as generators exploit arbitrage opportunities between forward markets and the price in the balancing mechanism; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(107)

—

While cash-out reform should strengthen energy market investment incentives in the long term, it is expected to have a more limited impact on overall levels of investment in the short and medium term (34). This is because generators sell almost all their energy in forward markets. However, over time the cash-out reform will lead prices in forward markets to rise as generators exploit arbitrage opportunities between forward markets and the price in the balancing mechanism;

| — | Cash-out reform cannot address the increased riskiness of investment in thermal capacity as the power sector decarbonises: thermal capacity will increasingly run as backup and will have to recover its fixed costs through earning high prices on the few occasions where there is scarcity and prices spike; |
| --- | --- |

—

Cash-out reform cannot address the increased riskiness of investment in thermal capacity as the power sector decarbonises: thermal capacity will increasingly run as backup and will have to recover its fixed costs through earning high prices on the few occasions where there is scarcity and prices spike;

| — | In practice, investments may be dependent on a liquid market for ‘reliability options’ trading around a real-time price — whereby suppliers pay generators a fixed price in exchange for an option to buy energy at a strike price. This is unlikely to emerge under Ofgem’s reform of cash-out arrangements as the market even after the current cash out reforms remains a quasi-market with cash out determined through complex administrative procedures, but could develop if a balancing electricity market is introduced that can act as a robust reference market for options trading (35). |
| --- | --- |

—

In practice, investments may be dependent on a liquid market for ‘reliability options’ trading around a real-time price — whereby suppliers pay generators a fixed price in exchange for an option to buy energy at a strike price. This is unlikely to emerge under Ofgem’s reform of cash-out arrangements as the market even after the current cash out reforms remains a quasi-market with cash out determined through complex administrative procedures, but could develop if a balancing electricity market is introduced that can act as a robust reference market for options trading (35).

| — | It is unclear whether investors will have confidence that any new arrangements would be maintained. This is because when prices are allowed to peak to high levels, it becomes increasingly difficult for the regulator to assess whether very high prices are efficient market operation or profiteering. This means that generators may be averse to offering energy at a high price (for fear of investigation for abuse of market), or that they may expect public intervention in the future to mitigate more frequent price spikes. |
| --- | --- |

—

It is unclear whether investors will have confidence that any new arrangements would be maintained. This is because when prices are allowed to peak to high levels, it becomes increasingly difficult for the regulator to assess whether very high prices are efficient market operation or profiteering. This means that generators may be averse to offering energy at a high price (for fear of investigation for abuse of market), or that they may expect public intervention in the future to mitigate more frequent price spikes.

| — | In the event that cash-out reforms are put in place and work well to address market failures, sharper cash-out prices have the potential to reduce the cost of procuring capacity through the Capacity Market, so that the price paid for capacity should fall to zero in the auction. |
| --- | --- |

—

In the event that cash-out reforms are put in place and work well to address market failures, sharper cash-out prices have the potential to reduce the cost of procuring capacity through the Capacity Market, so that the price paid for capacity should fall to zero in the auction.

| — | Although cash out reform could, once completed, lead to higher prices during times of scarcity, the inherently high level of uncertainty regarding scarcity events makes relying on high scarcity rents alone a risky strategy for investors in large new build projects. The CM provides a stable, regular payment for up to 15 years for new build projects which reduces risks to investors and encourages investment in new and existing capacity. |
| --- | --- |

—

Although cash out reform could, once completed, lead to higher prices during times of scarcity, the inherently high level of uncertainty regarding scarcity events makes relying on high scarcity rents alone a risky strategy for investors in large new build projects. The CM provides a stable, regular payment for up to 15 years for new build projects which reduces risks to investors and encourages investment in new and existing capacity.

| (108) | The third measure quoted by the UK is completing the internal energy market and supporting greater levels of interconnection. The UK has implemented the Third Energy Package into national legislation and submitted that it was contributing to the development of network codes. In particular, the market-related EU network codes, which harmonise the timeframes in which capacity is allocated and traded, will introduce a standard set of market rules across Europe and promote the implementation of a competitive pan-European energy market. The UK submits that these changes have the potential to improve the case for interconnector investment through more efficient utilisation of the assets. The UK also notes that in GB, the level of interconnection has increased from 4 % in 2014 to 6 % of total installed capacity in 2019, notably as the NEMO interconnector went live on 31st January 2019, and has the potential to rise to 9 % by 2021 (36). |
| --- | --- |

(108)

| (109) | The UK also submitted that it was actively participating in the EU process for identifying priority cross-border projects every two years as set out in the ‘TEN-E Regulation’. These priority projects received ‘Projects of Common Interest’ (PCI) status enabling them to benefit from potentially faster planning and permitting procedures, potential regulatory incentives, and possible access to financial support from the Connecting Europe Facility. |
| --- | --- |

(109)

| (110) | Ofgem’s Integrated Transmission Planning and Regulation (ITPR) project concluded in 2015 (37). It established the Network Options Assessment process and publishing of annual NOA reports. The System Operator’s analysis provides improved information to interconnector developers, including locations where new interconnection capacity can most easily be accommodated. The new role also includes the consideration of specific interconnector proposals and provide Ofgem with assessments of their impacts. |
| --- | --- |

(110)

2.9   Submissions received in 2014

2.9.1   The submission by a balancing services operator

| (111) | The Commission received letters from a provider of balancing services to the System Operator, on 30 May 2014 and on 26 June 2014, alleging the Capacity Mechanism would be incompatible with the EEAG. In particular, the operator alleges the exclusion of generators with long-term ‘Short-term operating reserve’ (STOR) contracts (see recital (25) above) would be discriminatory and would undermine investment decisions on generation that preceded the introduction of the Capacity Mechanism. |
| --- | --- |

(111)

| (112) | The arguments of the operator are as follows:






  — | that, according to EEAG, generation adequacy measures ‘...should be designed in a way so as to make it possible for any capacity which can effectively contribute to addressing the generation adequacy problem to participate in the measure’, that measures should be ‘...delivered through a mechanism which allows for potentially different lead times, corresponding to the time needed to realise new investments by new generators using different technologies’ and that ‘... restriction on participation can only be justified on the basis of insufficient technical performance required to address the generation adequacy problem’; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(112)

—

that, according to EEAG, generation adequacy measures ‘...should be designed in a way so as to make it possible for any capacity which can effectively contribute to addressing the generation adequacy problem to participate in the measure’, that measures should be ‘...delivered through a mechanism which allows for potentially different lead times, corresponding to the time needed to realise new investments by new generators using different technologies’ and that ‘... restriction on participation can only be justified on the basis of insufficient technical performance required to address the generation adequacy problem’;

| — | that a STOR holder operator is not in a different situation to any other plant with a commercial power purchase agreement (‘PPA’) (38) |
| --- | --- |

—

that a STOR holder operator is not in a different situation to any other plant with a commercial power purchase agreement (‘PPA’) (38)

| — | that the operator currently receives an internal rate of return lower than the rate the UK Government claims is necessary to secure investment in new plant, and would not receive windfall profits as a result of participating in the Capacity Mechanism; and |
| --- | --- |

—

that the operator currently receives an internal rate of return lower than the rate the UK Government claims is necessary to secure investment in new plant, and would not receive windfall profits as a result of participating in the Capacity Mechanism; and

| — | that, as a consequence and contrary to the EEAG, the exclusion of generators with long-term STOR contracts would ‘...undermine investment decisions on generation which preceded the measure...“. |
| --- | --- |

—

that, as a consequence and contrary to the EEAG, the exclusion of generators with long-term STOR contracts would ‘...undermine investment decisions on generation which preceded the measure...“.

2.9.2   The submission by an operator owning existing plants

| (113) | On 25 June 2014 and on 3 July 2014 the Commission received letters from an operator that has acquired existing power plants. The operator claimed that the difference in treatment between existing and new plants (restricting existing plants to one year capacity agreements and imposing on them “price taker” status) raised serious concerns regarding the compatibility of the Capacity Mechanism proposals. |
| --- | --- |

(113)

| (114) | In particular, the operator submitted that such differentiation between existing and new plant:






  — | was without objective basis (for example, it is not based on technical characteristics); |
| --- | --- | --- |

(114)

—

was without objective basis (for example, it is not based on technical characteristics);

| — | was liable to result in more than the minimum aid required to meet the policy objective of ensuring security of supply, since it risks accelerating the closure of existing plant, increasing the requirement for new plant; |
| --- | --- |

—

was liable to result in more than the minimum aid required to meet the policy objective of ensuring security of supply, since it risks accelerating the closure of existing plant, increasing the requirement for new plant;

| — | was inconsistent with point (226) of the EEAG which states that “[t]he measure should be open to and provide adequate incentives to both existing and future generators...“; |
| --- | --- |

—

was inconsistent with point (226) of the EEAG which states that “[t]he measure should be open to and provide adequate incentives to both existing and future generators...“;

| — | Unnecessarily restricted competition (contradictory to points (80) and (232)(c) of the EEAG) by denying consumers the possibility to express preferences as to contract length and by restricting the bids of all existing plants, irrespective of the market power of the generator. |
| --- | --- |

—

Unnecessarily restricted competition (contradictory to points (80) and (232)(c) of the EEAG) by denying consumers the possibility to express preferences as to contract length and by restricting the bids of all existing plants, irrespective of the market power of the generator.

| (115) | The operator submitted numerical examples relating to both a generic plant and a specific plant showing that, under certain assumptions, existing Combined Cycle Gas Turbines (CCGTs) could provide capacity at a lower price than a new entrant CCGT for any given contract duration. However, existing CCGTs could lose out in an auction against new entrant CCGTs based on the proposed Capacity Mechanism design. This would be because existing CCGTs would not have access to a contract duration longer than 1 year (or 3 years in the case of existing plant requiring significant refurbishment), which would enable them to lower their bids, as a result of the increased revenue certainty provided by a longer contract. |
| --- | --- |

(115)

2.9.3   The submission by operators in the Demand Response market

| (116) | On 9 June 2014 the Commission received a submission from a group of aggregators of the electricity consumption of industrial and commercial customers who provide certain ancillary services to the System Operator. |
| --- | --- |

(116)

| (117) | In particular, the operators submitted that:






  — | Offering one year capacity agreements to DSR would make the business case for DSR less favourable while locking in fossil fuel generation by offering 15 year agreements to generation is discriminatory and incompatible with points (220) and (227) of the EEAG; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(117)

—

Offering one year capacity agreements to DSR would make the business case for DSR less favourable while locking in fossil fuel generation by offering 15 year agreements to generation is discriminatory and incompatible with points (220) and (227) of the EEAG;

| — | DSR would be discouraged from participating in the main auctions four years ahead, since DSR providers who hold a capacity agreement for the enduring regime would not be permitted to enter the transitional auctions; |
| --- | --- |

—

DSR would be discouraged from participating in the main auctions four years ahead, since DSR providers who hold a capacity agreement for the enduring regime would not be permitted to enter the transitional auctions;

| — | The costs of the Capacity Market was targeted at all winter peak demand periods rather than the specific hours in which it is used, thereby blunting the economic signal to consumers to shift their demand away from peak times and discouraging DSR, inconsistent with point (224)(b) of the EEAG; |
| --- | --- |

—

The costs of the Capacity Market was targeted at all winter peak demand periods rather than the specific hours in which it is used, thereby blunting the economic signal to consumers to shift their demand away from peak times and discouraging DSR, inconsistent with point (224)(b) of the EEAG;

| — | The Capacity Market did not recognise the benefits of DSR compared to generation in avoiding transmission and distribution losses; and |
| --- | --- |

—

The Capacity Market did not recognise the benefits of DSR compared to generation in avoiding transmission and distribution losses; and

| — | Contrary to point (233)(d) of the EEAG, the treatment of DSR strengthened the dominance of fossil fuel generation. |
| --- | --- |

—

Contrary to point (233)(d) of the EEAG, the treatment of DSR strengthened the dominance of fossil fuel generation.

2.9.4   Observations by the UK authorities to the 2014 third parties” submissions (see sections 2.9.1 to 2.9.3)

| (118) | The UK does not contest that the support granted under the scheme constitutes State aid within the meaning of Article 107 (1) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU). However, the UK submits that the Capacity Market is compatible with the internal market pursuant to Article 107 (3)(c) TFEU as it leads to an increased contribution to the EU objective of ensuring security of energy supply without adversely affecting trade and competition in the internal energy market to an extent contrary to the common interest. |
| --- | --- |

(118)

| (119) | In particular, the UK submits that the Capacity Market meets the common principles applicable to the assessment of compatibility under the Guidelines on State aid for environmental protection and energy 2014-2020. According to the UK, the Capacity Market (i) contributes to an objective of common interest (security of electricity supply); (ii) remedies well-defined market failures; (iii) is an appropriate instrument to address the objective; (iv) will have an incentive effect on participants; (v) will provide proportionate support by limiting aid to the minimum necessary; and (vi) seeks to avoid any major undue effects on competition and trade between EU Member States. |
| --- | --- |

(119)

| (120) | Regarding the submission by the STOR operator, the UK noted that:






  — | Commercial PPAs were different to contracts with the TSO, as these were the contracts that consumers ultimately have to fund directly. |
| --- | --- | --- |

(120)

—

Commercial PPAs were different to contracts with the TSO, as these were the contracts that consumers ultimately have to fund directly.

| — | Long-term STOR providers tended to make use of project finance. The UK’s advice from a range of professionals from various types of finance and internally within the UK Government was that project finance was not available to a project exposed to merchant risk. The UK also noted that the technologies used by STOR providers (Open Cycle Gas Turbines, diesel) had high short-run marginal costs (in the range of GBP 70-200/MWh), meaning such projects could not expect to run with a load factor higher than 1-2 %. As such, the project finance case was likely to have “banked” only long-term STOR revenues and little or limited wholesale market revenues, so that long-term STOR revenues should be considered to fully remunerate the investment cost. The UK therefore considered that the impact of the Capacity Market on energy market revenues would have no impact on the business case for the project. Taking a combination of annual (i.e. short-term) STOR payments and capacity payments as the counterfactual, then, due to the higher legacy price of the existing long-term STOR contracts, participation of long-term STOR providers in the capacity market could lead to overpayment of up to GBP [...] (*1) million per annum (2018 prices). |
| --- | --- |

—

Long-term STOR providers tended to make use of project finance. The UK’s advice from a range of professionals from various types of finance and internally within the UK Government was that project finance was not available to a project exposed to merchant risk. The UK also noted that the technologies used by STOR providers (Open Cycle Gas Turbines, diesel) had high short-run marginal costs (in the range of GBP 70-200/MWh), meaning such projects could not expect to run with a load factor higher than 1-2 %. As such, the project finance case was likely to have “banked” only long-term STOR revenues and little or limited wholesale market revenues, so that long-term STOR revenues should be considered to fully remunerate the investment cost. The UK therefore considered that the impact of the Capacity Market on energy market revenues would have no impact on the business case for the project. Taking a combination of annual (i.e. short-term) STOR payments and capacity payments as the counterfactual, then, due to the higher legacy price of the existing long-term STOR contracts, participation of long-term STOR providers in the capacity market could lead to overpayment of up to GBP [...] (*1) million per annum (2018 prices).

| — | Long-term STOR providers were not per se excluded from the Capacity Market — effectively, they were given a choice as to whether to give up their long-term STOR contract (without any fear of penalty from the System Operator) and enter both the Capacity Market and the annual STOR tender process; or to choose to retain their long-term STOR contract and remain outside of the Capacity Market. The UK acknowledged that the long-term STOR contract might be an inherent part of providers” financing and that, as such, relinquishing the long-term STOR contract might have required re-financing. However, the UK noted that if long-term STOR providers saw a commercial case for relinquishing their long-term STOR contract and participating in the capacity mechanism, they might have made the case to their lenders and sought new financing terms. Long-term STOR providers would not be required to relinquish their STOR contract unless they were successful in the capacity auction i.e. there was no circumstance where they would be left with neither a long-term STOR contract nor capacity agreement. |
| --- | --- |

—

Long-term STOR providers were not per se excluded from the Capacity Market — effectively, they were given a choice as to whether to give up their long-term STOR contract (without any fear of penalty from the System Operator) and enter both the Capacity Market and the annual STOR tender process; or to choose to retain their long-term STOR contract and remain outside of the Capacity Market. The UK acknowledged that the long-term STOR contract might be an inherent part of providers” financing and that, as such, relinquishing the long-term STOR contract might have required re-financing. However, the UK noted that if long-term STOR providers saw a commercial case for relinquishing their long-term STOR contract and participating in the capacity mechanism, they might have made the case to their lenders and sought new financing terms. Long-term STOR providers would not be required to relinquish their STOR contract unless they were successful in the capacity auction i.e. there was no circumstance where they would be left with neither a long-term STOR contract nor capacity agreement.

| — | The same concerns regarding over-compensation would not be present in the annual STOR auctions. Since the STOR auctions for annual contracts would occur after the Capacity Market auction had taken place, providers would be able to factor in their Capacity Market revenues before bidding in the annual STOR auctions, resulting in no overcompensation. |
| --- | --- |

—

The same concerns regarding over-compensation would not be present in the annual STOR auctions. Since the STOR auctions for annual contracts would occur after the Capacity Market auction had taken place, providers would be able to factor in their Capacity Market revenues before bidding in the annual STOR auctions, resulting in no overcompensation.

| (121) | Regarding the submission by the existing operator, the UK noted that:






  — | Different capacity providers were in almost all ways treated equally in the Capacity Mechanism, except most significantly in terms of the agreement length on offer. |
| --- | --- | --- |

(121)

—

Different capacity providers were in almost all ways treated equally in the Capacity Mechanism, except most significantly in terms of the agreement length on offer.

| — | Based on feedback from its October 2013 consultation, 15 years was the minimum agreement length necessary to enable new investment by independent generators requiring project finance. According to the UK, 15 years was also the minimum term which would allow an efficient commercial debt structure for a project. Commercial debt tenors were typically 7 years post construction and a 15 year capacity agreement allowed debt to be structured over two such periods with refinancing mid-term (at, for example, year 7). Lenders for the initial 7 year debt term would size the debt as if it were over a 13 or 14 year term since they would be able to assume the debt can be refinanced in the middle of the capacity agreement term, due to the certainty of revenues provided by the longer capacity agreement. This allowed an optimum period to amortise costs and debt service payments would therefore be lower, allowing lower bids. The participation of independent generation was required to ensure effective competition in capacity auctions. |
| --- | --- |

—

Based on feedback from its October 2013 consultation, 15 years was the minimum agreement length necessary to enable new investment by independent generators requiring project finance. According to the UK, 15 years was also the minimum term which would allow an efficient commercial debt structure for a project. Commercial debt tenors were typically 7 years post construction and a 15 year capacity agreement allowed debt to be structured over two such periods with refinancing mid-term (at, for example, year 7). Lenders for the initial 7 year debt term would size the debt as if it were over a 13 or 14 year term since they would be able to assume the debt can be refinanced in the middle of the capacity agreement term, due to the certainty of revenues provided by the longer capacity agreement. This allowed an optimum period to amortise costs and debt service payments would therefore be lower, allowing lower bids. The participation of independent generation was required to ensure effective competition in capacity auctions.

| — | In contrast to new plants, long-term contracts were unnecessary for existing generation as they did not need to secure finance. One year contracts were otherwise beneficial since they ensured that annual auctions were liquid and reduced the risks to consumers of locking in high prices for capacity. |
| --- | --- |

—

In contrast to new plants, long-term contracts were unnecessary for existing generation as they did not need to secure finance. One year contracts were otherwise beneficial since they ensured that annual auctions were liquid and reduced the risks to consumers of locking in high prices for capacity.

| — | As described in paragraphs (63) to (66) above, the distinction between price makers and price takers was intended to reinforce incentives for participants to bid at their true valuation of capacity and to mitigate market power. Existing generation might have obtained “price maker” status if they provided a justification for doing so. The UK submitted that there was nothing to prevent companies from making provision in such a justification for a rate of return deemed necessary to continue operating (i.e. a rate above mere covering of operating costs). Such a justification would not need validation prior to participation in the auction — it could only be requested as part of any investigation by Ofgem into possible market manipulation. The UK argued that companies that had made honest declarations should not be concerned by such an investigation. The UK noted that companies would in any case be carrying out their own analysis of the price they might be willing to accept in an auction, and that providing a justification for price maker status should entail little additional administrative burden. |
| --- | --- |

—

As described in paragraphs (63) to (66) above, the distinction between price makers and price takers was intended to reinforce incentives for participants to bid at their true valuation of capacity and to mitigate market power. Existing generation might have obtained “price maker” status if they provided a justification for doing so. The UK submitted that there was nothing to prevent companies from making provision in such a justification for a rate of return deemed necessary to continue operating (i.e. a rate above mere covering of operating costs). Such a justification would not need validation prior to participation in the auction — it could only be requested as part of any investigation by Ofgem into possible market manipulation. The UK argued that companies that had made honest declarations should not be concerned by such an investigation. The UK noted that companies would in any case be carrying out their own analysis of the price they might be willing to accept in an auction, and that providing a justification for price maker status should entail little additional administrative burden.

| — | That the assumptions used by the operator might have over-stated the likelihood of existing plant losing out to new plants in auctions, in particular by:






  — | Assuming the same relationship between the Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC) and contract length regardless of project type and source of finance, whereas the WACC for new build could be higher than for existing plant; and |
| --- | --- | --- |

—

That the assumptions used by the operator might have over-stated the likelihood of existing plant losing out to new plants in auctions, in particular by:

—

Assuming the same relationship between the Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC) and contract length regardless of project type and source of finance, whereas the WACC for new build could be higher than for existing plant; and

| — | Assuming amortisation of new plant capital expenditure over the full plant life, rather than within the duration of the capacity market agreement, the latter being more likely to apply to new build project-financed CCGTs. |
| --- | --- |

—

Assuming amortisation of new plant capital expenditure over the full plant life, rather than within the duration of the capacity market agreement, the latter being more likely to apply to new build project-financed CCGTs.

| — | In the generic example, the capex estimate for returning plant from mothball appeared extremely high (almost as high as possible without causing the plant to be reclassified as “new”) and was inconsistent with evidence from the UK on actual mothball plants. |
| --- | --- |

—

In the generic example, the capex estimate for returning plant from mothball appeared extremely high (almost as high as possible without causing the plant to be reclassified as “new”) and was inconsistent with evidence from the UK on actual mothball plants.

| — | In the plant-specific example, using an example with a particularly high-cost existing plant which was relatively unlikely to be successful in the auction in any case and adopting a disadvantageous investment schedule which did not enable the plant to access the three-year refurbishment contract, which would, according to the calculations submitted by the operator, enable it to win the auction. |
| --- | --- |

—

In the plant-specific example, using an example with a particularly high-cost existing plant which was relatively unlikely to be successful in the auction in any case and adopting a disadvantageous investment schedule which did not enable the plant to access the three-year refurbishment contract, which would, according to the calculations submitted by the operator, enable it to win the auction.

| — | The UK had simulated in their own model the generic plant example submitted by the operator, making the following amendments:






  — | For the existing mothballed plant, assuming required capex equal to GBP 100/kW. |
| --- | --- | --- |

—

The UK had simulated in their own model the generic plant example submitted by the operator, making the following amendments:

—

For the existing mothballed plant, assuming required capex equal to GBP 100/kW.

| — | For the new plant:






  — | A scenario using the same assumptions as the operator. |
| --- | --- | --- |

—

For the new plant:

—

A scenario using the same assumptions as the operator.

| — | A scenario with revised financing assumptions, namely assuming a debt:equity ratio of 65:35, that this debt is amortised in 14 years (i.e. within the 15 year contract period) and assuming capacity payments need to be equal to at least the debt service costs (plus a [4-7 %] margin) of GBP 50/kW/year, since lenders are assumed not to take merchant risk. |
| --- | --- |

—

A scenario with revised financing assumptions, namely assuming a debt:equity ratio of 65:35, that this debt is amortised in 14 years (i.e. within the 15 year contract period) and assuming capacity payments need to be equal to at least the debt service costs (plus a [4-7 %] margin) of GBP 50/kW/year, since lenders are assumed not to take merchant risk.

| — | The UK's simulations showed that the existing CCGT would be able to bid lower than the new build CCGT. |
| --- | --- |

—

The UK's simulations showed that the existing CCGT would be able to bid lower than the new build CCGT.

| — | The UK's simulation of an auction showed that, in most cases, existing plants would be able to bid lower than new build, except for a few relatively old and low efficiency plants which appear to be uncompetitive. The analysis by the operator assumed that all existing plants bid for one-year contracts; it did not take into account any further benefits existing plant might secure from bidding for three-year refurbishment contracts. |
| --- | --- |

—

The UK's simulation of an auction showed that, in most cases, existing plants would be able to bid lower than new build, except for a few relatively old and low efficiency plants which appear to be uncompetitive. The analysis by the operator assumed that all existing plants bid for one-year contracts; it did not take into account any further benefits existing plant might secure from bidding for three-year refurbishment contracts.

| — | The UK also explained that, with increased interconnection and demand-side response, capacity prices were expected to decline over time. The UK concluded that granting existing plant access to longer contracts increased the risk of over-compensation by locking in capacity at high initial prices and would reduce the UK's ability to revert to an energy-only market when conditions allow. |
| --- | --- |

—

The UK also explained that, with increased interconnection and demand-side response, capacity prices were expected to decline over time. The UK concluded that granting existing plant access to longer contracts increased the risk of over-compensation by locking in capacity at high initial prices and would reduce the UK's ability to revert to an energy-only market when conditions allow.

| (122) | With regards to the DSR submission, the UK noted that:






  — | 15-year capacity agreements were only available to new build generation which requires greater certainty given high up-front capital investment, not required by existing generation and DSR. As noted above in response to the new entrant's submission, the UK's view was that shorter agreements promoted competition, while longer agreements reduced the costs of procuring new plant. |
| --- | --- | --- |

(122)

—

15-year capacity agreements were only available to new build generation which requires greater certainty given high up-front capital investment, not required by existing generation and DSR. As noted above in response to the new entrant's submission, the UK's view was that shorter agreements promoted competition, while longer agreements reduced the costs of procuring new plant.

| — | The transitional auctions for DSR (cf. recital (61)) were specifically designed to grow the DSR sector by helping new DSR providers that were not yet mature enough to compete against generation in the main auctions. As such, safeguards were needed to ensure funds for the transitional arrangements were being used to develop the sector and not to provide revenue for mature DSR providers. |
| --- | --- |

—

The transitional auctions for DSR (cf. recital (61)) were specifically designed to grow the DSR sector by helping new DSR providers that were not yet mature enough to compete against generation in the main auctions. As such, safeguards were needed to ensure funds for the transitional arrangements were being used to develop the sector and not to provide revenue for mature DSR providers.

| — | Cost allocation: The cost recovery methodology reduced uncertainty for suppliers over their likely share of costs and safeguards the associated risk premium being passed on to consumers, while retaining the incentive to reduce demand since costs were still targeted on the overall period when demand was highest (4pm-7pm on winter weekdays). |
| --- | --- |

—

Cost allocation: The cost recovery methodology reduced uncertainty for suppliers over their likely share of costs and safeguards the associated risk premium being passed on to consumers, while retaining the incentive to reduce demand since costs were still targeted on the overall period when demand was highest (4pm-7pm on winter weekdays).

| — | The Capacity Market ensured there was sufficient capacity on the system and it was not intended to reward other benefits, such as reduced transmission losses. |
| --- | --- |

—

The Capacity Market ensured there was sufficient capacity on the system and it was not intended to reward other benefits, such as reduced transmission losses.

3   ASSESSMENT OF THE MEASURE

3.1   Existence of aid

| (123) | Article 107(1) TFEU defines State aid as “any aid granted by a Member State or through State resources in any form whatsoever which distorts or threatens to distort competition by favouring certain undertakings or the production of certain goods [...], in so far as it affects trade between Member States”. |
| --- | --- |

(123)

3.1.1   Imputability to the state and financing through state resources

| (124) | As held by the Court, State resources encompass both advantages which are granted directly by the State and those granted by a public or private body designated or established by the State (39). The Commission considers that the capacity payment constitutes a resource that is under the control of the State for the reasons laid down in recitals (125) and (126). |
| --- | --- |

(124)

| (125) | The Capacity Market was put in place by the UK Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change under the powers conferred to him by the Energy Act 2013. Secondary legislation in the form of Electricity Capacity Regulations and Capacity Market Rules was adopted by Parliament on 1 August 2014 and has governed the implementation of the Capacity Market. The State is responsible for issues such as approving the amount of capacity to auction, the pre-qualification procedures, the contents of the capacity agreements, and the obligations of the capacity holders. |
| --- | --- |

(125)

| (126) | The UK set up a Settlement body to provide accountability, governance and control of the settlement process and payments disbursed. The Settlement body is State-owned and the UK authorities stated that the government will retain overall control over it. The measure is financed through a surcharge (levy) on all licensed suppliers which is collected by the Settlement body. The Settlement body then orders the payments to the capacity providers. |
| --- | --- |

(126)

3.1.2   Economic advantage conferred on certain undertakings or the production of certain goods (selective advantage)

| (127) | An advantage, within the meaning of Article 107(1) TFEU, is any economic benefit which an undertaking would not have obtained under normal market conditions, i.e. in the absence of State intervention.
  The Commission notes that the successful bidders receive through the mechanism a remuneration they would not receive if they continued to operate in the electricity market on normal economic conditions selling electricity and ancillary services only (BETTA — described in section 2.8 above). The notified measure will thus confer an economic advantage to undertakings that are in a comparable factual and legal situation to other electricity producers. |
| --- | --- |

(127)

The Commission notes that the successful bidders receive through the mechanism a remuneration they would not receive if they continued to operate in the electricity market on normal economic conditions selling electricity and ancillary services only (BETTA — described in section 2.8 above). The notified measure will thus confer an economic advantage to undertakings that are in a comparable factual and legal situation to other electricity producers.

| (128) | Moreover, the measure confers an advantage also to only certain undertakings able to help tackle the identified adequacy problem because capacities smaller than 2MW (see recitals (23) and (24)) and foreign capacities (see recital (27)) are excluded from participating directly to the mechanism. |
| --- | --- |

(128)

| (129) | The Commission therefore finds that the measure confers a selective advantage on its beneficiaries. |
| --- | --- |

(129)

3.1.3   Distortion of competition and trade within the EU

| (130) | The measure risks distorting competition and affecting trade within the internal market. Electricity generation as well as electricity wholesale and retail markets are activities open to competition throughout the EU. Therefore it would normally be assumed that any advantage from State resources to any undertaking in that sector has the potential to affect intra-Union trade and to distort competition. |
| --- | --- |

(130)

3.1.4   Conclusion on the assessment of existence of aid

| (131) | In the light of the above assessment, the Commission concludes that the measure constitutes State aid within the meaning of Article 107(1) TFEU. |
| --- | --- |

(131)

3.2   Lawfulness of aid

| (132) | Although the Capacity Market was notified by the UK authorities before being put into effect, the 2014 Commission decision authorising the scheme was annulled by the General Court. In light of the GC judgement annulling the 2014 Commission decision, the implementation of the aid in question must be regarded as unlawful (40). |
| --- | --- |

(132)

3.3   Compatibility with the internal market

| (133) | As mentioned in recital (132) above, the result of the annulment of the Commission decision is that the aid must be deemed unlawful. In accordance with the Commission notice on determination of the applicable rules for the assessment of unlawful State aid (41), the Commission has assessed the compatibility of the measure with the internal market, from 2014 until November 2018 and for the future, on the basis of the conditions established in Section 3.9 of the Environmental and Energy Aid Guidelines (EEAG) (42), which set specific conditions for aid to generation adequacy and have been applicable since 1 July 2014. |
| --- | --- |

(133)

| (134) | The procedure for adopting a new decision may be resumed at the very point at which the illegality occurred (43). |
| --- | --- |

(134)

| (135) | In the light of the General Court’s conclusions (cf. recital (4) above) that the Commission should have had doubts as to the compatibility with the internal market of certain aspects of the notified measure, the Commission revised its assessment and decided to initiate the formal investigation procedure. Therefore, the Commission invites the UK authorities and any interested parties to provide all relevant information for verifying the compatibility of the capacity mechanism with the internal market on the basis of the conditions established in Section 3.9 of the EEAG. |
| --- | --- |

(135)

3.3.1   Objective of common interest and necessity of the aid

| (136) | In order to be considered necessary and contributing to an objective of common interest, the measure should meet several conditions of Sections 3.9.1 and 3.9.2 EEAG; i) the generation adequacy concerns must be identified through a quantifiable indicator and the findings must be consistent with the analysis carried out by the European Network of Transmission System Operators for electricity (ENTSO-E); ii) the measure must pursue a well-defined objective; iii) the measure must address the nature and causes of the problem and in particular the market failure that prevents the market from delivering the required level of capacity; iv) the Member State must have considered alternative options to address the problem to avoid missing the objective of phasing out environmentally harmful subsidies. |
| --- | --- |

(136)

Identification of the generation adequacy concern — 2014 to November 2018

| (137) | In 2014, the UK put in place a methodology to identify the generation adequacy concern based on a model using the enduring reliability adequacy standard as an indicator for generation adequacy. In its 2014 notification, the UK demonstrated that the enduring reliability adequacy standard could reach critical levels four years later, i.e. as of 2018/2019. Those findings were broadly consistent with the ones published by ENTSO-E in, at the time, the most recent system adequacy report (44). In 2014, ENTSO-E estimated that in Scenario A for Great Britain (which saw only the generation capacity developments that were considered secure) after 2016 remaining capacity might have been insufficient to cover an adequacy reference margin in the absence of interconnector imports. The UK submitted that, at least in the short- to medium-term, there was insufficient evidence to suggest that interconnectors would always flow to GB when needed and that coincident stress events in neighbouring countries were possible. The UK cited analysis commissioned for Ofgem (45), which showed that interconnector flows had helped to reduce the number of GB low capacity margin hours in a year. However, for the hours of highest GB system stress (i.e. where capacity margins were below 10 %) interconnection flows had not consistently helped and had sometimes worsened capacity margins in GB. |
| --- | --- |

(137)

| (138) | The 2014 NG's Electricity Capacity Report (ECR) (46) was examined by an independent Panel of Technical Experts (“PTE”) appointed by DECC. On 30 June 2014, the DECC published the PTE's report on the analysis underpinning NG's recommendations on the amount of capacity to procure for the first auction. PTE concluded that NG's overall Scenario and model-based approach was in principle sound, and NG had sought to take account of evidence and stakeholders” views. However, PTE's consensus view was that NG tended to take an overly conservative view on a few key assumptions, most notably interconnector flows which would have over-estimated the amount of capacity to procure. PTE also noted that less conservative assumptions could have been enough to avoid the need for procuring new generation capacity. |
| --- | --- |

(138)

| (139) | The UK authorities explained that they had taken into account both NG's advice and PTE's report and had considered carefully the differences in their respective analyses. For the first T-4 auction that took place in December 2014, NG's modelling took stock of the evidence available: exports to Ireland (0.75GW) and 0.75GW (out of 3GW) of imports from the continental interconnectors rendering a total of 1.5 GW of cross-border trade — so the net position was zero. NG's modelling covered a range of scenarios and, in the UK's view, corresponded more closely to observed market behaviour. Uncertainties had been taken into account through NG’s Robust Optimisation methodology. NG had presented evidence on historical continental interconnector flows on days with high GB demand. This showed that on the majority of days with high GB demand there had been net interconnector imports, but this was not always the case and sometimes GB was exporting at times of high demand. NG had also presented evidence on the flow to Ireland which showed that GB was generally exporting to Ireland. The UK had explained that, based on the evidence presented, Ministers had decided to follow the advice of NG as system operator. The UK viewed NG's recommendation as cautious but reasonable because even though the UK expected significant improvements in interconnection capacity in coming years, a cautious approach was prudent for the first auction. As per the PTE’s recommendation, the UK underlined that it continued to work with NG to gather further evidence on the likely flows as information and experience was gained with the operation of the Day-Ahead and future Intra-Day market coupling at the time. The UK also indicated that it would monitor developments on future key interconnector projects. In addition, the UK expressed support to PTE’s recommendation to commission further research and statistical analysis of the deliverability of UK-Continent interconnectors during GB stress hours and committed to work with NG to assess ways in which the Robust Optimisation methodology could be improved. |
| --- | --- |

(139)

| (140) | In December 2018, the UK submitted that National Grid’s modelling of the behaviour of interconnector flows and the wider European electricity market more generally had become significantly more sophisticated with the use of BID3 — a pan-European model used to map likely interconnector flows across Europe. In 2018 ECR (47), National Grid introduced the further improvement of use of European scenarios as inputs to their BID3 modelling. In addition, from 2015 onwards, interconnectors have been able to participate in the main auctions (cf. recital (27)) and the analysis of their actual flows has determined the de-rating factors for the individual interconnectors. Each year National Grid makes recommendations on interconnector de-rating factors — generally expressed as ranges — which the PTE scrutinises in their advice. According to the UK, the Secretary of State makes the final decision, adjusting National Grid’s recommendations if deemed necessary to ensure security of supply and value for money for consumers. In almost every case, the Secretary of State has determined de-rating factors which are consistent with the advice of the PTE. |
| --- | --- |

(140)

| (141) | As for the contribution of DSR, the PTE’s 2014 report also raised concerns regarding the lack of information and understanding. The Panel recommended a programme to investigate this area further so that opportunities are captured in the future. In 2014, the UK indicated that NG estimated that DSR could provide around 3 GW of capacity in 2018/19. Furthermore, the UK submitted that holding the first auction (December 2014) would be key to revealing information about DSR and DSR potential (cf. recital (24)). In response to the PTE's 2014 report, the Power Responsive programme (48) was launched in January 2015 as a stakeholder-led programme (with participation from the Energy Networks Association), facilitated by National Grid, to stimulate increased participation in the different forms of flexible technology such as DSR and storage. It brings together industry and energy users, to work together in a co-ordinated way. Its goal is to achieve a DSR share of 30-50 % of balancing capability by 2020. According to the UK, preliminary results indicate this target could be met in 2018, two years ahead of schedule (49). In addition the UK developed transitional auction arrangements to support the growth of DSR in 2016 and 2017 (50) and a GBP 20 million Electricity Demand Reduction pilot. Finally, the UK explained that it carried out evaluations of data coming from the first T-4 auction that took place in 2014 and ensured demand curves were adjusted appropriately, which fed into NG’s Future Energy Scenario process for Electricity Capacity Reports ahead of subsequent auctions. Finally, National Grid has undertaken an additional project to understand the technologies and capacity connected at the level of distribution networks. National Grid obtained half hourly data from Electralink on output from all distribution network connected sites in mid-2018. This data predominantly covers small scale generation technologies connected to the distribution networks but also includes data on DSR sites. |
| --- | --- |

(141)

| (142) | Regarding the availability assumptions for power plants, NG commissioned in 2014 further evidence on plant availability from an external consultant and, as a result, adjusted upwards some of the plant availability assumptions for the analysis. However, NG was reluctant to use availability figures higher than ever seen before in the UK. The UK authorities recall that the availability assumptions are reviewed and updated each year and need to be agreed with both Ofgem and NG, to ensure consistency across all adequacy work. |
| --- | --- |

(142)

| (143) | The Commission takes note of the UK’s initiatives to address the recommendations from the PTE. The Commission considers that some of the issues identified by PTE in 2014 were serious; in particular the appreciation of an overly conservative estimate that interconnectors would render a zero-net contribution during stress events. The Commission notes that the difference at stake between the estimations by NG and the PTE was 0.75 GW or 1.5 % of the amount of capacity to be contracted in the first auction. The Commission considers that the UK claims that at the time there was no robust evidence of how interconnector flows would operate under the new model and historical evidence suggested that flows into GB from the continent would not be as high as the PTE had estimated are plausible. In addition, the Commission takes note that the amount of capacity to procure in the T-1 auction was adjusted in 2017, assuming that 2.1GW of interconnection capacity would be available at peak times outside the capacity mechanism (51). In this respect, the Commission further notes that the UK indicated that it would:






  — | continue to ensure that the capacity to be procured is based on the expected availability of conventional generation during high demand situations and not on annual or seasonal averages. |
| --- | --- | --- |

(143)

—

continue to ensure that the capacity to be procured is based on the expected availability of conventional generation during high demand situations and not on annual or seasonal averages.

| — | work with the Commission to develop standards used for generation adequacy assessment to ensure adherence to European best practice. |
| --- | --- |

—

work with the Commission to develop standards used for generation adequacy assessment to ensure adherence to European best practice.

| (144) | The Commission considers that the measures provided by the UK address the methodological concerns over the contribution of interconnectors during stress events. |
| --- | --- |

(144)

Identification of the generation adequacy concern — after November 2018

| (145) | According to the latest ENTSO-E’s findings in its Mid-term Adequacy Forecast 2018 (MAF 2018) (52), the LOLE level (hours/year) for the UK in the base case scenario is estimated to be 1.29 in 2020 and 1.30 in 2025, well below the target LOLE of 3 hours set by the UK as described in recital (90). The MAF 2018 indicates that “improved MAF 2018 results may also be attributed to existing capacity mechanisms”. As a matter of fact, the MAF 2018 was published on 3 October 2018, i.e. before the GC judgement annulling the 2014 Commission decision. The MAF 2018 calculation therefore took into account the effects of the existence of the capacity mechanism in the UK. Indeed, in Appendix 2 of the MAF 2018, the UK indicates that “Great Britain has established a Capacity Market (CM) to ensure that we have sufficient available capacity to meet our Reliability Standard of 3 hours/year loss of load expectation (LOLE). The results for the MAF are in line with these expectations and so we are not anticipating adequacy concerns in Great Britain.” |
| --- | --- |

(145)

| (146) | The identification of a persistent need for a capacity mechanism for the future has to be based on counterfactual scenarios, assuming that no capacity mechanism exists in the UK. As described in recitals (94) to (96), and in line with point 222 of the EEAG, the analyses show that when the CM is excluded from the modelling, the reliability standard (LOLE) is likely to be breached in every year included in the modelling. |
| --- | --- |

(146)

| (147) | In particular, NG’s analysis described in recital (95) is based on the EMR base case used in NG’s Future Energy Scenarios. The Future Energy Scenarios are also the basis of the assumptions used in the MAF 2018 for the UK. Therefore, in line with point 221 of the EEAG, the Commission estimates that NG’s analysis is consistent with the analysis carried out by the European Network of Transmission System Operators for electricity (ENTSO-E). |
| --- | --- |

(147)

Objective

| (148) | The measure aims at procuring the necessary amount of capacity to meet the reliability standard. The measure therefore has a well-defined objective. In exchange for receiving capacity payments, capacity providers commit to deliver energy at times of system stress. The methodology to establish the amount of capacity to tender is informed by an annual security of supply assessment by the System Operator. |
| --- | --- |

(148)

Market failures

| (149) | As described in recitals (97) to (101), the UK has identified two market failures that prevent the market from bringing the necessary capacity to meet the established generation adequacy standard. The table below explains how the measure addresses each market failure.

  Table 8


  How the measure addresses the identified market failures








  Market Failure | How the Capacity Market addresses the market failure |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Reliability is a public good | Rather than depending on the energy market to derive the optimal level of capacity (which is sensitive to how the value of lost load is determined in the market), the UK has set an enduring reliability standard (a loss of load expectation of 3 hours/year). The annual capacity auctions procure the level of capacity that delivers that standard. The Capacity Market also promotes a more active voluntary demand side response — with parties receiving capacity payments for reducing energy use at times of scarcity — to reduce the need for involuntary disconnections.
  The Commission accepts that as long as individual real time metering is not available (53), that reliability displays many of the characteristics of a public good. However, in the future with the roll out of smart technology this will become less important as consumers will be able to manage their consumption in response to scarcity signals from the markets. |
| Missing money | The Capacity Market addresses the “missing money” problem by giving capacity providers certainty on a part of their revenues. In effect, they exchange the possibility of part of their scarcity rents for a capacity payment. In return, they guarantee to provide capacity when needed, or face penalties. This mimics the action of a perfectly functioning electricity market. However, the Commission reiterates that the implementation of a capacity market cannot come at the expense of well-functioning short run markets. The Commission notes in particular the potential for a robust reference market for options trading developing under the cash out reform reported in recitals (103) to (105). |

(149)

Table 8

How the measure addresses the identified market failures

Market Failure

How the Capacity Market addresses the market failure

Reliability is a public good

Rather than depending on the energy market to derive the optimal level of capacity (which is sensitive to how the value of lost load is determined in the market), the UK has set an enduring reliability standard (a loss of load expectation of 3 hours/year). The annual capacity auctions procure the level of capacity that delivers that standard. The Capacity Market also promotes a more active voluntary demand side response — with parties receiving capacity payments for reducing energy use at times of scarcity — to reduce the need for involuntary disconnections.

The Commission accepts that as long as individual real time metering is not available (53), that reliability displays many of the characteristics of a public good. However, in the future with the roll out of smart technology this will become less important as consumers will be able to manage their consumption in response to scarcity signals from the markets.

Missing money

The Capacity Market addresses the “missing money” problem by giving capacity providers certainty on a part of their revenues. In effect, they exchange the possibility of part of their scarcity rents for a capacity payment. In return, they guarantee to provide capacity when needed, or face penalties. This mimics the action of a perfectly functioning electricity market. However, the Commission reiterates that the implementation of a capacity market cannot come at the expense of well-functioning short run markets. The Commission notes in particular the potential for a robust reference market for options trading developing under the cash out reform reported in recitals (103) to (105).

Alternative measures

| (150) | The measure may result in support to fossil fuel generation. However as reported in recitals (102) to (110), the UK has already implemented, is considering or is implementing additional measures to address the identified market failures. These measures aim at improving DSR, reforming the cash-out arrangements and promoting increased levels of interconnection. The Commission considers that these alternative measures should therefore lead to a reduction of the amounts of capacity to procure under the Capacity Market. In addition, the Commission notes that the UK is bringing forward ad-hoc measures to support low-carbon generation (e.g. Contracts for Differences) and has passed stringent emission performance standards to prevent commissioning high carbon intensive generation. The UK reports that this has resulted in a sharp decline in the numbers of new build diesel generators winning capacity agreements since 2014 (54). As a result, the Commission considers that the UK has explored sufficiently means of mitigating the negative impacts that the measure may have on the objective of phasing out environmentally harmful subsidies. Furthermore the Commission notes that the generation adequacy assessment — conducted on an annual basis — takes into account the amount of generation, the contribution of interconnectors while being open to all types of capacity providers, including demand side management operators. |
| --- | --- |

(150)

Conclusion

| (151) | In the light of the assessment above, the Commission reaches the preliminary conclusion that the UK Capacity Market contributes to an objective of common interest and is necessary. |
| --- | --- |

(151)

3.3.2   Appropriateness of the aid

| (152) | The Commission will assess whether the measure is appropriate based on Section 3.9.3 EEAG. According to EEAG, the measure should meet several conditions: i) the choice of the instrument must be coherent with other measures aimed at the same market failure; ii) aid must only compensate the service of availability of capacity; iii) the measure should be open to all relevant capacity providers, allow sufficient lead times for new investments and iv) take into account the extent to which interconnected capacity can contribute to remedy the generation adequacy concerns. |
| --- | --- |

(152)

Choice of instrument

| (153) | The Commission notes that the measure aims to address the identified market failures as shown in Table 8. Furthermore, the measure has been designed to support and complement ongoing developments in the market and to be consistent with the internal energy market and EU energy policies: i.e. the development of an active demand response, increased competition and investment in interconnected capacity.






  — | According to the UK authorities, the Capacity Market aims to support the development of an active demand side. Demand side resources is able to receive capacity payments, and there are specific measures to help build the capability of this industry. The Capacity Market increases liquidity and competition (in both the capacity and electricity markets). |
| --- | --- | --- |

(153)

—

According to the UK authorities, the Capacity Market aims to support the development of an active demand side. Demand side resources is able to receive capacity payments, and there are specific measures to help build the capability of this industry. The Capacity Market increases liquidity and competition (in both the capacity and electricity markets).

| — | By centrally contracting capacity from capacity providers on behalf of electricity suppliers, the Capacity Market aims to ensure that small generators, demand side participants and suppliers have a clear route to market, and receive a fair value for the capacity they provide. |
| --- | --- |

—

By centrally contracting capacity from capacity providers on behalf of electricity suppliers, the Capacity Market aims to ensure that small generators, demand side participants and suppliers have a clear route to market, and receive a fair value for the capacity they provide.

| — | The Capacity Market aims to avoid restrictions on cross-border trade, and EU rules regarding the internal energy market govern the import and export of electricity between neighbouring markets so that electricity continues to flow from areas with lower prices to areas with higher prices. |
| --- | --- |

—

The Capacity Market aims to avoid restrictions on cross-border trade, and EU rules regarding the internal energy market govern the import and export of electricity between neighbouring markets so that electricity continues to flow from areas with lower prices to areas with higher prices.

| — | The Capacity Market has been designed to be consistent with the reform of the electricity cash-out arrangements. This provides additional stronger incentives for investment in interconnection and is the focus of further work across the EU to increase the efficiency of the price signals that determine imports and exports between countries. Ensuring that cash-out prices accurately signal scarcity has helped the energy market reward capacity providers who are available at times of scarcity. More cost-reflective imbalance prices have also provided stronger incentives for demand side response, interconnection and investment in storage. In particular, cash-out reform has increased the likelihood that GB is importing electricity at times of system scarcity, therefore reducing the need to build additional national capacity. The UK has estimated that removing the implicit price cap in the GB market caused by current cash-out arrangements could significantly increase the contribution of current interconnection to security of supply because GB could rely more on imports at key periods. |
| --- | --- |

—

The Capacity Market has been designed to be consistent with the reform of the electricity cash-out arrangements. This provides additional stronger incentives for investment in interconnection and is the focus of further work across the EU to increase the efficiency of the price signals that determine imports and exports between countries. Ensuring that cash-out prices accurately signal scarcity has helped the energy market reward capacity providers who are available at times of scarcity. More cost-reflective imbalance prices have also provided stronger incentives for demand side response, interconnection and investment in storage. In particular, cash-out reform has increased the likelihood that GB is importing electricity at times of system scarcity, therefore reducing the need to build additional national capacity. The UK has estimated that removing the implicit price cap in the GB market caused by current cash-out arrangements could significantly increase the contribution of current interconnection to security of supply because GB could rely more on imports at key periods.

Remuneration solely for the service of pure availability of capacity

| (154) | Beneficiaries receive a compensation for the units of capacity that they make available (GBP/MW) and not for the energy delivered (GBP/MWh), in line with point 225 EEAG. That said, the Commission notes that the Capacity Market follows a “delivered energy” model (see Section 2.6 above), whereby capacity providers may face penalties in case they fail to actually physically deliver energy during system stress events regardless of the signals provided by the wholesale market. The Commission considers it is primarily the role of market coupling (both day-ahead and intraday) and balancing markets to ensure the efficient use of the resources available to the system, including across interconnectors. A delivered energy model has the potential to undermine this, since it may lead to capacity providers dispatching even if it was not profitable based on market prices alone, in order to avoid penalties. Sufficient conditions for a delivered energy model to have no impact on the efficient allocation of resources are that system stress events relate only to a general shortage of capacity across the system (as opposed to local circumstances) and that they apply only when the market has reached its limits in directing the efficient allocation of resources. In that regard, the Commission notes that:






  — | involuntary demand disconnections by the System Operator to resolve locational issues are not classed as system stress events; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(154)

—

involuntary demand disconnections by the System Operator to resolve locational issues are not classed as system stress events;

| — | the need for the System Operator to initiate voltage reduction or involuntary demand reduction (i.e. system stress events) by definition occur when available supply is inadequate to meet demand. In an impending shortage, prices rise, motivating owners of supply to deliver energy in response. In this manner, all available supply delivers its energy until exhausted by its physical capacity or, in the case of imports over interconnectors, reaches the maximum import limit. Only when all available supply sources are exhausted could an actual shortage occur, requiring the System operator to initiate rationing. As such, declaring a system stress event and requiring capacity providers to actually deliver energy merely complements the incentives in the energy market. In addition, as explained in recital (108), in GB, the 2019 level of interconnection is 6 % of total installed capacity as the NEMO interconnector went live on 31st January 2019, and has the potential to rise to 9 % by 2021 (55); |
| --- | --- |

—

the need for the System Operator to initiate voltage reduction or involuntary demand reduction (i.e. system stress events) by definition occur when available supply is inadequate to meet demand. In an impending shortage, prices rise, motivating owners of supply to deliver energy in response. In this manner, all available supply delivers its energy until exhausted by its physical capacity or, in the case of imports over interconnectors, reaches the maximum import limit. Only when all available supply sources are exhausted could an actual shortage occur, requiring the System operator to initiate rationing. As such, declaring a system stress event and requiring capacity providers to actually deliver energy merely complements the incentives in the energy market. In addition, as explained in recital (108), in GB, the 2019 level of interconnection is 6 % of total installed capacity as the NEMO interconnector went live on 31st January 2019, and has the potential to rise to 9 % by 2021 (55);

| — | In certain, mainly exceptional, circumstances the System Operator may need to take actions that will involve the involuntary reduction of generation or demand before all valid offers of balancing energy have been accepted, in accordance with the Balancing Principles Statement (BPS). The circumstances are set out in the BPS and limited to unexpected emergency scenarios However, the UK states that the System Operator would ordinarily instruct commercially negotiated balancing power prior to instigating involuntary voltage reduction. |
| --- | --- |

—

In certain, mainly exceptional, circumstances the System Operator may need to take actions that will involve the involuntary reduction of generation or demand before all valid offers of balancing energy have been accepted, in accordance with the Balancing Principles Statement (BPS). The circumstances are set out in the BPS and limited to unexpected emergency scenarios However, the UK states that the System Operator would ordinarily instruct commercially negotiated balancing power prior to instigating involuntary voltage reduction.

| (155) | The Commission notes that as a result, distortions to dispatch are highly unlikely to occur in practice, given that system stress events are defined with reference to actions that would usually be taken as a last resort by the System Operator, once the market has failed to deliver security of supply. Therefore, the Commission takes the preliminary view that the UK measure remunerates the service of pure availability of capacity. |
| --- | --- |

(155)

Openness of the measure to all relevant capacity providers

| (156) | The Commission notes that the measure is open to existing and new generators, to storage operators, DSR operators and interconnected capacity. The auctioning process has been designed to consider different lead times to make capacity available. Capacity providers can bid for lead-times of one or four years ahead, which should cater for the needs of new generation plants and for the refurbishment of existing plants. As mentioned in recital (53) above, in 2019 the UK would exceptionally organise an additional three-year ahead auction to cater for potential risks in security of supply in 2022, following the cancellation of the 2018 T-4 auction due to the GC judgement. |
| --- | --- |

(156)

| (157) | However, on the basis of the GC judgement, the Commission seeks clarification whether certain aspects of the measure provide adequate incentives to allow DSR to participate effectively in the Capacity Market or whether they might disadvantage DSR operators in the Capacity Market compared to generating CMUs. |
| --- | --- |

(157)

| (158) | First, with regard to the submission by the DSR operators received in 2014, the Commission notes the UK's view that 15-year capacity agreements may be justified for new generation capacity while existing capacity and DSR, in view of their lower capital cost requirements (indicating a reduced importance of securing financing), may not benefit from the availability of longer contracts (see recital (121) above). The Commission also takes note of the UK’s view that shorter contracts would not seem to put existing plants and DSR at a disadvantage to new generation. |
| --- | --- |

(158)

| (159) | In this regard, the Commission would like to point to the fact that the secondary objective of the measure of incentivising sufficient investment in new capacity is aimed at both generation capacity and other capacity, such as DSR. The Commission agrees with the UK that the capacity contracts longer than one year help in cases of high capital expenditure and difficulties in securing financing, thus promoting competitive new entry into the market. The Commission also takes note of the UK’s arguments that new DSR operators do not necessarily have the same capital expenditure as generators building new plants. According to the UK, the DSR sector has not provided information in response to previous requests and past studies commissioned by the UK Government into DSR costs demonstrating significant capital costs. |
| --- | --- |

(159)

| (160) | That being said, the Commission would like to clarify whether new DSR capacity like new generating capacity might have capital expenditure and financing difficulties that could justify capacity contracts longer than one year in order to allow them to participate fully in the capacity market. According to the GC judgement (56), the difference in the contracts lengths offered to DSR operators and to generators may indicate that there are doubts as to the compatibility of the measure with the internal market. The Commission must therefore examine whether the absence of longer term capacity contracts for DSR operators reduces their chances to contribute to solving the UK capacity adequacy problem. |
| --- | --- |

(160)

| (161) | Second, the Commission notes that the T-1 auctions are particularly important for DSR operators due to those operators’ lead times. The process used to ‘set aside’ capacity for the T-1 auctions is described in recital (55). Following the GC judgement (57), the Commission notes that there is no legally binding guarantee that the UK will organise a T-1 auction or that it will procure through the T-1 auction at least 50 % of the volume initially reserved for that auction. |
| --- | --- |

(161)

| (162) | While Regulations 7(4)(b), 10 and 26 of the Electricity Capacity Regulations 2014, read together, mean that the Secretary of State may decide not to organise T-1 auctions, the text is silent on the guarantee to auction at least 50 % of the volume of capacity initially reserved for those auctions. The Commission notes however that since the implementation of the Capacity Market in 2014, and as described in recital (56), the target capacity to be secured and the amount actually secured at the T-1 auction has always exceeded the capacity originally ‘set aside’ at the T-4 stage. |
| --- | --- |

(162)

| (163) | Nevertheless, in the light of the assessment above and based on the GC judgement, the Commission seeks clarification about the legal situation, the practical implementation and the incentive effect of the T-1 auctions in particular with respect to the DSR CMUs. |
| --- | --- |

(163)

| (164) | Finally, the Commission notes the minimum threshold of 2MW as a requirement for the participation in the Capacity Market for both generating and DSR units, as described in paragraphs (23)-(24) above. The Commission also notes the UK arguments that the threshold is low. Furthermore, as explained in recital (61) above, the UK tested a lower participation threshold for the second transitional auction. Since only 8 CMUs below 2 MW qualified, providing less than 3 % of the overall capacity secured in this auction, the UK indicated that the original rationale for establishing the minimum threshold at 2 MW was sound. According to the UK, projects below 2 MW are making a trivial contribution to security of supply and so policing the compliance could be disproportionately costly, and there appears to be limited demand to lower the threshold in practice, presumably given smaller sites can be aggregated. |
| --- | --- |

(164)

| (165) | Nevertheless, in light of the GC judgement (58), the Commission considers it appropriate to seek clarification whether this minimum threshold might present a barrier to entry to the capacity market for new DSR operators. In particular, while it is possible for DSR operators to aggregate several sites in order to reach the 2 MW minimum threshold (as described in paragraphs (23)-(24) above), it should be noted that they are liable to pay a bid bond on the whole of the 2 MW, if even only a proportion of that volume is unproven DSR capacity (as detailed in recital (34) above). According to the GC judgement (59), the amount of the bid bond might constitute a barrier to entry for new DSR operators in particular as all participants in the capacity market had to commit to covering open-ended capacity events while DSR operators might have more difficulty than generators in covering an ongoing capacity event. Due to the higher perceived default risk of DSR operators, they might have more difficulties in financing the amount of the bid bond. |
| --- | --- |

(165)

| (166) | Consequently, on the basis of the GC judgement, the Commission seeks clarification with regard to the technology neutrality of the measure and, in particular, whether the measure provides adequate incentives to allow DSR operators to participate effectively in the Capacity Market. It is therefore necessary to examine in greater detail the effectiveness of the participation of all types of capacity providers in the Capacity Market before reaching a conclusion that the measure is compatible with the internal market. |
| --- | --- |

(166)

| (167) | The Commission invites views from the UK authorities and interested parties on all issues described above. |
| --- | --- |

(167)

Participation of foreign capacity

| (168) | In 2014, the UK submitted evidence that at that stage it was not possible to include foreign capacity without implementing additional cross-border arrangements. The amount of interconnected capacity was however considered in the calculation of the amount of capacity to procure. Moreover, the UK enabled interconnected capacity to directly participate in the Capacity Market as of the second auction in 2015, in particular by allowing new interconnectors to bid and compete for Capacity Payments against other capacity providers. |
| --- | --- |

(168)

| (169) | The UK explained that due to the specificities of interconnectors capacity and differences between such capacity and generators it was necessary to develop new features in the design to allow new interconnectors to bid directly, as if they were generators. In particular, an adequate duration for the capacity payment needed to be defined, as well as the operational rules for monitoring, delivery and the penalty regime. Ultimately, the UK modified the design of the measure to enable new interconnectors to directly participate starting from the second auction in 2015. |
| --- | --- |

(169)

| (170) | In December 2018, the UK indicated that it regarded the interconnector participation as an interim solution until a common EU approach for the direct participation of cross-border capacity is introduced. |
| --- | --- |

(170)

| (171) | However, the Commission notes that interconnector operators are also by definition transmission system operators, and that capacity on interconnectors is allocated in accordance with internal electricity market legislation, and in particular market coupling. The Commission reiterates the importance of not undermining the operation of market coupling, including intra-day and balancing markets. Furthermore, the Commission recalls that the EEAG require schemes to be adjusted in the event that common arrangements are adopted to facilitate cross-border participation in such schemes (60). |
| --- | --- |

(171)

| (172) | Furthermore, the Commission notes that other Member States have since 2014 implemented market-wide capacity mechanisms with the prospect of allowing direct participation of foreign capacity. For example, in Ireland and France, two Member States to which the UK is already connected via interconnectors, the market-wide capacity mechanisms were approved by the Commission under State aid rules in 2016 and in 2017 with commitments by both countries to endeavour to implement direct participation of foreign capacity after a three-year transition (61). Therefore, as for France and Ireland, while the Commission accepts the UK’s arguments for excluding the direct participation of foreign capacity for the past and for using an ‘interconnector led’ model since 2015 instead, it has doubts whether cross-border participation in the UK capacity mechanism should continue to be limited to interconnectors in the future. |
| --- | --- |

(172)

| (173) | The Commission invites views from the UK and interested parties on this question. |
| --- | --- |

(173)

Concerns raised in the third parties’ submissions

| (174) | Regarding the submission by the long-term STOR provider, the Commission does not consider the exclusion of long-term STOR providers as discriminatory. The Commission notes that such plants may in fact participate in the Capacity Mechanism provided that, if successful in the auction, they relinquish their long-term contract with the System Operator. While this may require a renegotiation of financing terms, the Commission considers, based on the UK's explanation that no penalties would apply, that this is a feasible option for long-term STOR providers. |
| --- | --- |

(174)

| (175) | Regarding the submission by the existing operator that the measure would unduly discriminate against existing generators, the Commission:






  — | Agrees with the UK that differentiation between new and existing capacities may be justified since, in contrast to existing capacities, new capacities are likely to need to secure financing for capital expenditure and since one-year capacity agreements have other benefits; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(175)

—

Agrees with the UK that differentiation between new and existing capacities may be justified since, in contrast to existing capacities, new capacities are likely to need to secure financing for capital expenditure and since one-year capacity agreements have other benefits;

| — | Finds the UK's analysis that existing capacities (apart from uncompetitive ones) should generally tend to bid lower than new capacities in auctions plausible, and therefore would expect the vast majority of successful bids to come from existing, and not new, capacities. Indeed, in the past auctions, this expectation was verified: in all four T-4 auctions, existing capacities represented between 66 % and 94 % of the total capacity auctioned, and they represented between 53 % and 70 % of the total number of CMU beneficiaries and |
| --- | --- |

—

Finds the UK's analysis that existing capacities (apart from uncompetitive ones) should generally tend to bid lower than new capacities in auctions plausible, and therefore would expect the vast majority of successful bids to come from existing, and not new, capacities. Indeed, in the past auctions, this expectation was verified: in all four T-4 auctions, existing capacities represented between 66 % and 94 % of the total capacity auctioned, and they represented between 53 % and 70 % of the total number of CMU beneficiaries and

| — | Notes that the requirement for existing capacities to justify price maker status is intended to mitigate market power, and as such considers that the restriction on bidding behaviour can be justified with reference to the policy objective. The Commission further notes that the requirement to price-maker status entails little additional administrative burden in practice and that, even in the event that existing capacities set the clearing price in an auction, existing capacities are not prevented from earning a rate of return deemed necessary, since this may be included in their justification of price-taker status. |
| --- | --- |

—

Notes that the requirement for existing capacities to justify price maker status is intended to mitigate market power, and as such considers that the restriction on bidding behaviour can be justified with reference to the policy objective. The Commission further notes that the requirement to price-maker status entails little additional administrative burden in practice and that, even in the event that existing capacities set the clearing price in an auction, existing capacities are not prevented from earning a rate of return deemed necessary, since this may be included in their justification of price-taker status.

| (176) | Regarding the submission by DSR providers, the Commission notes that the exclusion of DSR providers holding a capacity agreement for the enduring regime from participating in the transitional auctions for DSR is in fact intended to promote the development of the DSR sector, as confirmed by the General Court in its judgement (62). In addition, in light of the objective pursued by the scheme, the Commission finds the lack of additional remuneration for the savings in transmission and distribution losses from DSR justifiable, as confirmed by the General Court in its judgement (63). |
| --- | --- |

(176)

3.3.3   Incentive effect

| (177) | The Commission will assess whether the measure has an incentive effect as required by Section 3.9.4 of the EEAG and by cross-reference, to points (49) to (52) of the EEAG. An incentive effect occurs when the aid induces the beneficiary to change its behaviour to improve the functioning of a secure, affordable and sustainable energy market, a change in behaviour which it would not undertake without the aid. |
| --- | --- |

(177)

| (178) | In its notification of 2014, the UK provided generation adequacy estimates showing that in a counterfactual scenario without the measure, generation adequacy would have reached critical levels as of 2018/2019, as shown in recital (92) and Figure 4. The UK therefore argued that without the measure the capacity providers would not have made available the necessary capacity to meet the reliability standard set by the UK to deliver energy at times of stress. |
| --- | --- |

(178)

| (179) | The UK maintains its position regarding the future and, as discussed in paragraphs (94) to (96), it argues that the generation adequacy problem remains: without the capacity market, the expected LOLE range would breach the 3 hours LOLE reliability standard in all years to 2030. |
| --- | --- |

(179)

| (180) | As the aid is granted on the basis of a competitive bidding process, the measure is also assumed to meet the conditions set out in points (50) and (51) of the EEAG. |
| --- | --- |

(180)

| (181) | The Commission therefore reaches the preliminary conclusion that the measure has an incentive effect, as required by EEAG. |
| --- | --- |

(181)

3.3.4   Proportionality

| (182) | According to section 3.9.5 EEAG, a measure is considered proportional when it meets the following conditions: i) the compensation allows beneficiaries to earn a reasonable rate of return. When the measure is designed as a competitive bidding process on the basis of clear, transparent and non-discriminatory criteria, it will be considered as leading to reasonable rates of return under normal circumstances; ii) The measure should also have built-in mechanisms to ensure that windfall profits cannot arise. |
| --- | --- |

(182)

| (183) | First, the UK argues that the measure is a market-wide, technology-neutral capacity mechanism where all eligible capacity providers compete in a single capacity auction to discover the lowest sustainable price at which the necessary capacity can be brought forward. The competitive nature of the auction should drive prices to zero if there is sufficient supply to meet demand. The UK claims that the process is subject to transparent non-discriminatory criteria including the eligibility criteria and the duration of the contract agreements. The main reason for ineligibility is when capacity providers benefit from long-term support measures that would lead to cumulation and eventual overcompensation. As for the duration of the contracts, most capacity providers are only eligible to one-year capacity agreements. New and refurbished capacity -which involves intensive investment capital costs- are eligible to longer capacity agreements to allow these investors secure the necessary financing. Table 9 below presents the T-4 auction outcomes, by length of the contract agreement. |
| --- | --- |

(183)

Table 9

Summary of Capacity Market Auction Outcomes by length of agreement

| | Auction acquired capacity (GW) |
| --- | --- |
| 2014 | 49.3 |
| 1 year | 43.7 |
| 3 year | 3.1 (64) |
| 14 year | 0.032 |
| 15 year | 2.4 (65) |
| 2015 | 46.4 |
| 1 year | 45.4 |
| 14 year | 0.013 |
| 15 year | 0.970 |
| 2016 | 52.4 |
| 1 year | 49.78 |
| 12 year | 0.033 |
| 15 year | 2.6 |
| 2017 | 50.4 |
| 1 year | 49.8 |
| 3 year | 0.01 |
| 14 year | 0.01 |
| 15 year | 0.64 |
| 2017 T-1 | 5.80 |

Auction acquired capacity (GW)

2014

49.3

1 year

43.7

3 year

3.1 (64)

14 year

0.032

15 year

2.4 (65)

2015

46.4

1 year

45.4

14 year

0.013

15 year

0.970

2016

52.4

1 year

49.78

12 year

0.033

15 year

2.6

2017

50.4

1 year

49.8

3 year

0.01

14 year

0.01

15 year

0.64

2017 T-1

5.80

| (184) | Furthermore, the Commission points to the fact that unlike generating units, DSR operators cannot bid for capacity contracts longer than one year, as discussed in recital (160) above. According to the GC judgement (66), this difference in treatment between different capacity providers in terms of the length of the capacity contracts offered to DSR operators and generating capacity could be considered a disadvantage of DSR providers and reduce their potential role in the mechanism. According to the GC judgement, this provision may give rise to doubts on the proportionality of the mechanism because it may influence the total amount of capacity to be auctioned and the total amount of aid necessary for the Capacity Market. |
| --- | --- |

(184)

| (185) | With regard to the second requirement, a market-wide capacity market design mirrors the likely outcome produced by a perfectly efficient energy market. The auction follows a pay-as-clear descending clock design where successful bidders are paid the clearing price. Paying the clearing price is one of the designs specifically mentioned in the definition of ‘competitive bidding process’ in point (43) of the EEAG and hence presumed to have built-in features to minimise the risks of windfall profits. Furthermore, the following features are deemed to contribute to minimising the risk of windfall profits: an overall price cap of GBP 75/kW, a bidding limit on price-takers of GBP 25/ kW, and a short-term duration of the contract agreement for most categories of capacity providers. |
| --- | --- |

(185)

| (186) | With regard to the existing operator's submission that the lower contract duration for existing generators could result in more aid being paid than necessary by increasing the requirement for new plants, the Commission finds it likely that (as noted in recital (175) above) competitive existing plants are likely to bid lower prices than new plants in the majority of cases and as such, the number of new plants should be limited to the minimum necessary, in turn limiting the aid to the minimum necessary. |
| --- | --- |

(186)

| (187) | According to the GC judgement (67), the cost recovery method may influence the volume of capacity of the Capacity Market. For example, linking the charges to finance the Capacity Market to the consumption of electricity during demand peaks could be seen as an incentive for the parties concerned to reduce their consumption during demand peak, leading to a reduced need for capacity to be auctioned. The UK, before the national public consultation on the capacity mechanism, initially envisaged that the amount of the charges would be calculated on the basis of the electricity suppliers’ market share in the electricity demand registered during the so-called ‘triad’ periods, that is to say the three half-hour periods registering the highest annual electricity consumption in the UK during the period from November to February. In this regard and based on points 27 (e) and 69 of the EEAG, the General Court estimates that the Commission should have doubts as to whether the cost recovery, finally implemented by the UK, based on electricity consumption between 16.00 and 19.00 each weekday in winter is the most appropriate solution to ensure that the amount of aid is proportional and that DSR operators are not disadvantaged. In particular, according to the GC judgement, the Commission should have examined whether such a method might make it difficult for consumers not to contribute to Capacity Market costs by reducing their consumption, that is to say their demand, at the relevant time, taking into account the fact that that consumption is inevitable for businesses and families. That might be particularly the case given that small businesses and residential consumers could not avoid capacity market costs through DSR due to the fact that, in the UK, they would be categorised according to their profile and not according to the settlement of their consumption, which is divided up into half-hour periods. When assessing this issue, the Commission will also take into account point 25 of the EEAG, stating that the compatibility of the measure should be solely assessed on the basis of the criteria laid down in section 3.9.5 of the EEAG, which does not entail any reference to the financing of generation adequacy measures. |
| --- | --- |

(187)

| (188) | Consequently, the Commission seeks clarification whether the measure at issue is proportionate and, consequently, as to whether it is compatible with the internal market due to differences in the treatment of DSR operators from the generating capacity with regard to the length of capacity contracts, which might allegedly breach the non-discriminatory criteria, and due to the cost recovery method selected, which might fail to sufficiently incentivise consumers to reduce their consumption during demand peaks and therefore does not allow the total amount of aid to be limited to the minimum amount necessary. |
| --- | --- |

(188)

3.3.5   Avoidance of negative effects on competition and trade

| (189) | The measure must meet the following conditions of section 3.9.6 EEAG for it to be considered as not resulting in undue distortion of competition and trade: i) when technically and physically possible, be open to all capacity providers subject to meeting the proportionality principle; i) not reduce the incentives to invest in interconnectors and not undermine market coupling; ii) not undermine investment decisions that preceded the introduction of the measure; iii) not unduly strengthen market dominance and iv) give preference to low-carbon technologies in case of equivalent technical and economic parameters. |
| --- | --- |

(189)

| (190) | First, the Commission notes that the measure is meant to be technology neutral and open to all existing and new generators, DSR and storage operators subject to the eligibility requirements listed in recitals (22) to (25). The UK is supporting market integration in particular through participating in the development of the EU network codes. However, for the reasons discussed in paragraphs (156)-(166) above, and on the basis of the General Court’s judgement, the Commission seeks clarification whether with regard to the technology neutrality of the measure. |
| --- | --- |

(190)

| (191) | As explained in recital (27), the UK enabled the participation of interconnectors as of 2015. However, as explained in recital (172), the Commission has doubts whether for the future cross-border participation in the UK capacity mechanism should still be limited to interconnectors. |
| --- | --- |

(191)

| (192) | Second, according to the modelling submitted by the UK, the introduction of the capacity market will over time tend to depress electricity prices in the energy market. The fact that existing generators — which took the investment decisions based on projected wholesale energy prices — have access to the Capacity Market therefore implies that their investment decisions are not be undermined on average. Furthermore, plants that began construction between May 2012 and the first auction in 2014 were considered as new plants to acknowledge the intensive capital investment undertaken. |
| --- | --- |

(192)

| (193) | As in any change in market design, it can be expected that some of the existing plants may be impacted more substantially than others. In particular those plants which have been built more recently but before May 2012, hence not in a position to qualify as new under the Capacity Market, can be expected to be impacted more from the introduction of the measure. However any potential negative impact should be limited by the fact that any plant can access the Capacity Market, and should be offset by the substantial benefits which the measure should bring to the electricity system, also in light of the clear price signal which the Capacity Market should provide in relation to capacity — a price signal which would not exist without the measure and would need to be gauged indirectly, through the price of electricity. |
| --- | --- |

(193)

| (194) | Third, the Commission notes that sufficiently long term duration of capacity contracts for new investments allows new entrants secure the necessary financing hence countering the risk of market dominance. Moreover, the strong price-discovery feature in a pay-as-clear, descending clock design reduces the risk of exercising market power in the auction. However, as already discussed in paragraphs (157)-(160), the Commission notes that long term contracts are reserved for generating units. According to the GC judgement, the absence of long term contracts for DSR operators raises doubts as to the potential discriminatory treatment of DSR capacity over generating capacity. The Commission will therefore further investigate whether such treatment may unduly distort competition. |
| --- | --- |

(194)

| (195) | Fourth, the Commission considers that the measure gives preference to low-carbon generators in case of equivalent technical and economic parameters, consistent with point 233(e) of the EEAG:






  — | The measure is open to low-carbon generators. However, to prevent the cumulation of aid and the resulting overcompensation, generators must not be recipients of other support measures as described in recitals (25) and (26). |
| --- | --- | --- |

(195)

—

The measure is open to low-carbon generators. However, to prevent the cumulation of aid and the resulting overcompensation, generators must not be recipients of other support measures as described in recitals (25) and (26).

| — | The competitive bidding nature of the mechanism leaves participants exposed to carbon prices when selling their electricity on the market. Given equivalent technical characteristics, and higher carbon costs will therefore lower expected energy market revenues and increase the capacity price that high-carbon bidders will ask for in the auction (see recital (60) above), reducing their probability of success in an auction (68). |
| --- | --- |

—

The competitive bidding nature of the mechanism leaves participants exposed to carbon prices when selling their electricity on the market. Given equivalent technical characteristics, and higher carbon costs will therefore lower expected energy market revenues and increase the capacity price that high-carbon bidders will ask for in the auction (see recital (60) above), reducing their probability of success in an auction (68).

| — | While the Commission considers that carbon costs associated with the EU ETS represent economic parameters for the purposes of point 233(e) of the EEAG and are therefore insufficient to demonstrate that a measure gives preference to low-carbon generators, the Commission notes that the UK introduced a Carbon Price Floor (CPF) in 2013, fixed at GBP 18/tCO2 for 2018/2019 and 2019/2020, which results in a higher carbon price faced by electricity generators than the EU ETS alone. In the Commission's view, therefore, the interaction of the CPF with the auction mechanism described above has an equivalent effect to secondary selection criteria (for example, in a tender process using other criteria than price) that would give preference to low-carbon generators in case of equivalent technical and economic parameters. |
| --- | --- |

—

While the Commission considers that carbon costs associated with the EU ETS represent economic parameters for the purposes of point 233(e) of the EEAG and are therefore insufficient to demonstrate that a measure gives preference to low-carbon generators, the Commission notes that the UK introduced a Carbon Price Floor (CPF) in 2013, fixed at GBP 18/tCO2 for 2018/2019 and 2019/2020, which results in a higher carbon price faced by electricity generators than the EU ETS alone. In the Commission's view, therefore, the interaction of the CPF with the auction mechanism described above has an equivalent effect to secondary selection criteria (for example, in a tender process using other criteria than price) that would give preference to low-carbon generators in case of equivalent technical and economic parameters.

| (196) | With regard to the STOR operator's submission that the exclusion of long-term STOR providers is not based on objective technical criteria, inconsistent with point (232)(a) of the EEAG, the Commission notes that this point is without prejudice to point (228) of the EEAG, which states that the ‘...calculation of the overall amount of aid should result in beneficiaries earning a rate of return, which can be considered reasonable’. The UK has provided evidence to show that participation of long-term STOR providers in the Capacity Market would result in windfall profits, i.e. a rate of return in excess of what might be considered reasonable, while exclusion would not undermine the original business case. Further, should they be able to persuade their lenders of an additional commercial opportunity of doing so, these operators could participate in the Capacity Market and in the annual auctions for short term STOR contracts, and subsequently (if successful in the Capacity Market auctions) exit their long-term STOR contracts with no penalty. |
| --- | --- |

(196)

| (197) | With regard to the existing operator's submission that the imposition of price taker status on existing plants unduly restricts competition, the Commission notes that the restriction may be justified to ensure proportionality and that, in any case, existing plant are given the opportunity to justify being a price maker. With regard to the operator's argument that limiting existing plants to one-year capacity agreements would restrict consumer choice, the Commission's view is that such a restriction can be justified by the UK's argument that longer capacity agreements for existing plant would increase the risk of overcompensation and would decrease liquidity in the auctions. |
| --- | --- |

(197)

3.3.6   Compliance with Article 30 and 110 TFEU

| (198) | As indicated in point 29 of the EEAG, if a State aid measure or the conditions attached to it (including its financing method when it forms an integral part of it) entail a non-severable violation of Union law, the aid cannot be declared compatible with the internal market. In the field of energy, any levy that has the aim of financing a State aid measure needs to comply in particular with Articles 30 and 110 TFEU. The Commission has therefore verified if the financing mechanism of the notified aid measures complies with Articles 30 and 110 TFEU. |
| --- | --- |

(198)

| (199) | As explained in recital (80) above, the payments are financed by a levy imposed on electricity suppliers (the ‘supplier obligation’). The settlement service provider calculates and collects the payments under the supplier obligation. The UK explains that the supplier obligation is imposed on all licensed suppliers in relation to their market share based on electricity volumes sold. The Commission considers however that the tax is very similar to a tax on the electricity consumed. |
| --- | --- |

(199)

| (200) | With regard to Article 30 and 110 TFEU, it is settled case-law that in its present state of development, Union law does not restrict the freedom of each Member State to establish a tax system which differentiates between certain products, even products which are similar within the meaning of the first paragraph of Article 110 TFEU, on the basis of objective criteria, such as the nature of the raw materials used or the production processes employed. Such differentiation is compatible with Union law, however, only if it pursues objectives which are themselves compatible with the requirements of Union law, and if the detailed rules are such as to avoid any form of discrimination, direct or indirect, against imports from other Member States or any form of protection of competing domestic products (69). |
| --- | --- |

(200)

| (201) | A discriminatory treatment against imports from other Member States presupposes that similar situations are treated differently, so that one needs to determine if imports are in a similar situation to the national production. The Commission notes that the UK has included interconnectors since 2015. |
| --- | --- |

(201)

| (202) | In the light of the above, the Commission reaches the preliminary conclusion that the financing mechanism of the notified aid measures does not introduce any restrictions that would infringe Article 30 or Article 110 TFEU. |
| --- | --- |

(202)

3.3.7   Duration

| (203) | Subject to the outcome of the formal investigation procedure, the Commission would authorise the aid scheme for a maximum period of 10 years starting from the date of the first implementation of the measure in 2014 (following the adoption of the 2014 Commission decision) (70). |
| --- | --- |

(203)

4   SUMMARY CONCLUSION

| (204) | On the basis of the currently available information and the elements described above, the Commission seeks clarification and solicits comments, in particular, concerning the following elements:






  — | Appropriateness of the measure: whether the measure is sufficiently open to all relevant capacity providers, especially to DSR providers because of differences in the applicable contract lengths, limited guarantee for the volume in the T-1 auction, and the minimum level of participation; whether the participation of interconnected capacity should continue to be limited by the use of an interconnector-led model. |
| --- | --- | --- |

(204)

—

Appropriateness of the measure: whether the measure is sufficiently open to all relevant capacity providers, especially to DSR providers because of differences in the applicable contract lengths, limited guarantee for the volume in the T-1 auction, and the minimum level of participation; whether the participation of interconnected capacity should continue to be limited by the use of an interconnector-led model.

| — | Proportionality of the measure: whether the measure is proportionate due to potentially discriminatory differences in the treatment of DSR operators compared to generators in the form of contract duration; whether the cost recovery method fails to sufficiently incentivise consumers to reduce their consumption during demand peaks and therefore does not minimise the total amount of aid; |
| --- | --- |

—

Proportionality of the measure: whether the measure is proportionate due to potentially discriminatory differences in the treatment of DSR operators compared to generators in the form of contract duration; whether the cost recovery method fails to sufficiently incentivise consumers to reduce their consumption during demand peaks and therefore does not minimise the total amount of aid;

| — | Avoidance on negative effects on competition and trade: whether the measure avoids such effects since long term contracts are reserved for generating units, limiting the openness of the measure, and since the direct participation of foreign capacity is currently not permitted in the UK capacity mechanism. |
| --- | --- |

—

Avoidance on negative effects on competition and trade: whether the measure avoids such effects since long term contracts are reserved for generating units, limiting the openness of the measure, and since the direct participation of foreign capacity is currently not permitted in the UK capacity mechanism.

In the light of the foregoing considerations, the Commission, acting under the procedure laid down in Article 108(2) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, requests the United Kingdom to submit its comments and to provide all such information as may help to assess the measure, within one month of the date of receipt of this letter. It requests your authorities to forward a copy of this letter to the potential recipient of the aid immediately.

The Commission wishes to remind the United Kingdom that Article 108(3) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union has suspensory effect, and would draw your attention to Article 16 of Council Regulation (EU) 2015/1589, which provides that all unlawful aid may be recovered from the recipient.

The Commission warns the United Kingdom that it will inform interested parties by publishing this letter and a meaningful summary of it in the Official Journal of the European Union. It will also inform interested parties in the EFTA countries which are signatories to the EEA Agreement, by publication of a notice in the EEA Supplement to the Official Journal of the European Union and will inform the EFTA Surveillance Authority by sending a copy of this letter. All such interested parties will be invited to submit their comments within one month of the date of such publication.

---

(1)  Voir l’arrêt dans l’affaire C-199/06, CELF et ministre de la Culture et de la Communication (ECLI:EU:C:2008:79, points 61 et 64).

1

(2)  Communication sur la détermination des règles applicables à l’appréciation des aides d’État illégales (JO C 119 du 22.5.2002, p. 22).

2

(3)  JO C 200 du 28.6.2014, p. 1.

3

(4)  JO L 248 du 24.9.2015, p. 9.

4

(5)  Northern Ireland is not in the scope of the proposed measure as it has separate electricity market arrangements.

5

(6)  Commission Decision C(2014) 5083 final of 23 July 2014 not to raise objections to the aid scheme for the ‘capacity market’ proposed by the UK (State aid SA.35980 (2014/N-2)) (OJ 2014 C 348, p. 5)

6

(7)  The first auction under the capacity market took place on 16-18 December 2014 for the delivery of capacity four years later.

7

(8)  The date of implementation is considered to be 16 December 2014 when the first auction under the capacity market took place.

8

(9)  The CM registers are regularly updated to reflect capacity that no longer has an agreement. The total presented here represents the amount committed in the auction. It has not been adjusted for capacity that has dropped out since the auction which is no longer eligible for capacity payments. The values have not been adjusted for inflation.

9

(10)  In December 2018, the UK informed the Commission that the first review of the capacity mechanism was ongoing.

10

(11)  The 2018 T-1 and 2018 T-4 auctions have been suspended following the General Court’s judgement in Case T-793/14. Capacity recorded as ‘Entered auction’ is the amount of capacity that has initially prequalified for these future auctions (some may drop out ahead of the auction itself), see reference to ‘susp.’ in the text.

11

(12)  De-rating factors are determined individually for each interconnector by the Secretary of State based on an assessment of technical reliability and analysis of likely country flows at times of system stress.

12

(13)  An obligation to provide capacity (i.e. a risk of penalty) under the Capacity Market may incentivise a foreign power plant to sell electricity in the UK market rather than in its national market even at less than its marginal cost. This is contrary to the merit order in which market participants would sell their electricity based solely on the marginal costs.

13

(14)  Proven DSR differs from the unproven DSR in that its capacity has been proven by a DSR Test Certificate issued for that DSR CMU by the Delivery Body (National Grid).

14

(15)  Electricity generation cost model. 2013 update of non-renewable technologies. April 2013. Prepared by Parsons Brinckerhoff for the Department of Energy and Climate Change. PIMS Number: 3512649A

15

(16)  See recitals (63) and (64)

16

(17)  The UK in addition introduced a supplementary capacity auction in January 2017 to contract capacity for delivery from 1 October 2017 to 30 September 2018. This supplementary auction was approved by a Commission State aid decision C(2016) 7757 final on SA.44475 (2016/N).

17

(18)  National Grid’s recommendation ECR 2018

18

(19)  After terminations as at February 2018 the capacity is 47.53GW.

19

(20)  The high proportion of existing capacity participating as Price Makers in the T-1 auction (cf. recital (64)) is likely due to the fact that much of this existing capacity comes from the oldest, most marginal plant, unable to commit, through the T-4 auctions, to remaining open that far ahead of the delivery year.

20

(21)  A grandfather clause is a provision in which an old rule continues to apply to some existing situations while a new rule will apply to all future cases.

21

(22)  https://www.ofgem.gov.uk/electricity/wholesale-market/market-efficiency-review-and-reform/electricity-market-reform/capacity-market-cm-rules

22

(23)  These figures are taken from the Digest of United Kingdom Energy Statistics 2018

23

https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/digest-of-uk-energy-statistics-dukes-2018-main-report

(24)  http://fes.nationalgrid.com/

24

(25)  Cramton and Stoft (2006): ‘The Convergence of Market Designs for Adequate Generating Capacity’; Joskow (2006): ‘Competitive Energy Markets and Investment in New Generating Capacity’; Cramton, Ockenfels and Stoft (2013): ‘Capacity Market Fundamentals’

25

(26)  London Economics ‘The Value of Lost Load (VoLL) for Electricity in Great Britain’ (2013).

26

(27)  The number of domestic electricity smart meters operated by the large energy suppliers has been multiplied by 26 between Q2-2014 and Q3-2018. The number of electricity advanced- and smart-type meters operated by the large energy suppliers, in smaller non-domestic sites has increased by 12 % between Q2-2014 and Q3-2018. However, in Q3-2018, smart meters and smart-type meters (operating in smart mode) represented less than 30 % of the total number of domestic electricity meters operated by the large energy suppliers. Source: https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/statistical-release-and-data-smart-meters-great-britain-quarter-3-2018

27

(28)  In December 2018, there was only one dynamic ToU tariff, launched by Octopus Energy in February 2018 which provides consumers with half-hourly price updates that reflect actual wholesale energy costs.

28

(29)  https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/633442/upgrading-our-energy-system-july-2017.pdf

29

(30)  https://www.ofgem.gov.uk/publications-and-updates/electricity-balancing-scr-launch-statement

30

(31)  https://www.ofgem.gov.uk/publications-and-updates/electricity-balancing-significant-code-review-final-policy-decision

31

(32)  Using the Loss of Load Probability (LOLP) and the Value of Lost Load (VoLL)

32

(33)  https://www.ofgem.gov.uk/publications-and-updates/review-first-phase-electricity-balancing-significant-code-review

33

(34)  Note however that cash out reform will provide significantly improved short term price signals for delivery, and therefore improved signals for investment in flexible capacity.

34

(35)  Under the current pay-as-bid balancing mechanism arrangements, parties can only earn scarcity rents if they successfully offer energy at this price ahead of gate closure (in which case they risk not being taken if a stress event does not materialise), or if they are out of balance (in which case they risk the price being below their short run marginal cost if a stress event does not materialise). It would be necessary for the balancing mechanism to become a pay-as-clear market, in which all generators are paid the reference price, for a liquid market in options traded against the balancing market price to develop.

35

(36)  These figures assume UK electricity generating capacity remains constant at 81.3GW.

36

(37)  https://www.ofgem.gov.uk/publications-and-updates/integrated-transmission-planning-and-regulation-itpr-project-final-conclusions

37

(38)  Typically, a long-term contract to provide electricity at an agreed price.

38

(*1)  Confidential information

*1

(39)  Case 76/78 Steinike & Weinlig v Germany [1977] ECR 595, paragraph 21; Case C-379/98 PreussenElektra [2001] ECR I-2099, paragraph 58.

39

(40)  See Case C-199/06 CELF, ECLI:EU:C:2008:79, paragraphs 61 and 64

40

(41)  Commission notice on determination of the applicable rules for the assessment of unlawful State aid, OJ C 119 of 22.5.2002, p. 22

41

(42)  OJ C 200/1 of 28 June 2014.

42

(43)  Case 34/86 Council v Parliament [1986] ECR 2155, paragraph 47; Case C-415/96 Spain v Commission [1998] ECR I-6993, paragraph 31; and Case C-458/98 P Industrie des poudres sphériques v Council [2000] ECR I-8147, paragraph 82.

43

(44)  ENTSO-E (2014), “Scenario Outlook and Adequacy Forecast 2014-2030”, 2 June 2014

44

(45)  Pöyry Management Consulting (2013) “Analysis of the correlation of stress periods in the electricity markets in GB and its interconnected systems”

45

(46)  See recitals (42) and (43) for a description of NG's generation adequacy assessment methodology.

46

(47)  https://www.emrdeliverybody.com/Lists/Latest%20News/Attachments/189/Electricity%20Capacity%20Report%202018_Final.pdf

47

(48)  http://powerresponsive.com/

48

(49)  https://theenergyst.com/national-grid-hits-dsr-target-two-years-early-works-to-open-ultimate-balancing-market/

49

(50)  See recital (61)

50

(51)  In their 2017 ECR, National Grid recommended that the 2.5GW which was “set-aside” for the T-1 auction be increased to 6.3GW to account for (a) increases in their assessment of peak demand and (b) capacity which was contracted at the T-4 stage failing to deliver. This increase would have been even higher, but for the fact that National Grid updated their interconnector assumptions — their recommendation assumes that 2.1GW of interconnection capacity will deliver outside of the CM at peak. Internal UK Government analysis in light of PTE comments on National Grid’s initial recommendation for this T-1 auction resulted in the Secretary of State deciding to auction 6.0GW of capacity. After pre-qualification was complete, National Grid recommended a 1.1GW reduction to the target (for other reasons), resulting in a final T-1 target of 4.9GW: https://www.emrdeliverybody.com/Lists/Latest%20News/Attachments/162/CM_Update_to_Demand_Curve_T-1_201819_Dec17.pdf

51

(52)  https://www.entsoe.eu/outlooks/midterm/

52

(53)  Cf. recital (103). According to the UK, less than a third of UK consumers currently use smart meters, and dynamic time-of-use tariffs are in very early stages.

53

(54)  According to the UK, more than 500MW of new build diesel won capacity agreements in 2015 (mainly small peaking plant, with 36 total CMUs identified). This amount dropped to only 5MW (1 CMU) by the 2017 auction. The UK reports that the existing diesel generation could be expected to see a significant decline in the 2019 T-4 auction, as the emissions controls for existing plants come into force for existing plants in January 2024 (for plants between 5-50MW).

54

(55)  These figures assume UK electricity generating capacity remains constant at 81.3GW

55

(56)  Cf. case T-793/14, points 184, 192-193.

56

(57)  Cf. case T-793/14, points 242 and 243.

57

(58)  Cf. case T-793/14, point 118.

58

(59)  Cf. case T-793/14, point 257.

59

(60)  See footnote 97 in EEAG. Also note that as described in SWD 2013 (438) Generation Adequacy in the internal electricity market — guidance on public interventions of 5 November 2013, while it may be necessary as an interim measure to allocate the contribution of interconnectors towards security of supply to interconnector operators, the aim should be to facilitate full cross border participation by capacity providers

60

(61)  See Commission decision C(2016) 7086 final from 8.11.2016 (SA.39621 2015/C (ex 2015/NN)) and Commission decision C(2017)7789 final from 24.11.2017 (SA. 44464 (2017/N))

61

(62)  Cf. case T-793/14, points 230-235

62

(63)  Cf. case T-793/14, points 260-266

63

(64)  Almost all of this capacity (3,082 MW) subsequently reverted to 1 year agreements.

64

(65)  1,656 MW of this new build generation capacity subsequently had its agreement terminated.

65

(66)  Cf. case T-793/14, points 184, 192-193.

66

(67)  Cf. paragraphs 194 to 213 of the GC judgement.

67

(68)  Alternatively, the UK argues that if two projects, differing in their carbon intensity, submit equal bids, this can only be explained by different technical and other economic characteristics

68

(69)  Case C-213/96 Outokumpu [1998] I-1777, paragraph 30.

69

Outokumpu

(70)  The date of implementation is considered to be 16 December 2014 when the first auction under the capacity market took place.

70

---

| 22.3.2019 | FR | Journal officiel de l'Union européenne | C 109/46 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

22.3.2019

FR

Journal officiel de l'Union européenne

C 109/46

---

AIDE D’ÉTAT — DANEMARK

Aide d’État SA.52162 (2019/C) (ex 2018/FC) — Aide d’État en faveur du consortium du pont de l’Øresund

Invitation à présenter des observations en application de l’article 108, paragraphe 2, du traité sur le fonctionnement de l’Union européenne

(Texte présentant de l’intérêt pour l’EEE)

(2019/C 109/03)

Par la lettre du 28 février /2019, reproduite dans la langue faisant foi dans les pages qui suivent le présent résumé, la Commission a notifié au Danemark sa décision d’ouvrir la procédure prévue à l’article 108, paragraphe 2, du traité sur le fonctionnement de l’Union européenne en ce qui concerne les mesures de soutien octroyées à Øresundsbro Konsortiet (ci-après le «consortium»).

Les parties intéressées peuvent présenter leurs observations sur les mesures de soutien en faveur du consortium à l’égard desquelles la Commission ouvre la procédure, dans un délai d’un mois à compter de la date de publication du présent résumé et de la lettre qui suit, à l’adresse suivante:

| Commission européenne |
| --- |
| Direction générale de la concurrence |
| Greffe des aides d’État |
| 1049 Bruxelles |
| BELGIQUE |
| Fax + 32 22961242 |
| Stateaidgreffe@ec.europa.eu |

Commission européenne

Direction générale de la concurrence

Greffe des aides d’État

1049 Bruxelles

BELGIQUE

Fax + 32 22961242

Stateaidgreffe@ec.europa.eu

Ces observations — à fournir dans le délai imparti aussi bien dans leur version originale que dans leur version non confidentielle — seront communiquées dans leur version non confidentielle au Danemark et à la Suède. Le traitement confidentiel de l’identité de la partie intéressée qui présente les observations peut être demandé par écrit, en spécifiant les motifs de la demande.

1.   PROCÉDURE

Le 16 avril 2013, Scandlines Øresund I/S (1) a saisi la Commission d’une plainte affirmant que les garanties d’État octroyées par le Danemark et la Suède en faveur du consortium pour les besoins de financement de la liaison fixe de l’Øresund (ci-après la «liaison»), ainsi que certains avantages fiscaux accordés par le Danemark, constituaient des aides d’État illégales et que ces dernières étaient incompatibles avec le marché intérieur.

À la suite de plusieurs échanges d’informations, le 15 octobre 2014, la Commission a adopté une décision de ne pas soulever d’objections, estimant que les garanties publiques sur les prêts contractés par le consortium et certaines mesures fiscales en faveur du consortium (amortissement des actifs, report des pertes fiscales) constituaient des aides d’État compatibles avec le marché intérieur sur la base de l’article 107, paragraphe 3, point b), du traité. Le 19 septembre 2018, à la suite du recours en annulation du plaignant, le Tribunal a partiellement annulé la décision de la Commission de 2014 et indiqué que la Commission aurait dû ouvrir la procédure formelle d’examen afin de procéder à une appréciation approfondie de la mesure (2).

2.   DESCRIPTION DU PROJET ET DES MESURES DE SOUTIEN

En 1991, le Danemark et la Suède ont conclu un accord intergouvernemental établissant un partenariat en vue de la construction et de l’exploitation de la liaison (un pont à péage de 16 km de long, une île artificielle et un tunnel destiné au trafic routier et ferroviaire reliant Copenhague à Malmö). À cette fin, ils ont convenu de constituer chacun une société à responsabilité limitée, respectivement A/S Øresund et Svensk-Danske Broförbindelsen SVEDAB AB. Ces entreprises ont ensuite formé un consortium chargé du projet, de la conception et d’autres préparatifs concernant la liaison, ainsi que de son financement, de sa construction et de son exploitation.

Les deux États ont convenu de garantir tous les prêts que contracterait le consortium pour financer la liaison. Le Danemark prévoyait également un traitement fiscal spécial en matière d’amortissement des actifs du consortium, ainsi que des mesures permettant un report des pertes fiscales.

La liaison a été construite entre 1995 et 2000 et est exploitée depuis juin 2000. Au moment de la planification et de la construction de la liaison, il était généralement admis que l’exploitation de telles infrastructures ne constituait pas une activité économique et que, par conséquent, le financement public de tels projets ne relevait pas des règles en matière d’aides d’État. La Commission a confirmé cette interprétation en ce qui concerne spécifiquement la liaison dans des lettres adressées au Danemark et à la Suède en 1995. À la suite d’une série de décisions judiciaires, la position dominante a évolué et désormais, le financement d’infrastructures utilisées pour la prestation de services contre rémunération est considéré comme une activité économique et est donc soumis au contrôle des aides d’État.

3.   APPRÉCIATION

Sur la base des informations disponibles, la Commission estime, à titre préliminaire, que les mesures constituent des aides d’État au sens de l’article 107, paragraphe 1, du TFUE. Toutefois, la Commission entend évaluer la nature des mesures, qui sont soit des aides individuelles soit des régimes d’aides, ainsi que la ou les dates auxquelles elles ont été accordées et leur nombre. La Commission considère que la mesure concernant le report des pertes fiscales, telle qu’appliquée jusqu’en 2001, constitue une aide d’État existante, tandis que la même mesure telle qu’appliquée depuis le 1er janvier 2013 constitue une aide nouvelle. En ce qui concerne la mesure relative à l’amortissement des actifs, telle que mise à exécution en 1991 et restée inchangée jusqu’à son abolition, elle peut être considérée comme une aide existante. La Commission examinera également si les garanties constituent une aide existante ou une aide nouvelle.

La Commission a également l’intention de recueillir l’avis des parties prenantes sur la compatibilité des mesures d’aide avec le marché intérieur. Même si ces mesures peuvent être considérées comme visant à promouvoir un projet important d’intérêt européen commun, à ce stade, la Commission souhaite examiner de manière plus approfondie les aspects suivants: leur nature (aide à l’investissement et/ou aide au fonctionnement), leur nécessité et leur proportionnalité, la question de savoir si elles entraînent ou non des distorsions indues de concurrence qui ne peuvent pas être plus que compensées par leurs effets positifs, ainsi que les conditions de mobilisation de ces garanties. Enfin, même si la Commission estime que les États et le bénéficiaire peuvent invoquer la confiance légitime jusqu’à l’arrêt Aéroports de Paris (3), elle entend examiner la période exacte, après cet arrêt, au cours de laquelle le bénéficiaire ainsi que la Suède et le Danemark peuvent invoquer la confiance légitime si les mesures devaient être considérées comme des aides d’État illégales et incompatibles avec le marché intérieur.

TEXTE DE LA LETTRE

1.   PROCEDURE

| (1) | On 16 April 2013 Scandlines Øresund I/S (4) (‘the complainant’) filed a complaint to the Commission alleging that the State guarantees granted by the Danish and Swedish States in favour of the Øresundsbro Konsortiet (hereinafter the ‘Consortium’) constitute unlawful State aid and that this aid is incompatible with the internal market (5). |
| --- | --- |

(1)

The Commission sent a request for information to Denmark and Sweden on 13 May 2013. Denmark and Sweden submitted a joint reply registered on 28 June 2013. The Commission requested both additional information in an email of 15 October 2013, to which the Danish and Swedish authorities replied by letters of 11 December 2013 and 12 March 2014.

| (2) | On 2 December 2013, the complainant submitted additional information. By letter of 8 January 2014, the complainant submitted additional documentation and alleged that the Consortium, in addition to the guarantees, has also benefited from a favourable taxation regime in Denmark (6). |
| --- | --- |

(2)

| (3) | Following the complainants’ submission, on 21 February 2014, the Commission sent a request for information to the Danish and Swedish authorities. By letter of 11 March 2014, Sweden informed the Commission that it did not have any comments with regard to the alleged tax advantages. Following two requests for a delay extension on 25 March and 11 April 2014, which the Commission accepted, Denmark submitted information on 24 April 2014. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

| (4) | On 15 May 2014, the Commission sent another request for information to Denmark to which it replied on 13 June 2014. |
| --- | --- |

(4)

| (5) | The complainant submitted additional information on 2, 3, 24 and 28 April, on 20 and 30 May, and on 3 June 2014. On 4 June 2014, the Commission services invited Denmark and Sweden to comment on the additional information submitted by the complainant. Denmark and Sweden submitted a joint reply on 26 June 2014. |
| --- | --- |

(5)

| (6) | On 17 and 18 June 2014, the complainant submitted supplementary information. On 27 June 2014, the Commission services forwarded this information to Denmark and Sweden for comments. Sweden and Denmark requested a extension of the time-period for replying on 8 and 11 July 2014 respectively, to which the Commission agreed. By letter of 1 September 2014, Denmark and Sweden submitted a joint reply. |
| --- | --- |

(6)

| (7) | On 27 August, and again on 8 and 9 September 2014, the complainant submitted additional information. |
| --- | --- |

(7)

| (8) | On 15 September 2014, Sweden and Denmark submitted a joint statement and additional information. |
| --- | --- |

(8)

| (9) | On 15 October 2014, the Commission adopted a decision (hereinafter ‘the 2014 decision’) finding, firstly, that the public financing of the rail and road hinterland connections should not be considered as State aid. Secondly, the Commission decided not to raise objections against the State guarantee and tax measures granted by Denmark in favour of the Consortium and its parent companies, on the ground that those measures constituted State aid, which was compatible with the common market on the basis of article 107(3)(b) of the Treaty for the functioning of the European Union (hereinafter ‘TFEU’). In the same decision, the Commission considered that the State guarantee granted by Sweden to the Consortium was an existing aid measure in relation to which there was no reason to initiate the procedure regarding existing aid schemes. |
| --- | --- |

(9)

| (10) | Following the complainant’s action for annulment, the General Court partially annulled the 2014 decision by judgment of 19 September 2018 (7). The 2014 decision was annulled in so far as the Commission decided not to raise any objection with respect to the aid relating to depreciation of assets and the carrying forward losses granted to the Consortium by Denmark and with respect to guarantees granted to the Consortium by Denmark and Sweden. |
| --- | --- |

(10)

| (11) | The General Court dismissed the action as to the remainder. In particular, it rejected the arguments of the complainant concerning the Commission’s finding that the measures for the public financing of the hinterland connections and the Danish joint taxation regime did not constitute State aid within the meaning of Article 107(1) TFEU. The Court also rejected the argument that the Commission had erred in law by finding that the Consortium and Denmark and Sweden could claim the benefit of legitimate expectations that precluded recovery, in the event that the aid granted to the Consortium were to be considered incompatible with the internal market, for the period before the judgment of 12 December 2000 in Aéroports de Paris (8). |
| --- | --- |

(11)

| (12) | The judgment of 19 September 2018 has not been appealed. |
| --- | --- |

(12)

| (13) | On 10 December 2018, the Commission had a meeting with the complainant, and on 17 December 2018, the Commission had a meeting with the Swedish and Danish public authorities. |
| --- | --- |

(13)

| (14) | Denmark submitted additional information on 17 January 2019. |
| --- | --- |

(14)

2.   DESCRIPTION OF THE ØRESUND FIXED LINK AND THE ALLEGED SUPPORT MEASURES

2.1.   The Øresund Fixed Link and the hinterland connections

| (15) | The Øresund Fixed Link (hereinafter the ‘Link’) is composed of a toll-funded 16km long bridge, the artificial island of Peberholm, and a partially immersed tunnel for road and railway traffic between the Swedish coast and the Danish island of Amager. It is the longest combined road and rail bridge in Europe and provides a direct connection between Copenhagen to Malmö. |
| --- | --- |

(15)

| (16) | The Link was constructed between 1995 and 2000 and has been in operation since June 2000. The project was one of the trans-European networks in transport (TEN-T) priority projects approved by the European Council in 1994. |
| --- | --- |

(16)

| (17) | The legal and operational aspects of the construction, management and operation of the Link have been set out in:






  — | The agreement of 23 March 1991 between the Danish and the Swedish governments (the ‘Intergovernmental Agreement’); |
| --- | --- | --- |

(17)

—

The agreement of 23 March 1991 between the Danish and the Swedish governments (the ‘Intergovernmental Agreement’);

| — | The Øresund Construction Act (‘Construction Act’) (9); |
| --- | --- |

—

The Øresund Construction Act (‘Construction Act’) (9);

| — | The Swedish Government Bill (‘Swedish Act’); (10) |
| --- | --- |

—

The Swedish Government Bill (‘Swedish Act’); (10)

| — | The agreement of 27 January 1992 between A/S Øresund (11) and Svensk-Danske Broförbindelsen SVEDAB AB, which was approved by the Danish and Swedish governments (the ‘Consortium Agreement’); |
| --- | --- |

—

The agreement of 27 January 1992 between A/S Øresund (11) and Svensk-Danske Broförbindelsen SVEDAB AB, which was approved by the Danish and Swedish governments (the ‘Consortium Agreement’);

| (18) | In 1991 Denmark and Sweden (hereinafter also ‘the States’) entered into an Intergovernmental Agreement establishing a partnership to construct and operate the Link. To this end, they agreed to form each a limited liability company, A/S Øresund (12) and Svensk-Danske Broförbindelsen SVEDAB AB (13). These companies would in turn form a Consortium that would own and would be responsible, on their joint account and as one entity, for the project, design and any other preparations for the Link, as well as for its financing, building and operation. This setup was chosen so that the States stay the ultimate owners of all the companies involved, and, thus, profits and losses generated by the Link ultimately lie with the States. |
| --- | --- |

(18)

| (19) | The Intergovernmental Agreement was implemented by the Consortium Agreement, which established the Consortium and laid down its ownership structure and exclusive tasks to plan, project, finance, construct, operate and maintain the 16 km fixed combined road and railway link between Sweden and Denmark (14). The Consortium cannot be engaged in any other activities. Both the profits and the losses derived from the activities of the Consortium are shared equally by the two parent companies. In relation to any third party, A/S Øresund and SVEDAB AB are jointly and severally liable for the Consortium's obligations (15). |
| --- | --- |

(19)

| (20) | The Consortium procured the construction works of the Link from third-party undertakings through an open tender procedure, divided in five lots. |
| --- | --- |

(20)

| (21) | In addition, road and rail hinterland connections needed to be constructed in both Sweden and Denmark in order to make the Link functional. These infrastructures connect the Link with the national network of the rail and road systems in Sweden and Denmark. Both States agreed that it was their responsibility to construct these connections (16) on their respective territories (17). The States delegated this task to the Consortium's parent companies, i.e. A/S Øresund and SVEDAB AB, which would be responsible for the planning, projecting, financing, constructing, operating and maintaining these connections in the respective countries (18). |
| --- | --- |

(21)

| (22) | The initial budget estimated that the total costs of projecting, planning and constructing the Link would amount to DKK 11.7 billion (approximately EUR 1.55 billion). The estimated cost of the hinterland connections was DKK 3.2 billion (EUR 0.43 billion) in Denmark and DKK 1.95 million (EUR 0.26 billion) in Sweden. Hence, the total cost of both the Link and the hinterland connections was estimated to be approximately DKK 16.9 billion (EUR 2.25 billion) (19). |
| --- | --- |

(22)

| (23) | The Link was partially co-financed by the EU with a grant of EUR 127 million (6 % of the total costs) under the TEN-T Framework. |
| --- | --- |

(23)

| (24) | Following completion of the Link, the Consortium had a debt of DKK 19.6 billion (EUR 2.63 billion). In addition, the liabilities of A/S Øresund and SVEDAB AB amounted respectively to DKK 7.9 billion (EUR 1.06 billion) and DKK 2.6 billion (EUR 0.35 billion). |
| --- | --- |

(24)

| (25) | The costs of planning, projecting, financing, construction, operation and maintenance of the Link should be entirely covered by tolls levied on the users of the Link (20). In addition, Trafikverket (The Swedish Transport Administration) and Banedanmark (the Danish State Rail Administration) pay an annual fixed fee to use the railway (21). |
| --- | --- |

(25)

| (26) | The revenue from toll and railway payments is intended to cover all of the interests and capital repayments on all loans taken out by the Consortium for the purposes of financing the Link. |
| --- | --- |

(26)

| (27) | Moreover, the revenue from toll and railway payments is also intended to cover interest and capital repayments on the loans taken out by the parent companies (A/S Øresund and SVEDAB AB) for the construction of the rail and road hinterland connections on each side of the Link. |
| --- | --- |

(27)

2.2.   The State guarantees

| (28) | Under Article 12 of the Intergovernmental Agreement, Denmark and Sweden undertook to guarantee jointly and severally all loans and other financial instruments used by the Consortium in connection with the financing of the Link. |
| --- | --- |

(28)

| (29) | The Consortium Agreement provides in Section 4 (3) that: ‘the Consortium’s capital requirements for the planning, project, design and construction of the Øresund Link, including loan servicing costs, and for covering capital requirements arising as a consequence of book losses which are expected to occur for a number of years after the Øresund Link has been opened to traffic, shall, in accordance with that agreed in the Intergovernmental Agreement, be satisfied by obtaining loans or the issuance of financial instruments in the open market with security in the form of Swedish and Danish government guarantees.’ |
| --- | --- |

(29)

| (30) | The State guarantees as set out in the Intergovernmental and Consortium Agreements have been implemented in Swedish (22) and Danish law (23). In Denmark, the administration of the State guarantee(s) has been delegated from the Ministry of Finance to the Central Bank (Nationalbanken). In Sweden, the administration of the State guarantee(s) lies with the Swedish National Debt Office (Riksgäldskontoret). They define the general framework for the Consortium's financing policy and supervise the implementation of the States’ guarantees when the Consortium signs new loan agreements or uses other financial instruments in connection with the financing of the Link. The Consortium does not have to pay any premium for the State guarantees. |
| --- | --- |

(30)

2.3.   State loans

| (31) | The Construction Act provides for the possibility for the Consortium to get State loans from the Danish National Bank against an annual fee of 0.15 % of the outstanding loan values plus an annual interest rate set by the Minister of Finance. |
| --- | --- |

(31)

| (32) | The complainant argues that Denmark granted State loans at favourable terms and guarantees to A/S Øresund specifically to inject capital into the Consortium. |
| --- | --- |

(32)

| (33) | At the moment of the adoption of the present decision, the Commission has not obtained any information indicating that such loans would have been concluded with the Consortium for the purpose of financing the Link. |
| --- | --- |

(33)

2.4.   The special Danish tax measures

| (34) | The Consortium is subject to a special tax regime under the Danish tax law, which was originally introduced by the Construction Act. This Act was later incorporated in the Sund & Bælt Act (24). |
| --- | --- |

(34)

| (35) | According to the information available at the moment of the adoption of the present decision, the Consortium is a partnership, which, as regards Danish tax rules, is transparent. As the Consortium is 50 % owned by A/S Øresund, the Danish tax rules apply to that Danish parent company in respect of 50 % of the income and costs incurred by the Consortium. Special tax rules apply to the:






  i. | depreciation of assets and |
| --- | --- | --- |

(35)

i.

depreciation of assets and

| ii. | carry forward of losses. |
| --- | --- |

ii.

carry forward of losses.

| (36) | Moreover, the mandatory joint taxation regime (see below section 2.2.3) would apply to the Consortium through its inclusion in the Sund & Bælt Holding group. |
| --- | --- |

(36)

2.4.1.   
  Loss carry forward

| (37) | For the period 1991 to 2001, under the Danish Tax Assessment Act (25), undertakings established in Denmark had the possibility to carry forward losses incurred during a specific tax year and deduct them from their tax base for the five subsequent years. The Consortium was however subject to special rules with respect to loss carry forward. First, the Consortium could carry forward its losses for a longer period in time, i.e. fifteen years instead of five years. Second, the Consortium was allowed to include — in the total amount of losses, which could be carried forward — losses resulting from the deduction of operating expenses incurred prior to the start of the operation of the Link. The Consortium was allowed to carry forward those losses for a maximum period of 30 years (26). |
| --- | --- |

(37)

| (38) | In 2002, section 15 in the Tax assessment act was amended (27) and the limitation of loss carry forward to 5 years was abolished. For the period 2002-2012, companies subject to Danish corporate tax law, including the Consortium (28), could carry forward all their losses without any limits in time or amount. |
| --- | --- |

(38)

| (39) | On 1 January 2013, a new limitation on the amounts of losses carried forward that can be deducted in a single year was introduced into the Danish tax law (29). Under this provision, although the right to carry forward losses was not limited in time, the amount of losses that could be carried forward and deducted from profits of subsequent years is limited annually to DKK 7 500 000 (30) (approximately EUR 1 006 000) plus an amount corresponding to 60 % of the positive taxable income in excess of DKK 7 500 000. However, this limitation does not apply to the Consortium (31). |
| --- | --- |

(39)

2.4.2.   
  Depreciation of assets

| (40) | Pursuant to sections 12 and 13 of the Construction Act (32), the annual depreciation rate for the Consortium was set at 6 % of the initial acquisition costs, which are defined as the total construction costs of the Link. This means that a single general rule on depreciation is applied to all assets of the Consortium. The 6 % depreciation rate for the Consortium applies until the income year in which the total sum of the depreciation exceeds 60 % of the initial acquisition costs (i.e. a 10-year period), as from which point the annual depreciation rate is reduced to 2 %. |
| --- | --- |

(40)

| (41) | For the period 1991 to 1998, the depreciation rules established by section 13 of the Construction Act correspond to the normal depreciation rules applicable to buildings and installations pursuant to the Danish Depreciation Act (33), which applied to all undertakings established in Denmark during that period. |
| --- | --- |

(41)

| (42) | However, in 1999 the normal depreciation rate for buildings and installations set in the Danish Depreciation Act decreased to 5 % (34) and in 2007 it further decreased to 4 % (35), while the depreciation rate for the Consortium remained 6 % pursuant to Sections 12 and 13 of the Construction Act (36). |
| --- | --- |

(42)

| (43) | According to the Danish authorities, the special tax provisions relevant to depreciation of assets and fiscal loss carry forward have been repealed since 1 January 2016. |
| --- | --- |

(43)

2.4.3.   
  Joint Taxation regime

| (44) | The Consortium is subject to mandatory joint taxation with Sund & Bælt Holding, in accordance with the general joint taxation regime applicable to all Danish undertakings within a group. According to article 31 of the Danish Act on Corporation Tax a ‘group’, all companies of which are established in Denmark, is to be taxed in accordance with the provisions on mandatory group taxation. No specific rules apply to the Consortium in that respect. |
| --- | --- |

(44)

2.5.   Past contacts between the Commission and the Consortium

| (45) | By letter dated 1 August 1995, the Consortium informed the Commission of State guarantees granted by the Danish and Swedish States in favour of the Consortium for the financing of the Link and asked the Commission to confirm that the State guarantees did not constitute State aid. |
| --- | --- |

(45)

| (46) | Following the information received, the Commission confirmed, in letters of 27 October 1995 to the Danish and Swedish authorities, that the State guarantees in question did not constitute State aid within the meaning of Article 87(1) EC (now article 107(1) TFEU), because they were attached to an infrastructure project of common interest. It is explicitly mentioned in the two letters that, as a consequence of this assessment, the Member States should not notify the measure to the Commission. |
| --- | --- |

(46)

| (47) | Following these letters, the Danish and Swedish States did not formally notify to the Commission the financing model of the Link. |
| --- | --- |

(47)

3.   SCOPE OF THE DECISION

| (48) | This decision does not concern the measures in favour of SVEDAB AB and A/.S Øresund relevant to the financing of the hinterland connections. The Commission found in its 2014 decision (37) that those measures did not constitute State aid within the meaning of Article 107(1) TFEU and the General Court rejected the action for annulment brought by the complainant as regards these measures (38). The Commission also notes in this respect that the complainant has not appealed the General Court’s judgment. |
| --- | --- |

(48)

| (49) | The present decision also does not concern the measure concerning the Danish joint taxation regime. In its 2014 decision, the Commission found that this measure did not constitute State aid, and the General Court upheld the 2014 Commission decision as regards this measure. |
| --- | --- |

(49)

| (50) | Therefore, this decision covers the measures taken in order to finance the construction and operation of the Link (hereafter ‘the project’) namely the State guarantees granted by Sweden and Denmark for loans and financial instruments taken out by the Consortium, as well as the following tax measures granted by Denmark:






  i. | the rules applicable to the Consortium with regards to the depreciation of assets; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(50)

i.

the rules applicable to the Consortium with regards to the depreciation of assets;

| ii. | the rules applicable to the Consortium with regards to loss carry forward. |
| --- | --- |

ii.

the rules applicable to the Consortium with regards to loss carry forward.

| (51) | This decision does not cover other possible measures granted by Denmark or Sweden to the Consortium, A/S Øresund, SVEDAB AB, the Sund & Bælt Holding A/S or to any other related company. |
| --- | --- |

(51)

4.   SUMMARY OF THE ARGUMENTATION SUBMITTED BY THE COMPLAINANT, DENMARK AND SWEDEN IN THE PROCEDURE LEADING TO THE 2014 DECISION

4.1.   Summary of the argumentation submitted by the complainant

4.1.1.   
  As regards the (non) economic nature of the Consortium’s activity

| (52) | According to the complainant, the Consortium is an economic operator that provides transport services across Denmark and Sweden by charging tolls as remuneration. The fact that the Consortium is incorporated is clear evidence of a commercial objective, as well as the fact that it is registered for VAT purposes and charges VAT on its tolls. Moreover, its income is used to finance the project and pay dividends to its parent companies. |
| --- | --- |

(52)

| (53) | The fact that the States decided to construct and operate the Link through a public limited liability company (39) demonstrates that they decided to provide transport services on a commercial basis rather than making the services available to the public free of charge. Finally, the Consortium in its reports and publications states that it provides commercial services in a market of and in competition with other transport service providers such as the complainant. |
| --- | --- |

(53)

| (54) | According to the complainant, the Commission has developed a consistent case practice considering the operation of various transport infrastructures as economic activities based on case law from the Union courts. Therefore, it argues that the Consortium conducts an economic activity, as it operates the Link against the payment of tolls, and that the support measures involve State aid. This reasoning applies independently of sector and timing, i.e. before or after the Aéroports de Paris judgment, in which the operation of airport infrastructure were found to constitute an economic activity. |
| --- | --- |

(54)

4.1.2.   
  As regards the State guarantees

| (55) | According to the complainant, due to the State guarantees the Consortium may obtain loans on very favourable terms, as it enjoys the same credit rating as the Danish and Swedish States (AAA). On this basis, it may obtain financial terms for its loans which are significantly better than those that would otherwise be available on the financial markets. The Consortium does not pay any guarantee premium to the States. In addition, the State guarantees appear to be unlimited in time and amount and appear in effect to prevent the possibility of the Consortium going bankrupt. Moreover, they fulfil none of the conditions mentioned in the Guarantee Notice (40) as indications of conditions that could exclude the existence of State aid. |
| --- | --- |

(55)

| (56) | The complainant also argues that every time the Consortium enters into a new loan agreement, a new guarantee is granted, involving a new ad hoc aid measure, at least for all loan transactions agreed after 2003. |
| --- | --- |

(56)

4.1.3.   
  As regards the tax measures

| (57) | The complainant argues that the tax measures in favour of the Consortium constitute incompatible State aid, which is unlimited in time and amount, and which provides an advantage separate from the State guarantees and that has to be assessed on its own merits. |
| --- | --- |

(57)

4.1.4.   
  As regards the compatibility of the alleged aid measures

| (58) | As regards the compatibility of the alleged aid measures, the complainant argues that although indeed the project can be considered important at EU level, the aid measures are not necessary and proportionate to the objective pursued, as they are unlimited in time and amount and allow the Consortium to extend artificially the amortisation period of the investment. |
| --- | --- |

(58)

4.2.   Summary of the argumentation submitted by Sweden and Denmark

4.2.1.   
  As regards the (non) economic nature of the Consortium’s activity

| (59) | Both Sweden and Denmark argue that until early 2000s, under a long-standing decision-making practice, the Commission had consistently held that the construction by a public authority of infrastructure — particularly within the transport sector — open to all potential users on equal terms did not constitute an economic activity falling within the scope of EU competition rules. Rather, such activities were considered an exercise of public (planning) authority in order to provide general transport infrastructure (41). According to their opinion, the Aéroports de Paris and Leipzig Halle judgments (42) do not necessarily apply to infrastructure projects of the type of the Link, given that the assessment of whether an activity is economic or not must be specific to the infrastructure in question. Contrary to airports, the development and operation of cross-border bridges, which requires the conclusion of international agreements, cannot be implemented by ordinary investors. |
| --- | --- |

(59)

| (60) | Moreover, the Consortium cannot be considered to compete with the complainant's ferry services. While the complainant offers a commercial ferry service, the Consortium offers a public good, i.e. access to a particular road and rail infrastructure. The pricing policy for this public good is the execution of a public policy decision concerning the financing of the project and the rail and road hinterland connections. |
| --- | --- |

(60)

| (61) | For these reasons, the States argue that the Commission's conclusion in its letters of 27 October 1995 is correct, even taking into account subsequent developments in the case law on the notion of State aid. |
| --- | --- |

(61)

| (62) | Finally, even if the Commission's interpretation of the notion of ‘economic activity’ might have changed in recent years, the States argue that principles of legal certainty and protection of legitimate expectations preclude the Commission from applying a different and broader notion of ‘economic activity’ in this case. |
| --- | --- |

(62)

4.2.2.   
  As regards the State guarantees

| (63) | According to Denmark and Sweden, both States, on the basis of the Intergovernmental Agreement, undertook a legal obligation to guarantee all loans and financial instruments taken out by the Consortium in connection to the financing of the project. This legally binding obligation was subsequently implemented in national legislation in both States (43). Thus, from the date the Consortium was founded, through the Consortium agreement, it has been enjoying the enforceable legal right to the State guarantees on all the loans it would enter into, to finance the project. As the substantial legal basis remains unaltered, the State guarantees were irrevocably and definitively granted to the Consortium at the time the Consortium achieved a legal right to obtain State guaranteed funding, i.e. from the day of its foundation, which corresponds to the date of the Consortium Agreement, 27 February 1992. The arrangements implementing the State guarantees do not change the fact that those guarantees were granted to the Consortium in February 1992. Thus, they should be considered as one or two measures granted in 1992, and thus as existing aid, if the Commission were to conclude that they constitute State aid. |
| --- | --- |

(63)

4.2.3.   
  As regards the tax measures

| (64) | Denmark indicates that the tax measures were introduced as part of the overall legislative framework of the entire project, which aims at making the infrastructure project viable. In the absence of these measures, the financial profile of the whole project would have been substantially altered. The tax measures, like the State guarantees, do not constitute State aid in favour of the Consortium, since the Consortium is not an undertaking. In any case, even if the Consortium should be considered to be carrying out economic activities, these tax measures apply to the benefit of SVEDAB AB and A/S Øresund and cannot be viewed as conferring any potential separate economic advantage to the Consortium. |
| --- | --- |

(64)

4.2.4.   
  Legal certainty and legitimate expectations

| (65) | Denmark and Sweden argue that even in the case where the Commission's interpretation of the notion of ‘economic activity’ might have changed in recent years, principles of legal certainty and protection of legitimate expectations preclude the Commission from applying a different and broader notion of ‘economic activity’ in this case. Any possible aid is existing aid and cannot be recovered. First, the so-called ‘Lorenz procedure’ (as presently provided for in Article 4(6) of the Procedural Regulation (44)) can be considered as applied in the case at hand, given the 1995 Commission letters, which entail that the measures, must be considered authorized by the Commission, to the extent that they constituted aid. Second, the State guarantees were granted irrevocably and definitely in 1992, thus the ten-year limitation period for possible recovery of State aid has elapsed. As regards Sweden, any possible aid was definitely granted prior to its accession to the EU and prior to the entry into force of the EEA Agreement on 1 January 1994. |
| --- | --- |

(65)

| (66) | Finally, the States argue that the Commission's letter of 27 October 1995, its subsequent inaction and numerous other statements from the Commission in decisions and guidelines adopted until today have given the States and the Consortium a clear legitimate expectation that the State guarantees were not State aid within the meaning of Article 107(1) TFEU. |
| --- | --- |

(66)

4.2.5.   
  As regards compatibility of possible aid

| (67) | Concerning possible compatibility of the funding measures, insofar as these would constitute State aid, the States argue that the aid measures may be considered compatible with the internal market on the basis of Article 107(3)(b) TFEU. First, the project must be considered a clearly defined sui generis project, which establishes two cross border transport lines (road and rail) and which has received EU funds under the TEN-T framework. The support measures were necessary as no private investor would enter into such a large scale project. Moreover, possible aid involved would be proportionate, as the net value of the guarantees can in no way exceed the net value of a direct grant, which would provide an unconditional and indirect benefit to the beneficiary. On the contrary the guarantees would only be called upon, if the beneficiary had insufficient funds to repay the guaranteed debts. |
| --- | --- |

(67)

| (68) | Finally, as regards the possible impact on competition and trade, arguably the construction and operation of the Link may have repercussions on a number of markets in the proximity of the Link (45). However, the Link has strengthened competition and increased trade within various other economic sectors in the region. As the European Union endorsed the Link by awarding it a TEN-T status, the positive effects of the project, both on a regional and EU level, are significant and clearly outweigh the negative effects. |
| --- | --- |

(68)

| (69) | On this basis, possible aid measures should be considered compatible with the internal market. |
| --- | --- |

(69)

5.   ASSESSMENT

5.1.   Existence of State aid

| (70) | By virtue of Article 107(1) TFEU, any aid granted by a Member State or through State resources in any form whatsoever which distorts or threatens to distort competition by favouring certain undertakings or the production of certain goods shall, in so far as it affects trade between Member States, be incompatible with the internal market. |
| --- | --- |

(70)

5.1.1.   
  Notion of undertaking

| (71) | The Commission notes that State aid rules only apply where the recipient of an aid is an ‘undertaking’. According to settled case law, an undertaking is an entity engaging in an economic activity regardless of its legal status and the way in which it is financed (46). Any activity consisting in offering goods and/or services in a given market is an economic activity (47). |
| --- | --- |

(71)

| (72) | In the Aéroports de Paris judgment (48), the General Court ruled that the operation of an airport had to be seen as an economic activity. More recently, the Leipzig/Halle judgments (49) concluded that as long as an airport runway will be used for economic activities, its construction also constitutes an economic activity and thus its funding may fall within the ambit of State aid rules. While these cases relate specifically to airports, it appears that the principles developed by the Union Courts are also applicable to the construction of other infrastructures that are indissociably linked to an economic activity (50) (51). |
| --- | --- |

(72)

| (73) | In addition, on the basis of the settled case law, for a certain activity to be classified as an economic activity, it is irrelevant whether a private investor would have carried out the same activity (52). Once an entity engages in economic activities, regardless of its legal status, or the way in which it is financed, it constitutes an undertaking within the meaning of Article 107 (1) TFEU, and TFEU rules on State aid may apply to financial advantages granted by the State or through State resources to that entity (53). |
| --- | --- |

(73)

| (74) | In light of this case law, the Consortium, as the owner and manager of the Link, provides a transport service against remuneration to citizens and undertakings using the Link. The Consortium charges a consideration (toll) from the users of the road section of the Link for crossing the Øresund strait. In addition, the Swedish and Danish railways managers pay an annual fixed fee for access to the railway on the Link. The toll revenues from road and rail collected by the Consortium are meant to finance in full the total cost of design, construction and operation of the Link, but also the costs of the hinterland connections through the distribution of dividends to the parent companies. |
| --- | --- |

(74)

| (75) | In the operation of the Link the Consortium decides on its own commercial and pricing policy (54) on the basis of the principles fixed by the States in the Intergovernmental Agreement and the Consortium Agreement. According to Article 1 of the Consortium Agreement, the Consortium's activities shall be conducted in accordance with sound commercial principles. This entails that, based on the explanations of Denmark and Sweden, the Consortium should determine its prices based on the overall objective of maximising its long-term profit in order to repay its debt relevant to the project and its parent companies' liabilities relevant to construction of the hinterland connections. |
| --- | --- |

(75)

| (76) | Therefore, the Commission considers that, the operation of the Link constitutes an economic activity. It follows from the Leipzig Halle judgment that also the construction of the infrastructure operated by the Consortium constitutes an economic activity, and thus its support measures may involve State aid. Thus the Consortium can be considered as an undertaking for the purposes of Article 107 (1) TFEU. |
| --- | --- |

(76)

5.1.2.   
  State resources and imputability to the State

| (77) | With regard to the State origin of the advantages resulting from the application of the measures, it should be recalled that the concept of aid is broader than that of subsidy, because it embraces not only positive benefits, such as subsidies, but also measures which, in various forms, mitigate the charges which are normally included in the budget of an undertaking and which, therefore, without being subsidies in the strict sense of the word, are similar in character and have the same effect (55). |
| --- | --- |

(77)

| (78) | A measure by which the public authorities grant certain undertakings an exemption from a reduction or a deferral of payment of the tax normally due, although not involving a transfer of state resources, places beneficiaries in a more favourable financial situation than other taxpayers and constitutes State aid within the meaning of Article 107(1) TFEU (56). The creation of a risk of imposing an additional burden on the State in the future, by constituting a guarantee or by making a contractual offer, is sufficient for the purposes of Article 107(1) TFEU (57). The same is true, for instance, when guarantees are granted by a Member State without requiring the payment of a premium on market terms from the beneficiary of the guarantee. The State thereby foregoes State resources. As the above measures have been granted by the States themselves, they are by definition imputable to them. |
| --- | --- |

(78)

| (79) | As a consequence, the State guarantees, granted by Denmark and Sweden without the payment of any fee, as well as the tax advantages granted to the Consortium by Denmark involve State resources and are imputable to the States. |
| --- | --- |

(79)

5.1.3.   
  Selective advantage

| (80) | According to constant case law, in order to determine whether a State measure constitutes State aid, it is necessary to establish whether the recipient undertaking receives an economic advantage that it would not have obtained under normal market conditions, i.e. in the absence of State intervention (58). Only the effect of the measure on the undertaking is relevant, neither the cause nor the objective of the State intervention (59). To assess this, the financial situation of the undertaking following the measure should be compared with the financial situation if the measure had not been introduced. |
| --- | --- |

(80)

5.1.3.1.   The State guarantees

| (81) | A public guarantee may grant the borrower an advantage, by enabling it to borrow at an interest rate and cost that would not have been obtainable on the market without the guarantee (60). |
| --- | --- |

(81)

| (82) | In this case, by providing the State guarantees without requiring the payment of a premium on market terms, the States conferred an advantage to the Consortium. As said advantage concerns specifically the Consortium, it is de jure selective. Therefore, the States' guarantees constitute a selective advantage in favour of the Consortium within the meaning of Article 107 (1) TFEU. |
| --- | --- |

(82)

5.1.3.2.   The Danish tax measures

| (83) | For a tax measure to fall within the scope of Article 107(1) TFEU, it has to be established whether under a particular statutory scheme a state measure is such as to favour ‘certain undertakings or the production of certain goods’ over others, which are in a legal and factual situation that is comparable, in the light of the objective pursued by that scheme (61). However, when Member States adopt ad hoc measures benefiting one entity, the identification of an advantage in principle allows to presume its selective nature (62), as it is normally easy to conclude that such measures have a selective character, as they reserve favourable treatment for one or few undertakings (63). In this case, the special tax regime on depreciation and on loss carry forward reduces the tax liability of the Consortium as compared to what it would have been in the absence of those measures and thereby confers an economic advantage to the Consortium. The Consortium is a transparent entity for tax purposes and the specific rules apply to its Danish parent company. It cannot be denied however that these rules apply to half (64) of the depreciation costs and losses deriving from the activity of the Consortium. In these circumstances, the Consortium appears to be the direct or indirect beneficiary of the tax measures. |
| --- | --- |

(83)

| (84) | Nevertheless, for reasons of completeness, the Commission will assess the measures of fiscal loss carry forward and of specific depreciation rules under the standard three-step analysis established by the EU Courts (65). First, the system of reference must be identified. Second, it should be determined whether a given measure constitutes a derogation from that system insofar as it differentiates between economic operators who, in light of the objective intrinsic to the system, are in a comparable factual and legal situation. If the measure constitutes a derogation from the system of reference and thus is prima facie selective, it needs to be established, in the third step of the test, whether the derogation is justified by the nature or the general scheme of the system. In this context, it is for the Member State to demonstrate that the differentiated tax treatment derives directly from the basic or guiding principles of that system (66). |
| --- | --- |

(84)

| a) | Fiscal loss carry forward |
| --- | --- |

a)

Fiscal loss carry forward

| (85) | The Commission notes that as regards the fiscal loss carry forward measure in favour of the Consortium, the system of reference is the normal Danish tax rules on loss carry forward that apply in principle to all undertakings in Denmark, as laid down in the Danish Tax Assessment Act (67). According to this system, the normal rule for the period between 1991-2001 was a five-year period. For the same period, the Consortium had the possibility to carry forward losses for 15 years and even 30 years for costs incurred before the operations of the Link started. Thus, this regime clearly derogated from the general system applicable to all other Danish companies. |
| --- | --- |

(85)

| (86) | For the period 2001 to 2012, the general rule for loss carry forward was amended and all companies, including the Consortium, could carry forward their losses without any time limitation. Thus, during this period, the Consortium did not benefit from any derogation from the general tax system. |
| --- | --- |

(86)

| (87) | Since 1 January 2013, the general loss carry forward regime was amended again (68). However, the Consortium was excluded from the limitation introduced on the amounts of yearly reduction, and consequently placed in a more favourable position than other undertakings. |
| --- | --- |

(87)

| (88) | The Commission therefore concludes that the special rules on the carry forward of losses that the Consortium enjoyed in the period 1991 to 2001 and since 2013 onwards differentiate(d) between economic operators that appear prima facie to be in a comparable factual and legal situation in the light of the objective pursued by the tax system concerned. The rules applicable to the Consortium during those two periods were/are thus prima facie selective. |
| --- | --- |

(88)

| (89) | A measure, which is prima facie selective, may still be found to be non-selective if it is justified by the nature or general scheme of that system. This is the case where a measure derives directly from the intrinsic basic or guiding principles of the system of reference or where it is the result of inherent mechanisms necessary for the functioning and effectiveness of the system (69). On the contrary, external policy objectives, which are not inherent to the general tax system cannot be relied upon for that purpose (70). It is up to the Member State concerned to demonstrate that a measure, which is at first sight selective, is justified by the nature or general scheme of its tax system (71). |
| --- | --- |

(89)

| (90) | The Danish authorities have argued that the special regime on loss carry forward can be regarded as justified by the logic of the system due to the extraordinary character of the entire project in terms of its size and purpose making it incomparable to any other infrastructure project that has been subject to Danish tax rules. However, the Danish authorities did not sufficiently demonstrate, in the documents provided before the adoption of the 2014 Decision why, and to what extent, the size and the purpose of a project would be sufficient to justify a differential tax treatment i.e. that such tax treatment would be consistent, necessary and proportionate in the light of the guiding principles of the Danish tax system. Therefore, the Commission concludes that the measure entails prima facie a selective advantage in favour of the Consortium for the years between 1991 to 2001 and since 2013 onwards. |
| --- | --- |

(90)

| b) | Depreciation of assets |
| --- | --- |

b)

Depreciation of assets

| (91) | Concerning the measures relevant to depreciation of assets, the Commission considers that the general system of reference corresponds to the Danish depreciation system applicable in principle to all companies in Denmark, as laid down in the Danish Depreciation Act (72). |
| --- | --- |

(91)

| (92) | With regard to these rules, since 1999, the depreciation rate applicable to buildings and installations of all Danish companies has been set at a rate lower than the one applicable for the assets of the Consortium (6 % from 1991 to 1998, reduced to 5 % for the period 1999 to 2006 and to 4 % since 2007). Moreover, the Consortium has the right to depreciate at a maximum rate of 6 % the entirety of its assets until the income year in which the total sum of the depreciation has surpassed 60 % (i.e. a 10 year period), from which point an annual depreciation rate of 2 % applies. |
| --- | --- |

(92)

| (93) | The Commission observes that, since 1999, the depreciation rate applicable to the Consortium derogates from the common depreciation regime applicable to all other undertakings in Denmark that are prima facie in a comparable factual and legal situation in the light of the objective pursued by the tax system concerned. The rules applicable to the Consortium are therefore prima facie selective. |
| --- | --- |

(93)

| (94) | The Danish authorities have argued that the deviation from the general regime on depreciation is justified by the logic of the system, because the Link is not comparable to other Danish infrastructure projects as regards its size, construction cost and purpose. |
| --- | --- |

(94)

| (95) | As mentioned above, the Danish authorities did not sufficiently demonstrate, in the documents provided before the adoption of the 2014 Decision why, and to what extent, the size and the purpose of a project would be sufficient to justify a differential tax treatment i.e. that such tax treatment would be consistent, necessary and proportionate in the light of the guiding principles of the Danish tax system. The Commission considers that the type of considerations invoked by Denmark cannot prima facie be taken into account in order to justify a derogation to the tax system. Hence, this differential tax treatment seems the result of an objective that is unrelated to the tax system of which it forms part. Therefore, the Commission concludes that since 1999 the measure entails prima facie a selective advantage in favour of the Consortium that cannot prima facie be justified by the logic of the tax system. |
| --- | --- |

(95)

5.1.4.   
  Distortion of competition and effect on trade between Member States

| (96) | When aid granted by a Member State strengthens the position of an undertaking as compared with other undertakings competing in intra-Union trade, the latter must be regarded as affected by the aid (73). |
| --- | --- |

(96)

| (97) | The Consortium is active on the market for construction and operation of (cross border) bridges and on the market for transport services to cross the Øresund straight. Without it being necessary to decide whether the measures are liable to distort competition and affect trade between Member States on the market for construction and operation of (cross border) bridges, it is clear that aid may strengthen the position of Consortium on the market for transport services to cross the Øresund straight as compared with other undertakings, such as, in particular, ferry operators. |
| --- | --- |

(97)

| (98) | Thus, the measures in question, to the extent that they entail a selective advantage in favour of the Consortium, may be considered as affecting intra-Union trade. |
| --- | --- |

(98)

| (99) | Similarly, as the aid is liable to improve the competitive position of the Consortium, the Commission considers that that the measures are liable to distort competition. |
| --- | --- |

(99)

5.1.5.   
  Conclusion on the existence of aid

| (100) | On the basis of this assessment, the Commission’s preliminary view is that the State guarantees granted by Denmark and Sweden to the Consortium for the financing of the Link, as well as the special tax rules on depreciation of assets and on carry forward of losses that Denmark granted to the Consortium, constitute State aid in the sense of 107(1) TFEU. |
| --- | --- |

(100)

5.2.   Classification of the measures as individual aid or scheme and granting date

| (101) | To determine whether the measures qualify as aid schemes or individual aid measures, the Commission has to examine the nature of the measures in the light of the definitions set out in the Procedural Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

(101)

| (102) | According to Article 1(d) of the Procedural Regulation, ‘“aid scheme” means any act on the basis of which, without further implementing measures being required, individual aid awards may be made to undertakings defined within the act in a general and abstract manner and any act on the basis of which aid which is not linked to a specific project may be awarded to one or several undertakings for an indefinite period of time and/or for an indefinite amount’. In contrast, individual aid is defined in Article 1(e) of the same Regulation as ‘aid that is not awarded on the basis of an aid scheme and notifiable awards of aid on the basis of an aid scheme’. |
| --- | --- |

(102)

| (103) | The Commission considers that the first situation included in the definition of an aid scheme cannot be considered applicable to the support measures under examination, as the measures are not aimed at ‘undertakings defined within the act in a general and abstract manner’ but are aimed specifically at the Consortium. Thus, the assessment as regards the aid scheme nature of the measures has to be conducted in light of the second situation envisaged by the definition. |
| --- | --- |

(103)

| (104) | In this respect, the complainant argues that each time a new financial transaction (loan, credit facility) is implemented/confirmed by the Danish Central Bank and the Swedish National Debt Office, an individual aid is granted to the Consortium. On the other hand, Sweden and Denmark argue that the State guarantees do not constitute an aid scheme, as they were granted irrevocably and definitely in 1992, and that each time their authorities approve a specific financial transaction of the Consortium they are merely taking a measure necessary to implement the State guarantees . However, both the complainant and the Member States appear to consider that the measures were granted for a ‘specific project’ within the meaning of Article 1(d) of the Procedural Regulation and consequently cannot be considered as an aid scheme. |
| --- | --- |

(104)

| (105) | According to Article 12 of the Intergovernmental Agreement, Denmark and Sweden jointly and severally guaranteed the obligations in respect of the Consortium’s loans and other financial instruments used in connection with the financing of the project. Moreover, Section 4.3 of the Consortium Agreement states that: ‘the State guarantees are meant to cover the Consortium’s capital requirements for the planning, project design and construction of the Link, including loan servicing costs, and for covering the capital requirements arising as a consequence of book losses which are expected to occur for a number of years after the Link has been opened to traffic’. In addition, Articles 1 and 2 of the Intergovernmental Agreement and Annex 1 thereto identify precisely the geographical location of the Link and its specific technical characteristics. These elements would appear to indicate that the State guarantees relate to a precisely determined specific project (74), the construction and operation of the Link. |
| --- | --- |

(105)

| (106) | As to the question whether the State guarantees involve aid for an indefinite period of time or an indefinite amount, the Commission notes that the guarantees seem to be open-ended, but that according to Article 17 of the Consortium agreement the duration of said agreement and thus of the Consortium, has been limited to 2050 with a possibility of a 30 year extension;. |
| --- | --- |

(106)

| (107) | Moreover, the position argued by the complainant that individual aid is granted each time a Consortium concludes a financial transaction for the financing of the project, has to be balanced out against the argument of the States that those authorities are giving effect to the State guarantees as set out in the Intergovernmental Agreement, the Consortium Agreement, and their national law. The Commission considers, at this stage, that the administration of guarantees in relation to specific financial transactions cannot be considered in isolation from the State guarantees granted in 1992. |
| --- | --- |

(107)

| (108) | Consequently, at this stage, the Commission has doubts whether the State guarantees should be considered as an a aid scheme or whether they should be considered as individual aid, granted when the Consortium was established, or as individual aid granted each time a financial transaction of the Consortium is approved by the national authorities. |
| --- | --- |

(108)

| (109) | As regards the tax measures under assessment, their definition in the relevant legal acts, seems to be open-ended (75) in terms of amount and duration, but specifically related to the Consortium’s activity with respect to the project. As these measures seem to be granted within the same purpose and scope as the State guarantees, the Commission’s considerations mentioned above as regards their preliminary qualification as individual aids are also to be applied as regards the tax measures. |
| --- | --- |

(109)

| (110) | The Commission notes that, in the absence of a definite conclusion on the question whether the support measures constitute a scheme or individual aid measures, it cannot reach a conclusion on the date at which the guarantees and the tax measures were granted, as well as regards their number. |
| --- | --- |

(110)

5.3.   New aid or existing aid

| (111) | Article 1(b) of the Procedural Regulation defines the measures, which should be considered as existing aid measures. According to point (i) of said Article, existing aid means: ‘without prejudice to Articles 144 and 172 of the Act of Accession of Austria, Finland and Sweden, all aid which existed prior to the entry into force of the TFEU in the respective Member States, that is to say, aid schemes and individual aid which were put into effect before, and are still applicable after, the entry into force of the TFEU in the respective Member States”. Moreover, according to point (iv), “aid which is deemed to be existing aid pursuant to Article 17 of this Regulation”’. Moreover, according to Article 17(3) (76) of the Regulation, ‘Any aid with regard to which the limitation period has expired shall be deemed to be existing aid’. |
| --- | --- |

(111)

| (112) | As mentioned previously, the complainant argues that the measures in question constitute new aid measures, at least as regards the period after 2003, as the 10-year limitation period was interrupted in May 2013, when the Commission sent a request for information to Denmark and Sweden. According to the complainant, any individual aid measure granted by the States after 2003 should be considered as new aid. On the contrary, Denmark and Sweden consider that at least the State guarantees should be considered as individual existing aid, given that the limitation period had expired already in 2002, i.e. 10 years after the right to the guarantees was granted to the beneficiary. |
| --- | --- |

(112)

| (113) | According to Article 1(b) (i) of the Procedural Regulation, all aid, which existed prior to the entry into force of the TFEU in the respective Member State, is considered as existing aid. However, this is without prejudice to Articles 144 and 172 of the Treaty of Accession of Sweden (77). According to Article 144 of this Treaty, ‘...(a) among the aids applied in the new Member States prior to accession only those communicated to the Commission by 30 April 1995 will be deemed to be “existing” aids...’ Thus, concerning the State guarantee(s) granted by Sweden to the Consortium, should it/they be considered as granted in 1992, as the measure(s) were not communicated to the Commission at the time, they could not be considered as existing aid on the basis of this Article. |
| --- | --- |

(113)

| (114) | However, on the basis of Article 1 (b) (iv) of the Procedural Regulation (78), the Commission’s conclusion as regards the new or existing aid nature of the guarantee(s) would depend on whether the measure(s) should be considered as individual aid granted in 1992, or as several individual aid measures granted each time a new loan or credit facility transaction was agreed, or as an aid scheme. In the first and third scenario, the State guarantee(s) granted by Sweden would be considered as existing aid, as the limitation period would have expired in 2002. However, in the second scenario there would be different measures, which could be existing aid, if granted before 2003, i.e. 10 years before the Commission sent a request for information to Sweden for the first time, and other measures, which could be new individual aid, if granted after 2003. |
| --- | --- |

(114)

| (115) | With respect to the State guarantee(s) granted by Denmark, the Commission’s considerations as regards the new or existing aid nature, which would be based on the definition set out in Article 1(b)(iv) of the Procedural Regulation, would be the same as for Sweden. |
| --- | --- |

(115)

| (116) | As regards the tax measures under assessment, the Commission’s conclusion on their new or existing aid character, in the meaning of Article 1(b)(iv) of the Procedural Regulation, is different for each of them. In particular, the Commission is in a position to conclude that as regards the measure relevant to fiscal loss carry forward as applied up to 2001, it can be considered as existing aid, given that it was applicable in a period prior to 2002, as explained above. As regards the same measure as applied since 1 January 2013, it can be considered as a new measure, given that it was granted after 2003. Concerning the measure relevant to the depreciation of assets, as it was put in place in 1991 and remained unchanged up to the time it was abolished, it can be considered that it constitutes existing aid. |
| --- | --- |

(116)

| (117) | The Commission concludes therefore that prima facie the determination of whether the guarantees are new or existing aid depends on whether they constitute schemes or individual aid(s) granted in 1992 (or until 2003 at the latest) or as several individual aid measures granted over the lifetime/repayment period of the project. Thus, the Commission will conclude on whether the guarantees constitute new aid or existing aid, on the basis of the more extensive information it will receive in the context of the formal investigation procedure. |
| --- | --- |

(117)

5.4.   Compatibility assessment

| (118) | Denmark and Sweden argue that should the Commission consider the support measures to constitute State aid, it should assess their compatibility on the basis of Article 107(3)(b) TFEU, which allows aid to promote the execution of an important project of common European interest. |
| --- | --- |

(118)

| (119) | The Commission Communication relevant to the compatibility analysis of aid for important projects of common European interest (‘IPCEI Communication’) (79), sets out the principles according to which the Commission assesses the public financing of such projects. According to paragraph 52 of the Communication, ‘in line with the de Notice on the determination of the applicable rules for the assessment of unlawful State aid (80)
  , in the case of non-notified aid, the Commission will apply the Communication if the aid was granted after its entry into force, and the rules in force at the time when the aid was granted in all other cases’. |
| --- | --- |

(119)

| (120) | Although at this stage, the Commission has not yet concluded on the granting date of the measures under assessment, it is obvious that the State guarantees and the Danish tax measures were put in place before the entry into force of this Communication. Thus, the Commission considers at this stage, that the Communication is not applicable as such, but that any aid would have to be assessed on the basis of the rules applicable at the time the aid was granted. However, given that at this stage this date (or dates) has not been established, and that the Communication consolidates the Commission practice as regards the compatibility assessment of aid on the basis of Article 107(3)(b) TFEU (81), the basic guiding principles set out therein will be of use for the Commission’s assessment. |
| --- | --- |

(120)

5.4.1.   
  Important project of common European interest

| (121) | Any project to be supported with aid in line with Article 107(3)(b) TFEU should, at least, possess the following features:






  — | it must be specific, precise and clearly defined; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(121)

—

it must be specific, precise and clearly defined;

| — | it must be ‘of common European interest’; |
| --- | --- |

—

it must be ‘of common European interest’;

| — | it must be important both quantitatively and qualitatively. |
| --- | --- |

—

it must be important both quantitatively and qualitatively.

5.4.1.1.   The project must be specific, precise and clearly defined

| (122) | The project in this case can be defined as the construction and operation of the Link. This project can be considered a sui generis project, which establishes two cross border transport lines (road and rail). As its objectives, terms of implementation, including its funding have been specifically laid down in the Intergovernmental Agreement and the Consortium Agreement, the Commission considers that the project can prima facie be considered as a specific, precise and clearly defined project. Moreover, it is also a major project of European transport infrastructure, which was realised through a unique partnership between Sweden and Denmark. The two States involved also underline in a credible manner that the project significantly improves the mobility of people and provides a physical connection of people and businesses in the cross-border Øresund Region inhabited by more than 3.5 million people. |
| --- | --- |

(122)

5.4.1.2.   The project must be of common European interest

| (123) | The Commission considers that the project can also be considered prima facie of a common European interest in the sense of Article 107(3)(b) TFEU, as it contributes in a concrete, clear and identifiable manner to one of the Union’s objectives and has a significant impact on sustainable growth and value creation in a large part of the Union. In particular, this project was included in the first list of TEN-T priority projects endorsed by the European Council in 1994. Since the start of its operation the project has also contributed to a better connection of the Nordic countries to Central Europe. In addition, it connects also the Nordic Triangle road and rail links (TEN-T priority project 12) via Denmark, to the upcoming Fehmarn Belt (priority project 20). The project therefore represents an important contribution in common European transport policy. It is also generally acknowledged that the TEN-T projects generally also contribute to attaining other overall Union objectives such as the smooth functioning of the internal market and the strengthening of economic and social cohesion, as this type of projects have effects on multiple levels of the economy in the region, in addition to the effects on the transport sector. In addition, the project has received co-financing by the TEN-T Framework as mentioned in section 2.1. |
| --- | --- |

(123)

5.4.1.3.   The project must be important quantitatively and as well as qualitatively

| (124) | The project is a major European transport infrastructure project. According to Denmark and Sweden, it costed approximately DKK 20 billion (EUR 2.7 billion). When including the costs of the construction of the connecting land infrastructures, the total costs of the project has been approximately DKK 30 billion (EUR 4 billion) (NPV in 2000 prices). Moreover, its financing entailed important risks taking into account in particular the significant construction costs, an unknown operation date and continued and operational and traffic risks involved for a very long period. |
| --- | --- |

(124)

| (125) | The project was realised by a partnership between Sweden and Denmark and was fully endorsed at Union level as the Link forms an integral part of the trans-European transport network (TEN-T priority project 11). The project significantly improves the mobility of people and provides a physical connection of people and businesses in the cross-border Øresund Region inhabited by more than 3.5 million people. |
| --- | --- |

(125)

| (126) | The Commission considers therefore that the project is prima facie quantitatively and qualitatively important, and operates to the benefit of the European Union. |
| --- | --- |

(126)

| (127) | Taking into account the above, the Commission concludes that the project prima facie meets all the criteria of a project that may be promoted with aid based on Article 107(3)(b) TFEU. |
| --- | --- |

(127)

5.4.2.   
  Type of aid measures under assessment

| (128) | As the measures under examination have been granted by both Denmark and Sweden in view of the substantial financing needs of the project highlighted above, the Commission considers it, also in the light of the judgment of the Court of 19 September 2018 (82) appropriate to assess to which extent this financing relates to both the construction and operation phase of the project. This is necessary, in order to establish firstly whether the public financing measures involve investment aid only, or both investment and operating aid. The Commission also aims at better understanding by means of information provided in the context of the formal investigation procedure, the necessity and proportionality of the aid measures at stake. |
| --- | --- |

(128)

| (129) | Article 12 of the Intergovernmental Agreement states that Denmark and Sweden shall jointly and severally guarantee the obligations in respect of the Consortium’s loans and other financial instruments used in connection with the financing of the project. Moreover, Article 4(3) of the Consortium Agreement provides that the State guarantees will cover the Consortium’s capital requirements’ arising as a consequence of book losses which are expected to occur for a number of years after the project has been opened in traffic. On the basis of these provisions, it cannot be excluded that the guarantees may also cover loans taken out in order to meet the Consortium’s operating costs. On the other hand, according to both said Agreements (83), the cost of project design and other preparations for the project, as well as its construction, operation and maintenance shall be covered entirely by the Consortium by toll charges levied on the users. Moreover, according to Denmark and Sweden, the Consortium is required to operate according to sound business principles and compliance with this requirement is controlled by both States’ authorities. |
| --- | --- |

(129)

| (130) | Moreover, although Sweden and Denmark argue that the main function of the State guarantees and the tax measures is to cover the financing needs of the construction and not the subsequent operation, the data submitted by them does not make any distinction between investment and operating needs of the Consortium. Moreover, the data, provided before the adoption of the 2014 Decision does not demonstrate to which extent the measures still being implemented during the operation phase of the project, are covering the financing needs related to: (i) the repayment of the liabilities created during the construction phase of the project, and/or (ii) the payment of operating costs, and/or (iii) the payment of the dividends to the parent companies, which relate to the construction costs of the hinterland connections that the Consortium has the obligation to cover through the operating income of the Link or (iv) all of the above. |
| --- | --- |

(130)

| (131) | The Commission also deems it necessary to look into these parameters in the light of the typical financial and economic setup of such large scale projects. In particular, the Commission intends to clarify doubts as regards the issue whether it is not inherent in the logic of such infrastructure projects to compare ex ante upfront investment costs against future operating costs and income in a funding gap type of analysis. Indeed in such scenario, it may not be straightforward or useful to allocate traditional financial transactions exclusively to investment and/or operating costs. In this respect, the Commission also takes note of the fact that, most prominently in its judgment of 12 July 2018 on the Hinkley Point project (84), the General Court has underlined that operating aid is intended to maintain the status quo or to release an undertaking from costs which it would normally have to bear in its’ day-to-day management of normal activities. That Court noted that measures which could be considered as necessary to realizing a large-scale project such as the Hinkley Point generation plant could not be regarded as maintaining the status quo, thereby raising doubts as regards its qualification as operating aid (85). |
| --- | --- |

(131)

| (132) | It can also be noted that the granting of a hypothetical capital injection at the time of construction of the Link of an amount that corresponds to the expected benefit of the State guarantees would confer, in economic terms, a comparable benefit upon the Consortium as those guarantees. To the extent that such a capital injection could be considered as investment aid, it does not seem straightforward to consider that the State guarantees also involve operating aid merely because they also apply during the period that the Link is operational. |
| --- | --- |

(132)

| (133) | The Commission will take a final position on these matters in the light of the comments that it will receive in the formal investigation procedure; |
| --- | --- |

(133)

| (134) | In view of the absence, at this stage, of indications allowing to conclude on these issues, the Commission considers it appropriate to open the formal investigation as regards the nature of the aid measures concerned. |
| --- | --- |

(134)

5.4.3.   
  Necessity

| (135) | In order to assess the necessity of the aid, the Commission has to examine whether the aid will not subsidize the costs of a project that an undertaking would anyhow undertake. In particular, it has to assess whether, without the aid the project’s realization would have been impossible, or that realization would have been implemented on a smaller or different scale or manner, which would have significantly restricted its expected benefits. The Commission further considers that, in the absence of an alternative project, the aid amount should not exceed the minimum necessary for the aided project to be viable from an ex ante project management risk perspective. |
| --- | --- |

(135)

| (136) | Denmark and Sweden argue that both in terms of necessity and proportionality, the Commission assessment should be conducted in the light of the facts at the moment the aid measures were granted, i.e. in 1992, and taking into account the broader context of that time, which excluded the application of State aid rules for infrastructure projects at the time. |
| --- | --- |

(136)

| (137) | The Commission indeed acknowledges that the measures were adopted at a time when it was generally considered that the public financing of such infrastructure was not covered by EU State aid rules. |
| --- | --- |

(137)

| (138) | The possibility of constructing a fixed link between Sweden and Denmark had been on the agenda for more than 35 years prior to the conclusion of the Inter-governmental Agreement. During that period, there were apparently no indications that such a large-scale infrastructure project could be carried out without public support. The project required substantial upfront capital investments that could only be recovered in the very long term. Moreover, numerous uncertainties existed in relation to the revenues that could be expected. Therefore, at this stage of the investigation, the Commission considers that no rational private investor would have engaged in the financing of such a project under normal market conditions, in particular as it involved two different States. Moreover any such investor would have to take into account the obligation to fund through its revenues the debt relevant to the hinterland connections. Hence, without the aid the project would prima facie not have been realised. The States submit that all calculations of the project financing were based on the assumption that the loans obtained by the Consortium to finance the project would be fully covered by State guarantees, as prescribed by the Intergovernmental agreement. The provision of Union funds under the TEN-T framework (EUR 127 million representing 6 % of the total project costs) would be a complementary strong indication of the necessity of public funding for the realisation of the Link. |
| --- | --- |

(138)

| (139) | According to the information provided by Denmark and Sweden, the initial budget estimated that the total costs of planning and constructing the Link would amount to DKK 11,7 billion (EUR 1,55 billion). The estimated cost of the hinterland connections corresponded to DKK 3,2 billion (EUR 0,43 billion) in Denmark and SEK 1,95 billion (EUR 0,26 billion) in Sweden. Hence, the total costs of the project were estimated at approximately EUR 2,24 billion (NPV in year 1990). However, when the Link was completed in 2000, the Consortium had a net debt of DKK 19,6 billion (approx. EUR 2,63 billion). In addition, A/S Øresund and SVEDAB AB liabilities amounted to DKK 7,9 billion (EUR approx. 1,06 billion) and DKK 2,6 billion (EUR approx. 0,35 billion) respectively. So the total costs of the construction project amounted to approximately EUR 4 billion (NPV in year 2000). |
| --- | --- |

(139)

| (140) | Moreover, on the basis of the data available at this stage, it seems that the debt of the Consortium has fluctuated (86) after the operation of the Link started. The repayment period for the investment undertaken by the Consortium has also fluctuated as compared to the initial 1991 estimates (87). The calculation of the length of the Consortium’s debt repayment period was based on a number of forecasts concerning, inter alia, the development of traffic revenues, operational costs, reinvestment costs, financing costs and dividend payments to the parent companies of the Consortium. As highlighted in the 2013 Annual report (88), due to the uncertainties concerning future traffic developments, the Consortium has set out three possible scenarios for future traffic developments: a base case scenario with repayment period after 34 years (89), a growth scenario with repayment period of 30 years (90) and a stagnation scenario with a repayment period of 43 years (91). Of those, the crucial parameter related to the forecast concerning road traffic revenues, which accounted for 75 % of the total revenue and which had varied considerably over time (92). |
| --- | --- |

(140)

| (141) | It is the Commission’s preliminary view that all the above elements could constitute strong indications of the necessity of the aid as regards the construction of the said infrastructure, given that, at that moment in time, such big infrastructure project would not be realised without any public support. However, given the considerations above, the Commission cannot conclude at this stage on the necessity of the measures. |
| --- | --- |

(141)

| (142) | Moreover, in case the aid measures also cover operating costs of the Consortium during the operational phase of the Link, Denmark and Sweden have not demonstrated, at this stage, whether such aid has also been necessary to attain the objective of common European interest pursued. |
| --- | --- |

(142)

| (143) | In view of the above, the Commission will examine the necessity of the aid measures for both the construction and operating phase on the basis of the expanded information it will receive in the course of the formal investigation procedure. |
| --- | --- |

(143)

5.4.4.   
  Proportionality

| (144) | The principle of proportionality requires that the aid measures do not exceed what is appropriate in order to attain their objectives. Thus, if the construction and operation of the Link could be achieved with less aid, then the aid would not be considered proportionate. |
| --- | --- |

(144)

| (145) | With regard to aid in the form of guarantees, the proportionality of such aid traditionally requires the guarantee to be linked to specific financial transaction, for a fixed maximum amount and limited in time. State guarantees must be limited in time, as unlimited guarantees are in principle incompatible with Article 107 TFEU (93). Moreover, tax measures should as a rule be limited to an amount proportionate to the objective pursued. |
| --- | --- |

(145)

| (146) | Denmark and Sweden argue that the assessment of proportionality should not disregard the fact that the States could have chosen to inject capital to the Consortium or take loans themselves in order to finance the project directly. In such a case, the financial burden on the State’s budgets would have been higher and, as a consequence, the total costs of the project would have increased. Thus, the financial setup of the project ensured that possible State aid was limited to the minimum necessary. Moreover, the Consortium’s activity is specifically circumscribed in the Consortium Agreement, in the sense that its activity is limited to the financing, construction, operation and maintenance of the Link. Thus, in their opinion, the guarantees are limited and proportionate, as, first, they are limited by the repayment period of the loans linked to the project, and, second, they cannot be used by the Consortium to increase its capacity or extend its business on any other markets. Finally, as the construction works were tendered out, this is also an indication that the financing needs were kept to the minimum necessary. |
| --- | --- |

(146)

| (147) | Moreover, the States argue that the cash-flow generated by the Consortium so far indicates that the Consortium’s income is large enough to pay all operating expenses and to cover part of the outstanding loan balance. According to them, the established procedures are an appropriate way of controlling that the risk on the State guarantees is minimized, and thus that the aid element flowing from the guarantees is proportionate and strictly limited to the minimum necessary |
| --- | --- |

(147)

| (148) | The Commission considers that the choice of guarantees as aid instrument is indeed a positive indicator as regards the appropriateness and proportionality of the aid. However, it is not sufficient in and of itself to conclude that the measures in favour of the Consortium are proportionate to the objective pursued. Moreover, although the Commission understands that the financial set-up decided at the time indeed limited the State guarantees to the specific project financing needs, this does not necessarily mean that the guarantees were limited in amount or time. |
| --- | --- |

(148)

| (149) | With respect to the concrete effect of the tax measures, the Danish authorities have indicated, in the information submitted before the adoption of the 2014 Decision, that the advantage of the special depreciation rules amounted to about DKK 304 000 (approximately EUR 41 000) for the period 1991 to 2013. According to the Danish authorities, the absence of such rules would have increased the length of the repayment period of the project and would have had negative implications for the financial robustness of the project. |
| --- | --- |

(149)

| (150) | In this respect, the Commission observes that the Danish tax treatment of the Consortium in respect of depreciation and loss carry forward was defined in the context of the different agreements establishing the legal and financial framework for the construction and operation of the Link, including the guarantees. It also appears that the special provisions granted to the Consortium were expected to contribute to the viability of the project thereby rendering the effects of the guarantees and advantage the tax measures interdependent. |
| --- | --- |

(150)

| (151) | However, at this stage, the Commission does not have all elements to determine the limits on the amount and duration of the State guarantees and the tax advantages which could be considered as reasonable. Nor does the Commission have sufficient elements to establish the length of the reasonable repayment periods or the amount of likely borrowing required at the beginning of the project. |
| --- | --- |

(151)

| (152) | In the absence of this type of elements, which would allow a proper quantification method of the aid involved and its limitation, the Commission has doubts as regards the proportionality of the measures under examination. |
| --- | --- |

(152)

5.4.5.   
  Undue distortions of competition and balancing test

| (153) | For the aid measures to be considered compatible, the Commission intends to evaluate considerations that the measures constitute an appropriate policy instrument to attain the objective of the project. In that context it also aims at assessing the extent to which the negative effects of the aid measure in terms of distortion of competition are outweighed by the positive effects in terms of contribution to the objective of the common European interest at stake. .The Commission aims at better understanding to which extent the infrastructure at stake provides open and non-discriminatory access at non-discriminatory prices. |
| --- | --- |

(153)

| (154) | The Commission notes that the guarantee instrument chosen combined with the obligation of the Consortium to cover all costs relevant to the planning, construction, operation and maintenance of the project through its operating revenues, can, in principle, be considered as an appropriate instrument to attain such objective, as compared to direct subsidies. However, the open-ended character of the State guarantees and the tax measures prima facie mitigates such conclusion. |
| --- | --- |

(154)

| (155) | In particular, the open-ended character of the measures has to be assessed in terms of its possible negative effects on competition. In this respect, the complainant argues that the financial set-up chosen by Denmark and Sweden had as a consequence that the Consortium had the possibility to set the toll charges for the Link at a level which is artificially low. |
| --- | --- |

(155)

| (156) | The Commission notes that it can indeed be argued that the aid measures under examination have a negative effect on competition, in particular for companies such as the complainant. However, these negative effects have to be assessed in the light of the positive effects in terms of contribution to the objective of common European interest. In particular, the very purpose of the Link seems to be to offer citizens and undertakings an alternative transport link than the one provided in the past by ferry operators. To this end, Denmark and Sweden and interested parties are invited to provide any further information available. |
| --- | --- |

(156)

| (157) | Thus, the Commission is, at this stage, not in a position to definitively conclude whether possible negative effects of the measures have been outweighed by the positive effects induced. |
| --- | --- |

(157)

5.4.6.   
  Specific compatibility condition as regards the guarantees — Mobilisation conditions

| (158) | According to point 5.3 of the Guarantee Notice, which incorporates existing Commission practice (94), ‘The Commission will accept guarantees only if their mobilisation is contractually linked to specific conditions, which may go as far as the compulsory declaration of bankruptcy of the beneficiary undertaking, or any similar procedure. These conditions will have to be agreed between the parties when the guarantee is initially granted. In the event that a Member State wants to mobilise the guarantee under conditions other than those initially agreed to at the granting stage, then the Commission will regard the mobilisation of the guarantee as creating new aid which has to be notified under Article 88(3) of the Treaty.’ |
| --- | --- |

(158)

| (159) | The complainant argues that the guarantees granted by Denmark and Sweden did not include any conditions relevant to their mobilization and thus they cannot be declared compatible in any case. Denmark and Sweden are invited to submit further information in this respect. |
| --- | --- |

(159)

| (160) | The Commission notes that at this stage it does not dispose of the necessary information to assess the existence and the conditions of the mobilisation of the guarantees. |
| --- | --- |

(160)

5.5.   Legitimate expectations — Legal certainty

| (161) | Article 16(1) of the Procedural Regulation provides that where negative decisions are taken in cases of unlawful aid, the Commission shall decide that the Member State concerned shall take all necessary measures to recover the aid from beneficiary. However, [t]he Commission shall not require recovery of the aid if this would be contrary to a general principle of Union law”. In this respect, the Commission is required to take into consideration, also on its own initiative, exceptional circumstances that provide justification, pursuant to the said Article, for it to refrain from ordering the recovery of unlawfully granted aid where such recovery is contrary to a general principle of Union law (95). |
| --- | --- |

(161)

| (162) | The principle of protection of legitimate expectations is a general principle of EU law (96) which confers rights on individuals (97). In accordance with settled case-law, the right to rely on the principle of the protection of legitimate expectations extends to any person in a situation where an EU institution has caused him or her to have justified expectations (98). |
| --- | --- |

(162)

| (163) | Three cumulative conditions must be satisfied for a claim of entitlement to the protection of legitimate expectations to be well founded. First, precise, unconditional and consistent assurances originating from authorised and reliable sources must have been given to the person concerned by the authorities. Second, those assurances must be such as to give rise to a legitimate expectation on the part of the person to whom they are addressed. Third, the assurances given must comply with the applicable rules (99). |
| --- | --- |

(163)

| (164) | The Court has consistently held that the right to rely on the principle of the protection of legitimate expectations extends to any person to whom an institution has given rise to justified hopes. In addition, the Court has accepted that legitimate expectations can arise only where the Commission itself has given precise assurances that the measure in question does not constitute State aid (100). It is also right that, in principle, there is no legitimate expectation on the part of recipients of aid unlawfully implemented (101). |
| --- | --- |

(164)

| (165) | In the light of the above, it appears that general principles of legal certainty and legitimate expectations prevent the Commission from applying a novel interpretation of Article 107(1) TFEU, when, clearly, the States and the Consortium could legitimately expect that the State guarantees and the Danish tax measures would fall outside the scope of Article 107(1) TFEU. |
| --- | --- |

(165)

| (166) | In this connection, the States submit that the State guarantees have been definitively and irrevocably granted to the Consortium on 27 February 1992, and that the principle in point 81 of the Munich Airport Terminal 2 (102) decision therefore clearly applies to this case. In view of this, the guarantees cannot be considered as ‘unlawful aid’ which could be recovered on the basis of article 16(1) of the Procedural Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

(166)

| (167) | The States consider the guarantees to constitute existing aid, which cannot be recovered. To this end, they argue that the Commission’s lack of inaction after the Consortium notified, on 1 August 1995, the guarantees entails that any possible aid contained in the guarantees must now be considered existing aid, which cannot be recovered. The Consortium's letter and the circumstances of the case, including the fact that the Link was approved as a TEN-T project, entail that the Commission was duly informed that the aid measures would be implemented. Moreover, they argue that as the guarantees were granted definitively and irrevocably in 1992, the 10-year limitation period has been suspended merely at the moment the Commission started the investigation of the case following the complaint. As regards the Swedish guarantee in particular, given that the guarantee was granted prior to the entry into force of the EEA agreement, it would have been definitively granted before accession. Finally, given the reassurances provided by the Commission in its 1995 letters, any recovery would be contrary to the general principles of Union law relevant to legal certainty and protection of legitimate expectations. |
| --- | --- |

(167)

| (168) | In case the Commission were to conclude that the measures involve unlawful and incompatible aid, it would be necessary to assess whether a general principle of Union law, and in particular the principle of legitimate expectations, precludes recovery of such aid. |
| --- | --- |

(168)

| (169) | In the present case, in view of the combination of the highly specific circumstances described in recitals 46 to 48 of this decision, the Commission is of the opinion that should the measures be considered as having been granted before the 2000 Aéroports de Paris judgment (103), the Member States concerned and the beneficiary should benefit from the principle of the protection of legitimate expectations. |
| --- | --- |

(169)

| (170) | First, the Commission’s position at that time was to consider public financing of the construction and operation of infrastructure projects as public goods and not economic activity. This position was clearly spelt out in various soft law instruments (104) as well as certain Commission decisions (105). As noted above, the Commission's position has evolved over time, and with the General Court's judgment in Aéroports de Paris it has become gradually apparent that the operation of infrastructure may be considered as an economic activity. |
| --- | --- |

(170)

| (171) | Second, in view of these developments, the Commission has adopted a general policy that financing measures for the construction and operation of infrastructure definitively adopted before the judgment in Aéroports de Paris can no longer be called into question based on State aid rules. In this regard, the Commission has considered public authorities could legitimately consider that financing measures definitively adopted before the judgment in Aéroports de Paris did not constitute State aid and accordingly did not need to be notified to the Commission (106). |
| --- | --- |

(171)

| (172) | Third, in line with the Commission’s policy at the time, the Commission informed Denmark and Sweden in 1995 that the State guarantees in question did not constitute State aid within the meaning of Article 107(1) TFEU. |
| --- | --- |

(172)

| (173) | Indeed, the Consortium duly informed the Commission of the existence of the State guarantees by its letter of 1 August 1995 and asked for the position of the Commission as regards the qualification as State aid of the two State guarantees. |
| --- | --- |

(173)

| (174) | In that context, it is relevant to note that the letter was submitted to the Commission prior to the entry into force of Regulation No 659/99 and of Commission Regulation (EC) No 794/2004, which introduced new formalities for State aid notifications, including notification forms, and electronic submission through the SANI system with validation by Member State's Permanent Representations (see Article 2 of that regulation) (107). |
| --- | --- |

(174)

| (175) | In response to the Consortium's letter of 1 August 1995, on 27 October 1995, the Commission sent two letters to the two Member States concerned but not to the Consortium. In those letters, signed by the Director General for Transport, the Commission informed the two Member States concerned that the State guarantees in question did not constitute State aid within the meaning of Article 107(1) TFEU and that, therefore, the guarantees in question should not be notified to the Commission. |
| --- | --- |

(175)

| (176) | In that regard, it has to be noted that the conclusion in the Commission letters of 27 October 1995 was fully consistent with the decision practice of the Commission at the time. As explained above, the construction and operation of infrastructure was not considered an economic activity by the Commission at the time the said letters were sent and therefore was not subject to State aid rules. |
| --- | --- |

(176)

| (177) | Fourth, even though the Commission was not informed of the tax measures by the Consortium's letter of 1 August 1995, the Commission considers that the conclusion that the State guarantees did not constitute State aid and did not need to be notified, gave Denmark legitimate expectations that the specific tax measures applicable to the Consortium did not constitute State aid either, because they were attached to an infrastructure project the construction and operation of which was considered not to constitute an economic activity. |
| --- | --- |

(177)

| (178) | Last but not least, the judgment of the General Court of 19 September 2018 upheld the Commission’s analysis as regards the existence of the legitimate expectations at least until 2000 (108). |
| --- | --- |

(178)

| (179) | In view of the above, the Commission considers that the States and the Consortium have legitimate expectations that the Commission would not call into question the State guarantees and the tax measures granted up until the date of the judgment in Aéroports de Paris, in the event that aid granted to the Consortium were to be considered incompatible with the internal market. |
| --- | --- |

(179)

| (180) | Should State guarantees and tax measures be considered as granted in the period after the judgment of 12 December 2000, the Commission notes the particular circumstances of this case, as described above, and in particular the specific, precise and unconditional reassurance given in the Commission letters of 1995 stating that the measures concerned would not constitute state aid. Therefore, the Commission considers that, in light of the General Court’s case law (109), the Consortium could be considered as enjoying, in any case, legitimate expectations, as regards its right to get State guarantees for its financial transactions relevant to the project, as it irrevocably engaged in the project already from the time it was created (110), i.e. in 1992, long before the 2014 Commission decision and/or the current decision. |
| --- | --- |

(180)

| (181) | However, the Commission intends to further examine this matter also on the basis of the information it will receive from the Member States and the interested parties within the context of the formal investigation procedure. |
| --- | --- |

(181)

6.   CONCLUSION

On the basis of the above, the Commission considers that at this stage, it is not in a position to make a definitive assessment of the issues related to the nature of the measures as individual aid or as an aid scheme, as well as the date(s) at which the measures were granted and their number. Consequently, the Commission will also further examine whether all or some of the measures constitute existing or new aid.

The Commission will further investigate the compatibility of these aid measures with the Internal Market. Although these measures can be considered as aiming at the promotion of an important project of common European interest, the Commission will look in further depth at the measures in the construction and operational phase, their necessity and proportionality, whether they entail undue distortions of competition that cannot be outweighed by their positive effects, as well as the conditions of mobilisation of these guarantees. Finally, the Commission will look at the precise period during which the beneficiary, Sweden and/or Denmark could invoke legitimate expectations, should the measures be found to constitute incompatible State aid.

In the light of the foregoing considerations, the Commission requests Sweden and Denmark to submit their comments and to provide all such information as may help to assess these measures, within one month of the date of receipt of this letter. It requests your authorities to forward a copy of this letter to the potential recipient of the aid immediately.

The Commission warns Sweden and Denmark that it will inform interested parties by publishing this letter and a meaningful summary of it in the Official Journal of the European Union. It will also inform interested parties in the EFTA countries, which are signatories to the EEA Agreement, by publication of a notice in the EEA Supplement to the Official Journal of the European Union and will inform the EFTA Surveillance Authority by sending a copy of this letter. All such interested parties will be invited to submit their comments within one month of the date of such publication.

By letter of 16 January 2019, the Danish and Swedish authorities agreed to have the present decision adopted and notified in the English language.

---

(1)  Depuis novembre 2018, l’entreprise qui assure la liaison Elseneur-Helsingborg a changé de nom pour devenir FORSEA.

1

(2)  Voir l’arrêt du Tribunal du 19 septembre 2018, HH Ferries e.a./Commission, T-68/15, ECLI:EU:T:2018:563.

2

(3)  Arrêt du Tribunal du 12 décembre 2000, Aéroports de Paris/Commission, T-128/98, ECLI:EU:T:2000:290.

3

(4)  Scandlines is owned 50 % by Stena Line Øresund AB and 50 % by Scandlines Helsingor-Helsingborg A/S. In January 2015, the company’s new name became HH Ferries. On 9 November 2018, HH Ferries announced that the shipping company would change its name to ForSea.

4

(5)  This complaint was registered as SA.36558 for Denmark and as SA.36662 for Sweden.

5

(6)  This part of the complaint was registered as SA.38371.

6

(7)  Judgment of the General Court of 19 September 2018, HH Ferries and Others v Commission, T-68/15, ECLI:EU:T:2018:563.

7

HH Ferries and Others

Commission

(8)  Judgment of the General Court of 12 December 2000, Aéroports de Paris v Commission, T-128/98, ECLI:EU:T:2000:290.

8

Aéroports de Paris

Commission

(9)  Act No 590 of 19 August 1991 on the Fixed Link across Øresund. The Construction Act regulated — among other issues — the ownership structure of the Link, the basic financial terms as well as the overall fiscal matters in terms of tax. In 2005, the Construction Act was incorporated in Act no 588 of 24 June 2005 on Sund & Bælt Act.

9

o

(10)  Swedish bill No 158, 1990:91 approved by the Swedish Parliament on 12 June 1991.

10

(11)  A/S Øresund is wholly owned by Sund & Bælt Holding A/S, which, in turn, is wholly owned by the Danish State.

11

(12)  A/S Øresund is wholly owned by Sund & Bælt Holding A/S, which, in turn, is wholly owned by the Danish State.

12

(13)  SVEDAB AB is wholly owned by the Swedish State.

13

(14)  See article 10 of the Intergovernmental Agreement and Section 1 of the Consortium Agreement.

14

(15)  See article 11 of the Intergovernmental Agreement and Section 3 of the Consortium Agreement.

15

(16)  The Swedish hinterland connections consist of a 10 km motorway between Lernacken and Yttre Ringvägen in Malmö, and a 20 km railway (Öresundsbanan and Kontinentalbanan), which connects the Link to Malmö Central Station and to the Södra Stambanan (the Swedish south main railway line).

16

(17)  See Article 8 of the Intergovernmental Agreement.

17

(18)  See section 2(5) of the Consortium Agreement.

18

(19)  At 1990 prices.

19

(20)  See article 14 of the Intergovernmental Agreement and Section 4§ 6 of the Consortium Agreement.

20

(21)  See paragraph 4 of the additional protocol to the Intergovernmental Agreement.

21

(22)  Swedish bill No 158, 1990:91 approved by the Swedish Parliament on 12 June 1991.

22

(23)  Danish Act No 590 of 19 August 1991.

23

(24)  See Sections 12 to 14 of the Act No. 588 of 24 June 2005.

24

(25)  See section 15 of Act no 660 of 19 October 1989.

25

(26)  See Section 11 of the Construction Act.

26

(27)  Danish Act no. 313 of 21 May 2002.

27

(28)  Section 11 of the Øresund Act was also amended to remove the limitations it contained.

28

(29)  See section 12, subsection 2 of Act No 591 of 18 June 2012 amending Danish act on Corporation tax.

29

(30)  2012 values — the amount is indexed on an annual basis.

30

(31)  See section 13 of Act no. 591 of 18 June 2012 amending sections 12-12D of the Danish act on Corporation Tax.

31

(32)  Act no.590 of 19 August 1991. In 2005, the Construction Act was incorporated in Act no 588 of 24 June 2005 on Sund & Bælt Act.

32

o

o

(33)  See section 22 of the consolidated act no. 597 of 16 August 1991.

33

(34)  See section 17 of Act No 433 of 26 June 1998.

34

(35)  See Act No 540 of 6 June 2007.

35

(36)  As replaced in 2005 by Sections 13 and 14 of the Sund & Bælt Act.

36

(37)  Commission decision of 15.10.2014, in case SA. 36558 (2014/NN) and SA. 38371(2014/NN) — Denmark, SA. 36662 (2014/NN) — Sweden, Aid granted to Øresundsbro Konsortiet, OJ C 437, 5.12.2014, p. 1.

37

(38)  Judgment of the General Court of 19 September 2018, HH Ferries I/S, formerly Scandlines Øresund I/S and Others v. Commission, T-68/15, ECLI:EU:T:2018:563.

38

HH Ferries I/S, formerly Scandlines Øresund I/S and Others v. Commission

(39)  According to the complainant under Danish and Swedish law, the boards of director of limited liability companies are to promote the interests of the companies themselves and are as such independent of the companies’ shareholders.

39

(40)  Commission Notice on the application of Articles 87 and 88 of the EC Treaty to State aid in the form of guarantees, OJ C 155, 20.6.2008, p. 10-22.

40

(41)  To this end they refer to Commission decision of 14.09.2000, on State aid N 208/2000 — Netherlands — Subsidy Scheme for Public Inland Terminals (SOIT, OJ C 315 of 4.11.2000, p. 22;; of 17.07.2002, on State aid N 356/2002 — United Kingdom — Network Rail, OJ C 232 of 28.09.2002, p. 2; (OJ C 232/2002); of 20.12.2001 on State aid N 649/2001 — United Kingdom — Freight Facilities Grant, OJ C 45 of 19.02.2002, p. 2, paragraph 45.They also refer to the Commission Guidelines on the application of Articles 92 and 93 of the EC Treaty and of Article 61 of the EEA Agreement to State aids in the aviation sector, OJ C 305, of 10.12.1994, paragraph 12; the Commission White Paper of 22 July 1998, on Fair payment for infrastructure use: a phased approach to a common transport infrastructure charging in the framework in the EU (COM (1998) 466 final, paragraph 43; Communication from the Commission to the Council and to the European Parliament of 13 February 2001: Reinforcing Quality Services in Sea Ports: a Key for European Transport, COM (2001) 35 final.

41

(42)  Judgment of the General Court of 24 March 2011, Freistaat Sachsen and Land Sachsen-Anhalt and Others v Commission, Joined cases T-443/08 and T-455/08, ECLI:EU:T:2011:117; upheld on appeal in Judgment of the Court of Justice of 19 December 2012, Mitteldeutsche Flughafen AG and Flughafen Leipzig-Halle GmbH v Commission, C-288/11 P, ECLI:EU:C:2012:821

42

Freistaat Sachsen and Land Sachsen-Anhalt and Others v Commission

Mitteldeutsche Flughafen AG and Flughafen Leipzig-Halle GmbH v Commission

(43)  See 68 of the Danish Act No 590 of 19 August 1991 (now § 11 in Act No 588 of 24 June 2005) and the Swedish bill No 158, 1991:91 approved by the Swedish Parliament on 12 June 1991.

43

(44)  Council Regulation (EU) 2015/1589 of 13 July 2015 laying down detailed rules for the application of Article 108 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, OJ L 248, 24.9.2015,

44

(45)  Including on ferry services between Helsingør and Helsingborg and the catamaran ferry line between Copenhagen and Malmö, which was closed in 2002.

45

(46)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 12 September 2000, Pavlov and Others v Stichting Pensioenfonds Medische Specialisten, Joined cases C-180/98 to C-184/98, ECLI:EU:C:2000:428.

46

Pavlov and Others v Stichting Pensioenfonds Medische Specialisten

(47)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 16 June 1987, Commission v Italy, 118/85, ECLI:EU:C:1987:283, paragraph 7; judgment of the Court of Justice of 18 June 1998, Commission v Italian Republic, C-35/96 ECLI:EU:C:1998:303;, paragraph 36; judgment of the Court of Jusrice of 12 September 2000, Pavlov and Others v Stichting Pensioenfonds Medische Specialisten, Joint Cases C-180/98 to C-184/98, ECLI:EU:C:2000:428

47

Commission

Italy,

Commission v Italian Republic

Pavlov and Others v Stichting Pensioenfonds Medische Specialisten

ECLI:EU:C:2000:428

(48)  Judgment of the General Court of 12 December 2000, Aéroports de Paris v Commission, T-128/98, ECLI:EU:T:2000:290, paragraph 125, confirmed by the Court of Justice in its Judgment of 24 October 2002, Aéroports de Paris v Commission, C-82/01 P, ECLI:EU:C:2002:617.

48

Aéroports de Paris v Commission

Aéroports de Paris v Commission

(49)  Judgment of the General Court of 24 March 2011, Freistaat Sachsen and Land Sachsen-Anhalt and Others v Commission, Joined Cases T-443/08 and T-455/08, ECLI:EU:T:2011:117; upheld on appeal in Judgment of the Court of Justice of 19 December 2012, Mitteldeutsche Flughafen AG and Flughafen Leipzig-Halle GmbH v Commission, C-288/11 P, ECLI:EU:C:2012:821.

49

Freistaat Sachsen and Land Sachsen-Anhalt and Others v Commission

Mitteldeutsche Flughafen AG and Flughafen Leipzig-Halle GmbH v Commission

(50)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 14 January 2015, Eventech v The Parking Adjudicator, C-518/13, ECLI:EU:C:2015:9, paragraph 40; Judgment of the General Court of 15 March 2018, Naviera Armas v Commission, T-108/16, ECLI:EU:T:2018:145, paragraph 78.

50

Eventech v The Parking Adjudicator

Naviera Armas

Commission

(51)  See also paragraph 202 of the Commission Notice on the notion of State aid as referred to in Article 107(1) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union C/2016/2946,
  OJ C 262, 19.7.2016, p. 1-50.

51

OJ C 262, 19.7.2016, p. 1-50.

(52)  Judgment of the Court of 19 February 2002, Wouters, Savelbergh and Price Waterhouse Belastingadviseurs BV v Algemene Raad van de Nederlandse Orde van Advocaten, C-309/99, ECLI:EU:C:2002:98, paragraph 48.

52

Wouters, Savelbergh and Price Waterhouse Belastingadviseurs BV v Algemene Raad van de Nederlandse Orde van Advocaten

(53)  Judgment of the Court of 17 February 1993, Poucet v Assurances Générales de France and Caisse Mutuelle Régionale du Languedoc-Roussillon and Pistre v Cancave, Joint Cases C-159/91 and C-160/91, ECLI:EU:C:1993:63.

53

Poucet v Assurances Générales de France and Caisse Mutuelle Régionale du Languedoc-Roussillon and Pistre v Cancave

(54)  The Consortium's pricing policy entails differentiated prices to its users depending on the type of customer (e.g. private or business), type of vehicle, frequency of use (e.g. annual pass, 10-trip card or Øresund Business), time of passage and payment method.

54

(55)  See inter alia judgment of the Court of Justice of 8 November 2001, Adria-Wien Pipeline GmbH and Wietersdorfer & Peggauer Zementwerke GmbH v Finanzlandesdirektion für Kärnten, C-143/99, ECLI:EU:C:2001:598, paragraph 38; judgment of the Court of Justice of 15 July 2004, Spain v Commission,C-501/00, ECLI:EU:C:2004:438, paragraph 90, and the case law cited therein; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 15 December 2005, Italy v Commission, C-66/02 ECLI:EU:C:2005:768, paragraph 77; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 10 January 2006, Ministero dell'Economia e delle Finanze v Cassa di Risparmio di Firenze, C-222/04, ECLI:EU:C:2006:8, paragraph 131, and the case law cited therein.

55

inter alia

Adria-Wien Pipeline GmbH and Wietersdorfer & Peggauer Zementwerke GmbH v Finanzlandesdirektion für Kärnten,

Spain

Commission,

Italy

Commission

Ministero dell'Economia e delle Finanze

Cassa di Risparmio di Firenze

(56)  See, for example, Judgment of the Court of Justice of 15 March 1994, , Banco Exterior de España, C-387/92, ECLI:EU:C:1994:100, paragraph 14.

56

Banco Exterior de España

(57)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 1 December 1998, Ecotrade Srl v Altiforni e Ferriere di Servola SpA (AFS) , C-200/97, ECLI:EU:C:1998:579, paragraph 41; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 19 March 2013, Bouygues and Bouygues Télécom v Commission and Others, Joined Cases C-399/10 P and C-401/10 P, ECLI:EU:C:2013:175, paragraphs 137, 138 and 139.

57

Ecotrade Srl v Altiforni e Ferriere di Servola SpA (AFS)

Bouygues and Bouygues Télécom v Commission and Others

(58)  See Judgment of the Court of Justice of 11 July 1996, Syndicat français de l'Express international (SFEI) and others v La Poste and others, C-39/94 ECLI:EU:C:1996:285, paragraph 60; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 29 April 1999, Spain v Commission, C-342/96 ECLI:EU:C:1999:210, paragraph 41.

58

Syndicat français de l'Express international (SFEI) and others v La Poste and others,

(59)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 2 July 1974, Italy v. Commission, 173/73, ECLI:EU:C:1974:71, paragraph 13.

59

(60)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 8 December 2011, Residex Capital v Gemeente Rotterdam, C-275/10, ECLI:EU:C:2011:814, paragraph 39.

60

Residex Capital v Gemeente Rotterdam

(61)  Judgment of the General Court Salzgitter v Commission, T-308/00, ECLI:EU:T:2004:199, paragraph 79, and the case law cited therein.

61

Salzgitter

Commission

(62)  Judgment of the General Court of 13 December 2017, Hellenic Republic v. Commission, T-314/15, ECLI:EU:T:2017:903, paragraphs 78 and 79.

62

Hellenic Republic v. Commission

(63)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 4 June 2015, Commission v MOL, C-15/14 P, ECLI:EU:C:2015:362, paragraphs 60 et seq.; Opinion of Advocate General Mengozzi of 27 June 2013, Deutsche Lufthansa, C-284/12, ECLI:EU:C:2013:442, paragraph 52,

63

Commission v MOL

Deutsche Lufthansa

(64)  According to the Danish authorities, the tax measures apply only to the Danish partner of the Consortium, thus only to half of the costs and losses deriving from the activity of the Consortium.

64

(65)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 8 September 2011, Commission v Netherlands, C-279/08 P, ECLI:EU:C:2011:551, paragraph 62; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 8 November 2001, Adria-Wien Pipeline, C-143/99, ECLI:EU:C:2001:598.

65

Commission v Netherlands

Adria-Wien Pipeline

(66)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 8 September 2011, Paint Graphos and others, Joined Cases C-78/08 to C-80/08, ECLI:EU:C:2011:550, paragraph 49 et seq.; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 29 April 2004, GIL Insurance, C-308/01, ECLI:EU: C:2004:252.

66

Paint Graphos and others

GIL Insurance

(67)  Section 15 of Act no 660 of 19 October 1989.

67

(68)  See paragraph 38 of this decision.

68

(69)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 8 September 2011, Paint Graphos and others, Joined Cases C-78/08 to C-80/08, ECLI:EU:C:2011:550, paragraph 69.

69

(70)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 8 September 2011, Paint Graphos and others, Joined Cases C-78/08 to C-80/08, ECLI:EU: C:2011:550, paragraphs 69 and 70; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 6 September 2006, Portugal v Commission, C-88/03, ECLI:EU: C:2006:511, paragraph 81; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 8 September 2011, Commission v Netherlands, C-279/08 P, ECLI:EU: C:2011:551; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 22 December 2008, British Aggregates v Commission, C-487/06 P, ECLI:EU:C:2008:757; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 18 July 2013, P Oy, C-6/12, ECLI:EU:C:2013:525, paragraphs 27 et seq.

70

Paint Graphos and others

Portugal v Commission

Commission v Netherlands

British Aggregates v Commission

P Oy

(71)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 15 November 2011, Commission and Spain v Government of Gibraltar and United Kingdom, Joined Cases C-106/09 P and C-107/09 P, ECLI:EU:C:2011:732, paragraph 146; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 29 April 2004, Netherlands v Commission, C-159/01, ECLI:EU:C:2004:246, paragraph 43; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 6 September 2006, Portugal v Commission, C-88/03, ECLI:EU:C:2006:511.

71

Commission and Spain v Government of Gibraltar and United Kingdom

Netherlands v Commission

Portugal v Commission

(72)  See recitals 37 to 39 of this decision.

72

(73)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 14 January 2015, Eventech v The Parking Adjudicator, C-518/13, ECLI:EU:C:2015:9, paragraph 66; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 8 May 2013, Libert and others, Joined Cases C-197/11 and C-203/11, ECLI:EU:C:2013:288, paragraph 77; Judgment of the General Court of 4 April 2001, Friulia Venezia Giulia, T-288/97, ECLI:EU:T:2001:115, paragraph 41.

73

Eventech v The Parking Adjudicator

Libert and others

Friulia Venezia Giulia

(74)  See also paragraph 80 of the judgment of the General Court of 19 September 2018, HH Ferries and Others v. Commission, T-68/15, ECLI:EU:T:2018:563.

74

(75)  See Section 5.1.3.2 of this decision.

75

(76)  According to Article 17 of the Procedural Regulation, ‘1. The powers of the Commission to recover aid shall be subject to a limitation period of 10 years. 2. The limitation period shall begin on the day on which unlawful aid is awarded to the beneficiary either as individual aid or as an aid scheme. Any action taken by the Commission or the Member State, acting on the request of the Commission, with regard to the unlawful aid shall interrupt the limitation period...3. Any aid with regard to which the limitation period had expired shall be deemed to be existing aid.’

76

The powers of the Commission to recover aid shall be subject to a limitation period of 10 years. 2. The limitation period shall begin on the day on which unlawful aid is awarded to the beneficiary either as individual aid or as an aid scheme. Any action taken by the Commission or the Member State, acting on the request of the Commission, with regard to the unlawful aid shall interrupt the limitation period

Any aid with regard to which the limitation period had expired shall be deemed to be existing aid

(77)  Treaty of Accession of Austria, Finland and Sweden (1994), OJ C 241, 29.8.1994.

77

(78)  Article 1 (b) (iv) of the Procedural Regulation states: For the purposes of this Regulation, the following definitions shall apply [...] b) | ‘existing aid’ means [...] aid which is deemed to be existing aid pursuant to Article 17 of this Regulation.

78

(79)  Communication for the analysis of the compatibility with the internal market of State aid to promote the execution of important projects of common European interest, OJ C 188 of 20 June 2014, p. 4.

79

(80)  Commission Notice on the determination of the applicable rules for the assessment of unlawful State aid, OJ C 119, 22.05.2002, p. 22.

80

(81)  See, for example, Commission Decisions of 17.03.2009, in case N 157/2009 — Denmark — Financing of the planning phase of the Fehmarn Belt fixed link, OJ C 2002 of 27.08.2009, p. 1; of 13.03.1996 concerning fiscal aid given to German airlines in the form of a depreciation facility, OJ L 146 of 20.06.1996, p. 42, of 22.12.1998, N 576/98 of 22 December 1998 in case N 576/98 — United Kingdom — Channel Tunnel Rail Link, OJ C 56 of 26 February 1999, p. 6, and of 13.05.2009 in case N 420/08 — United Kingdom — Restructuring of London & Continental Railways, OJ C 183,5.08.2009, p. 2.

81

(82)  See above footnote 5.

82

(83)  Article 14 of the Intergovernmental Agreement.

83

(84)  Judgment of the General Court of 12 July 2018. Republic of Austria v European Commission. Case T-356/15. ECLI:EU:T:2018:439.

84

Republic of Austria v European Commission

(85)  See in particular points 577 to 586 of the judgment.

85

(86)  For instance, at the end of 2000, the Consortium’s net financial debt, including accumulated interest, amounted to 19.4 billion Danish kroner (DKK), which at the end of 2003 had risen to DKK 20.1 billion, and had fallen at the end of 2013 to DKK 16.6 billion.

86

(87)  The repayment period is estimated on an annual basis and published in the Consortium’s annual reports. This estimate has fluctuated between 30 and 50 years.

87

(88)  Annual Report — Øresundsbro Konsortiet — 2013

88

(89)  The base case scenario envisaged a moderate growth of 4 % for the next few years after which growth would decrease gradually towards a long term trend of 1,8 %.

89

(90)  The growth scenario assumes that the integration of the Øresund Region will result in strong traffic growth as was the case before the global recession. The Danish and Swedish economies are reviving, and annual traffic growth is assumed to increase by approximately 6 %, arriving at 2,5 % in the long run.

90

(91)  The stagnation scenario assumes negative growth for the next few years followed by moderate growth of approximately 2 % over the medium term and a long-term trend of a little more than 1 per cent.

91

(92)  In their reply to the Commission’s questions of 22 October 2018, Denmark and Sweden indicated that it now expected to take up to 50 years to repay all the debts of the Consortium (including the necessary dividend payments to A/S Øresund and SVEDAB AB) on the assumption, inter alia, that the Consortium maximises its income.

92

(93)  See point (b)of the third subparagraph of Section 4.1 of the Commission Notice on the application of Articles 87 and 88 of the EC Treaty to State aid in the form of guarantees Guarantee Notice, OJ C 155, 20.6.2008, p. 10.

93

(94)  See Commission letter to the Member States, reference SG(89) D/4328, of 5 April 1989.

94

(95)  See Judgment of the Court of Justice of 24 November 1987, Rijn-Schelde-Verolme (RSV) Machinefabrieken en Scheepswerven NV v Commission, 223/85, ECLI:EU:C:1987:502.

95

Rijn-Schelde-Verolme (RSV) Machinefabrieken en Scheepswerven NV v Commission

(96)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 3 May 1978, August Töpfer & Co. GmbH v Commission, 112/77, EU:C:1978:94, paragraph 19.

96

August Töpfer & Co. GmbH v Commission

(97)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 19 May 1992, Mulder and Others v Council and Commission, Joint Cases C-104/89 and C-37/90, EU:C:1992:217, paragraph 15.

97

Mulder and Others

Council and Commission

(98)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 11 March 1987, Van den Bergh en Jurgens and Van Dijk Food Products (Lopik) v Commission of the European Communities, 265/85, EU:C:1987:121, paragraph 44 and the case-law cited therein.

98

Van den Bergh en Jurgens and Van Dijk Food Products (Lopik)

Commission of the European Communities

(99)  Judgment of the General Court of 30 June 2005, Branco v Commission, T-347/03, EU:T:2005:265, paragraph 102 and the case-law cited therein; Judgment of of the General Court of 23 February 2006, Cementbouw Handel & Industrie v Commission, T-282/02, EU:T:2006:64, paragraph 77; Judgment of the General Court of 30 June 2009, CPEM v Commission, T-444/07, EU:T:2009:227, paragraph 126.

99

Branco

Commission

Cementbouw Handel & Industrie

Commission

CPEM

Commission

(100)  See Judgment of the Court of Justice of 22 June 2006, Belgium and Forum 187 ASBL v Commission, Joint Cases C-182/03 and C-217/03, ECLI:EU:C:2006:416 , para 147; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 24 November 2005, Germany v Commission, C-506/03, ECLI:EU:C:2005:715, paragraph. 58.

100

Belgium and Forum 187 ASBL v Commission

Germany v Commission

(101)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 11 November 2004, Daewoo Electronics Manufacturing España SA (Demesa) and Territorio Histórico de Álava — Diputación Foral de Álava v Commission, Joined Cases C-183/02 P and C-187/02 P, ECLI:EU:C:2004:701, paragraphs 44 and 45, and the case law cited therein.

101

Daewoo Electronics Manufacturing España SA (Demesa) and Territorio Histórico de Álava — Diputación Foral de Álava v Commission

(102)  Commission Decision of 3 October 2012 on the measure SA.23600 — C 38/08 (ex NN 53/07) — Germany — Financing arrangements for Munich Airport Terminal 2, OJ L 319, 29.11.2013, p. 8.

102

(103)  Judgment of the General Court of 12 December 2000, Aéroports de Paris v Commission, T-128/98, ECLI:EU:T:2000:290, paragraph 125, confirmed by the Judgment of the Court of Justice of 24 October 2002, Aéroports de Paris v Commission, C-82/01 P, ECLI:EU:C:2002:617.

103

Aéroports de Paris v Commission

Aéroports de Paris v Commission

(104)  See, for instance, Community guidelines on the application of Articles 92 and 93 of the EC Treaty and Article 61 of the EEA Agreement to State aids in the aviation sector, OJ C 350 of 10.12.1994, paragraph 12 refers explicitly to bridges: The construction of enlargement of infrastructure projects (such as airports, motorways, bridges, etc.) represents a general measure of economic policy which cannot be controlled by the Commission under the Treaty rules on State aid.; Commission White Paper of 22 July 1998 on Fair payment for infrastructure use: A phased approach to a common transport infrastructure charging in the framework in the EU (COM (1998) 466 final, paragraph 43; Green Paper of 10 December 1997 ea and Maritime Infrastructure. COM (97) 678 final, paragraph 42; Communication from the Commission to the Council and to the European Parliament of 13 February 2001: Reinforcing Quality Services in Sea Ports: a Key for European Transport, (COM (2001) 35 final.

104

The construction of enlargement of infrastructure projects (such as airports, motorways, bridges, etc.) represents a general measure of economic policy which cannot be controlled by the Commission under the Treaty rules on State aid.

(105)  See, Commission decisions of 14.09.2000, on State aid N 208/2000 — Netherlands — Subsidy Scheme for Public Inland Terminals (SOIT), OJ C 315 of 4.11.2000, p. 22; of 17.07.2002, on State aid N 356/2002 — United Kingdom — Network Rail, OJ C 232 of 28.09.2002, p. 2; of 20.12.2001, on State aid N 649/2001 — United Kingdom — Freight Facilities Grant, OJ C 45 of 19.02.2002, p. 2, paragraph 45, of 8.03.2006, on State aid N 284/2005 — Ireland — Regional Broadband Programme: Metropolitan Area Networks (‘MANs’), phases II and III, paragraph 34, OJ C 207 of 30.8.2006, p. 2; of of 2 August 2002 on State aid C 42/2001 — Spain — Terra Mitica SA, OJ L 91, 8.4.2003, p. 23, paragraphs 64 and 65; of 20.04.2005, on State aid N 355/2004 — Belgium — PPP Antwerp Airport, OJ C 176, of 16.7.2005, p. 11, paragraph 34; of 11.12.2001, on State aid N 550/2001 — Belgium — Partenariat public privé pour la construction d’installations de chargement et de déchargement, OJ C 24, 26.1.2002, p. 2, paragraph 24; of 20.12.2001, on State aid N 649/2001 -United Kingdom — Freight Facilities Grant (FFG), OJ C 045 of 19.02.2002, p. 2;.. See also paragraph 201 of the Commission Notice on the notion of State aid as referred to in Article 107(1) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, OJ C 262, 19.7.2016, p. 1.

105

(106)  See, for instance Guidelines on State aid to airports and airlines, OJ C 99, 4.4.2014, p. 3, paragraphs 28-29; Commission decision of 3 October 2012, on State aid C 38/2008 — Germany — Munich airport Terminal 2, OJ L 319, 29.11.2013, p. 8, paragraphs 74 to 81.

106

(107)  The Commission would point out that, since the entry into force of Regulation No 659/99 and of Commission Regulation (EC) No 794/2004 of 21 April 2004 implementing it (OJ L 140, 30.04.2001, p. 1), such a state of affairs cannot happen again. Both Regulations remind Member States of their obligation to notify in advance any proposal to grant new aid. The practical arrangements for making such notifications, such as the use of standard forms, are set out clearly.

107

(108)  See recitals 309 to 322 of the judgment.

108

(109)  Judgment of the General Court of 15 November 2018, World Duty Free Group, SA, formerly Autogrill España, SA v Commission, T-219/10 RENV, ECLI:EU:T:2018:784; Judgement of the General Court of 15 November 2018, Deutsche Telekom AG v Commission, T-207/10, ECLI:EU:T:2018:786; Judgment of the General Court of 15 November 2018, Banco Santander, SA v Commission, Case T-227/10, ECLI:EU:T:2018:785; Judgment of the General Court of 15 November 2018, Axa Mediterranean Holding, SA v Commission, T-405/11, ECLI:EU:T:2018:780; Judgment of the General Court of 15 November 2018, Banco Santander, SA and Santusa Holding, SL v Commission, Case T-399/11 RENV, ECLI:EU:T:2018:787.

109

World Duty Free Group, SA, formerly Autogrill España, SA v Commission,

Deutsche Telekom AG v Commission,

Banco Santander, SA v Commission

Axa Mediterranean Holding, SA v Commission,

Banco Santander, SA and Santusa Holding, SL v Commission,

(110)  See among others paragraph 293 of Judgment of the General Court of 15 November 2018, World Duty Free Group, SA, formerly Autogrill España, SA v Commission, T-219/10 RENV, ECLI:EU:T:2018:784.

110

---

| 22.3.2019 | FR | Journal officiel de l'Union européenne | C 109/72 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

22.3.2019

FR

Journal officiel de l'Union européenne

C 109/72

---

AIDE D’ÉTAT — SUÈDE

Aide d’État SA.52617 (2019/C) (ex 2018/FC) — Aide d’État en faveur du consortium du pont de l’Øresund

Invitation à présenter des observations en application de l’article 108, paragraphe 2, du traité sur le fonctionnement de l’Union européenne

(Texte présentant de l’intérêt pour l’EEE)

(2019/C 109/04)

Par la lettre du 28 février 2019, reproduite dans la langue faisant foi dans les pages qui suivent le présent résumé, la Commission a notifié à la Suède sa décision d’ouvrir la procédure prévue à l’article 108, paragraphe 2, du traité sur le fonctionnement de l’Union européenne en ce qui concerne les mesures de soutien octroyées à Øresundsbro Konsortiet (ci-après le «consortium»).

Les parties intéressées peuvent présenter leurs observations sur les mesures de soutien en faveur du consortium à l’égard desquelles la Commission ouvre la procédure, dans un délai d’un mois à compter de la date de publication du présent résumé et de la lettre qui suit, à l’adresse suivante:

| Commission européenne |
| --- |
| Direction générale de la concurrence |
| Greffe des aides d’État |
| 1049 Bruxelles |
| BELGIQUE |
| Fax + 32 22961242 |
| Stateaidgreffe@ec.europa.eu |

Commission européenne

Direction générale de la concurrence

Greffe des aides d’État

1049 Bruxelles

BELGIQUE

Fax + 32 22961242

Stateaidgreffe@ec.europa.eu

Ces observations — à fournir dans le délai imparti aussi bien dans leur version originale que dans leur version non confidentielle — seront communiquées dans leur version non confidentielle au Danemark et à la Suède. Le traitement confidentiel de l’identité de la partie intéressée qui présente les observations peut être demandé par écrit, en spécifiant les motifs de la demande.

1.   PROCÉDURE

Le 16 avril 2013, Scandlines Øresund I/S (1) a saisi la Commission d’une plainte affirmant que les garanties d’État octroyées par le Danemark et la Suède en faveur du consortium pour les besoins de financement de la liaison fixe de l’Øresund (ci-après la «liaison»), ainsi que certains avantages fiscaux accordés par le Danemark, constituaient des aides d’État illégales et que ces dernières étaient incompatibles avec le marché intérieur.

À la suite de plusieurs échanges d’informations, le 15 octobre 2014, la Commission a adopté une décision de ne pas soulever d’objections, estimant que les garanties publiques sur les prêts contractés par le consortium et certaines mesures fiscales en faveur du consortium (amortissement des actifs, report des pertes fiscales) constituaient des aides d’État compatibles avec le marché intérieur sur la base de l’article 107, paragraphe 3, point b), du traité. Le 19 septembre 2018, à la suite du recours en annulation du plaignant, le Tribunal a partiellement annulé la décision de la Commission de 2014 et indiqué que la Commission aurait dû ouvrir la procédure formelle d’examen afin de procéder à une appréciation approfondie de la mesure (2).

2.   DESCRIPTION DU PROJET ET DES MESURES DE SOUTIEN

En 1991, le Danemark et la Suède ont conclu un accord intergouvernemental établissant un partenariat en vue de la construction et de l’exploitation de la liaison (un pont à péage de 16 km de long, une île artificielle et un tunnel destiné au trafic routier et ferroviaire reliant Copenhague à Malmö). À cette fin, ils ont convenu de constituer chacun une société à responsabilité limitée, respectivement A/S Øresund et Svensk-Danske Broförbindelsen SVEDAB AB. Ces entreprises ont ensuite formé un consortium chargé du projet, de la conception et d’autres préparatifs concernant la liaison, ainsi que de son financement, de sa construction et de son exploitation.

Les deux États ont convenu de garantir tous les prêts que contracterait le consortium pour financer la liaison. Le Danemark prévoyait également un traitement fiscal spécial en matière d’amortissement des actifs du consortium, ainsi que des mesures permettant un report des pertes fiscales.

La liaison a été construite entre 1995 et 2000 et est exploitée depuis juin 2000. Au moment de la planification et de la construction de la liaison, il était généralement admis que l’exploitation de telles infrastructures ne constituait pas une activité économique et que, par conséquent, le financement public de tels projets ne relevait pas des règles en matière d’aides d’État. La Commission a confirmé cette interprétation en ce qui concerne spécifiquement la liaison dans des lettres adressées au Danemark et à la Suède en 1995. À la suite d’une série de décisions judiciaires, la position dominante a évolué et désormais, le financement d’infrastructures utilisées pour la prestation de services contre rémunération est considéré comme une activité économique et est donc soumis au contrôle des aides d’État.

3.   APPRÉCIATION

Sur la base des informations disponibles, la Commission estime, à titre préliminaire, que les mesures constituent des aides d’État au sens de l’article 107, paragraphe 1, du TFUE. Toutefois, la Commission entend évaluer la nature des mesures, qui sont soit des aides individuelles soit des régimes d’aides, ainsi que la ou les dates auxquelles elles ont été accordées et leur nombre. La Commission considère que la mesure concernant le report des pertes fiscales, telle qu’appliquée jusqu’en 2001, constitue une aide d’État existante, tandis que la même mesure telle qu’appliquée depuis le 1er janvier 2013 constitue une aide nouvelle. En ce qui concerne la mesure relative à l’amortissement des actifs, telle que mise à exécution en 1991 et restée inchangée jusqu’à son abolition, elle peut être considérée comme une aide existante. La Commission examinera également si les garanties constituent une aide existante ou une aide nouvelle.

La Commission a également l’intention de recueillir l’avis des parties prenantes sur la compatibilité des mesures d’aide avec le marché intérieur. Même si ces mesures peuvent être considérées comme visant à promouvoir un projet important d’intérêt européen commun, à ce stade, la Commission souhaite examiner de manière plus approfondie les aspects suivants: leur nature (aide à l’investissement et/ou aide au fonctionnement), leur nécessité et leur proportionnalité, la question de savoir si elles entraînent ou non des distorsions indues de concurrence qui ne peuvent pas être plus que compensées par leurs effets positifs, ainsi que les conditions de mobilisation de ces garanties. Enfin, même si la Commission estime que les États et le bénéficiaire peuvent invoquer la confiance légitime jusqu’à l’arrêt Aéroports de Paris (3), elle entend examiner la période exacte, après cet arrêt, au cours de laquelle le bénéficiaire ainsi que la Suède et le Danemark peuvent invoquer la confiance légitime si les mesures devaient être considérées comme des aides d’État illégales et incompatibles avec le marché intérieur.

TEXTE DE LA LETTRE

1.   PROCEDURE

| (1) | On 16 April 2013 Scandlines Øresund I/S (4) (‘the complainant’) filed a complaint to the Commission alleging that the State guarantees granted by the Danish and Swedish States in favour of the Øresundsbro Konsortiet (hereinafter the ‘Consortium’) constitute unlawful State aid and that this aid is incompatible with the internal market (5). |
| --- | --- |

(1)

The Commission sent a request for information to Denmark and Sweden on 13 May 2013. Denmark and Sweden submitted a joint reply registered on 28 June 2013. The Commission requested both additional information in an email of 15 October 2013, to which the Danish and Swedish authorities replied by letters of 11 December 2013 and 12 March 2014.

| (2) | On 2 December 2013, the complainant submitted additional information. By letter of 8 January 2014, the complainant submitted additional documentation and alleged that the Consortium, in addition to the guarantees, has also benefited from a favourable taxation regime in Denmark (6). |
| --- | --- |

(2)

| (3) | Following the complainants’ submission, on 21 February 2014, the Commission sent a request for information to the Danish and Swedish authorities. By letter of 11 March 2014, Sweden informed the Commission that it did not have any comments with regard to the alleged tax advantages. Following two requests for a delay extension on 25 March and 11 April 2014, which the Commission accepted, Denmark submitted information on 24 April 2014. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

| (4) | On 15 May 2014, the Commission sent another request for information to Denmark to which it replied on 13 June 2014. |
| --- | --- |

(4)

| (5) | The complainant submitted additional information on 2, 3, 24 and 28 April, on 20 and 30 May, and on 3 June 2014. On 4 June 2014, the Commission services invited Denmark and Sweden to comment on the additional information submitted by the complainant. Denmark and Sweden submitted a joint reply on 26 June 2014. |
| --- | --- |

(5)

| (6) | On 17 and 18 June 2014, the complainant submitted supplementary information. On 27 June 2014, the Commission services forwarded this information to Denmark and Sweden for comments. Sweden and Denmark requested a extension of the time-period for replying on 8 and 11 July 2014 respectively, to which the Commission agreed. By letter of 1 September 2014, Denmark and Sweden submitted a joint reply. |
| --- | --- |

(6)

| (7) | On 27 August, and again on 8 and 9 September 2014, the complainant submitted additional information. |
| --- | --- |

(7)

| (8) | On 15 September 2014, Sweden and Denmark submitted a joint statement and additional information. |
| --- | --- |

(8)

| (9) | On 15 October 2014, the Commission adopted a decision (hereinafter ‘the 2014 decision’) finding, firstly, that the public financing of the rail and road hinterland connections should not be considered as State aid. Secondly, the Commission decided not to raise objections against the State guarantee and tax measures granted by Denmark in favour of the Consortium and its parent companies, on the ground that those measures constituted State aid, which was compatible with the common market on the basis of article 107(3)(b) of the Treaty for the functioning of the European Union (hereinafter ‘TFEU’). In the same decision, the Commission considered that the State guarantee granted by Sweden to the Consortium was an existing aid measure in relation to which there was no reason to initiate the procedure regarding existing aid schemes. |
| --- | --- |

(9)

| (10) | Following the complainant’s action for annulment, the General Court partially annulled the 2014 decision by judgment of 19 September 2018 (7). The 2014 decision was annulled in so far as the Commission decided not to raise any objection with respect to the aid relating to depreciation of assets and the carrying forward losses granted to the Consortium by Denmark and with respect to guarantees granted to the Consortium by Denmark and Sweden. |
| --- | --- |

(10)

| (11) | The General Court dismissed the action as to the remainder. In particular, it rejected the arguments of the complainant concerning the Commission’s finding that the measures for the public financing of the hinterland connections and the Danish joint taxation regime did not constitute State aid within the meaning of Article 107(1) TFEU. The Court also rejected the argument that the Commission had erred in law by finding that the Consortium and Denmark and Sweden could claim the benefit of legitimate expectations that precluded recovery, in the event that the aid granted to the Consortium were to be considered incompatible with the internal market, for the period before the judgment of 12 December 2000 in Aéroports de Paris (8). |
| --- | --- |

(11)

| (12) | The judgment of 19 September 2018 has not been appealed. |
| --- | --- |

(12)

| (13) | On 10 December 2018, the Commission had a meeting with the complainant, and on 17 December 2018, the Commission had a meeting with the Swedish and Danish public authorities. |
| --- | --- |

(13)

| (14) | Denmark submitted additional information on 17 January 2019. |
| --- | --- |

(14)

2.   DESCRIPTION OF THE ØRESUND FIXED LINK AND THE ALLEGED SUPPORT MEASURES

2.1.   The Øresund Fixed Link and the hinterland connections

| (15) | The Øresund Fixed Link (hereinafter the ‘Link’) is composed of a toll-funded 16km long bridge, the artificial island of Peberholm, and a partially immersed tunnel for road and railway traffic between the Swedish coast and the Danish island of Amager. It is the longest combined road and rail bridge in Europe and provides a direct connection between Copenhagen to Malmö. |
| --- | --- |

(15)

| (16) | The Link was constructed between 1995 and 2000 and has been in operation since June 2000. The project was one of the trans-European networks in transport (TEN-T) priority projects approved by the European Council in 1994. |
| --- | --- |

(16)

| (17) | The legal and operational aspects of the construction, management and operation of the Link have been set out in:






  — | The agreement of 23 March 1991 between the Danish and the Swedish governments (the ‘Intergovernmental Agreement’); |
| --- | --- | --- |

(17)

—

The agreement of 23 March 1991 between the Danish and the Swedish governments (the ‘Intergovernmental Agreement’);

| — | The Øresund Construction Act (‘Construction Act’) (9); |
| --- | --- |

—

The Øresund Construction Act (‘Construction Act’) (9);

| — | The Swedish Government Bill (‘Swedish Act’) (10); |
| --- | --- |

—

The Swedish Government Bill (‘Swedish Act’) (10);

| — | The agreement of 27 January 1992 between A/S Øresund (11) and Svensk-Danske Broförbindelsen SVEDAB AB, which was approved by the Danish and Swedish governments (the ‘Consortium Agreement’); |
| --- | --- |

—

The agreement of 27 January 1992 between A/S Øresund (11) and Svensk-Danske Broförbindelsen SVEDAB AB, which was approved by the Danish and Swedish governments (the ‘Consortium Agreement’);

| (18) | In 1991 Denmark and Sweden (hereinafter also ‘the States’) entered into an Intergovernmental Agreement establishing a partnership to construct and operate the Link. To this end, they agreed to form each a limited liability company, A/S Øresund (12) and Svensk-Danske Broförbindelsen SVEDAB AB (13). These companies would in turn form a Consortium that would own and would be responsible, on their joint account and as one entity, for the project, design and any other preparations for the Link, as well as for its financing, building and operation. This setup was chosen so that the States stay the ultimate owners of all the companies involved, and, thus, profits and losses generated by the Link ultimately lie with the States. |
| --- | --- |

(18)

| (19) | The Intergovernmental Agreement was implemented by the Consortium Agreement, which established the Consortium and laid down its ownership structure and exclusive tasks to plan, project, finance, construct, operate and maintain the 16 km fixed combined road and railway link between Sweden and Denmark (14). The Consortium cannot be engaged in any other activities. Both the profits and the losses derived from the activities of the Consortium are shared equally by the two parent companies. In relation to any third party, A/S Øresund and SVEDAB AB are jointly and severally liable for the Consortium's obligations (15). |
| --- | --- |

(19)

| (20) | The Consortium procured the construction works of the Link from third-party undertakings through an open tender procedure, divided in five lots. |
| --- | --- |

(20)

| (21) | In addition, road and rail hinterland connections needed to be constructed in both Sweden and Denmark in order to make the Link functional. These infrastructures connect the Link with the national network of the rail and road systems in Sweden and Denmark. Both States agreed that it was their responsibility to construct these connections (16) on their respective territories (17). The States delegated this task to the Consortium's parent companies, i.e. A/S Øresund and SVEDAB AB, which would be responsible for the planning, projecting, financing, constructing, operating and maintaining these connections in the respective countries (18). |
| --- | --- |

(21)

| (22) | The initial budget estimated that the total costs of projecting, planning and constructing the Link would amount to DKK 11.7 billion (approximately EUR 1.55 billion). The estimated cost of the hinterland connections was DKK 3.2 billion (EUR 0.43 billion) in Denmark and DKK 1.95 million (EUR 0.26 billion) in Sweden. Hence, the total cost of both the Link and the hinterland connections was estimated to be approximately DKK 16.9 billion (EUR 2.25 billion) (19). |
| --- | --- |

(22)

| (23) | The Link was partially co-financed by the EU with a grant of EUR 127 million (6 % of the total costs) under the TEN-T Framework. |
| --- | --- |

(23)

| (24) | Following completion of the Link, the Consortium had a debt of DKK 19.6 billion (EUR 2.63 billion). In addition, the liabilities of A/S Øresund and SVEDAB AB amounted respectively to DKK 7.9 billion (EUR 1.06 billion) and DKK 2.6 billion (EUR 0.35 billion). |
| --- | --- |

(24)

| (25) | The costs of planning, projecting, financing, construction, operation and maintenance of the Link should be entirely covered by tolls levied on the users of the Link (20). In addition, Trafikverket (The Swedish Transport Administration) and Banedanmark (the Danish State Rail Administration) pay an annual fixed fee to use the railway (21). |
| --- | --- |

(25)

| (26) | The revenue from toll and railway payments is intended to cover all of the interests and capital repayments on all loans taken out by the Consortium for the purposes of financing the Link. |
| --- | --- |

(26)

| (27) | Moreover, the revenue from toll and railway payments is also intended to cover interest and capital repayments on the loans taken out by the parent companies (A/S Øresund and SVEDAB AB) for the construction of the rail and road hinterland connections on each side of the Link. |
| --- | --- |

(27)

2.2.   The State guarantees

| (28) | Under Article 12 of the Intergovernmental Agreement, Denmark and Sweden undertook to guarantee jointly and severally all loans and other financial instruments used by the Consortium in connection with the financing of the Link. |
| --- | --- |

(28)

| (29) | The Consortium Agreement provides in Section 4 (3) that: ‘the Consortium’s capital requirements for the planning, project, design and construction of the Øresund Link, including loan servicing costs, and for covering capital requirements arising as a consequence of book losses which are expected to occur for a number of years after the Øresund Link has been opened to traffic, shall, in accordance with that agreed in the Intergovernmental Agreement, be satisfied by obtaining loans or the issuance of financial instruments in the open market with security in the form of Swedish and Danish government guarantees.’ |
| --- | --- |

(29)

| (30) | The State guarantees as set out in the Intergovernmental and Consortium Agreements have been implemented in Swedish (22) and Danish law (23). In Denmark, the administration of the State guarantee(s) has been delegated from the Ministry of Finance to the Central Bank (Nationalbanken). In Sweden, the administration of the State guarantee(s) lies with the Swedish National Debt Office (Riksgäldskontoret). They define the general framework for the Consortium's financing policy and supervise the implementation of the States’ guarantees when the Consortium signs new loan agreements or uses other financial instruments in connection with the financing of the Link. The Consortium does not have to pay any premium for the State guarantees. |
| --- | --- |

(30)

2.3.   State loans

| (31) | The Construction Act provides for the possibility for the Consortium to get State loans from the Danish National Bank against an annual fee of 0.15 % of the outstanding loan values plus an annual interest rate set by the Minister of Finance. |
| --- | --- |

(31)

| (32) | The complainant argues that Denmark granted State loans at favourable terms and guarantees to A/S Øresund specifically to inject capital into the Consortium. |
| --- | --- |

(32)

| (33) | At the moment of the adoption of the present decision, the Commission has not obtained any information indicating that such loans would have been concluded with the Consortium for the purpose of financing the Link. |
| --- | --- |

(33)

2.4.   The special Danish tax measures

| (34) | The Consortium is subject to a special tax regime under the Danish tax law, which was originally introduced by the Construction Act. This Act was later incorporated in the Sund & Bælt Act (24). |
| --- | --- |

(34)

| (35) | According to the information available at the moment of the adoption of the present decision, the Consortium is a partnership, which, as regards Danish tax rules, is transparent. As the Consortium is 50 % owned by A/S Øresund, the Danish tax rules apply to that Danish parent company in respect of 50 % of the income and costs incurred by the Consortium. Special tax rules apply to the:






  i. | depreciation of assets and |
| --- | --- | --- |

(35)

i.

depreciation of assets and

| ii. | carry forward of losses. |
| --- | --- |

ii.

carry forward of losses.

| (36) | Moreover, the mandatory joint taxation regime (see below section 2.2.3) would apply to the Consortium through its inclusion in the Sund & Bælt Holding group. |
| --- | --- |

(36)

2.4.1.   
  Loss carry forward

| (37) | For the period 1991 to 2001, under the Danish Tax Assessment Act (25), undertakings established in Denmark had the possibility to carry forward losses incurred during a specific tax year and deduct them from their tax base for the five subsequent years. The Consortium was however subject to special rules with respect to loss carry forward. First, the Consortium could carry forward its losses for a longer period in time, i.e. fifteen years instead of five years. Second, the Consortium was allowed to include — in the total amount of losses, which could be carried forward — losses resulting from the deduction of operating expenses incurred prior to the start of the operation of the Link. The Consortium was allowed to carry forward those losses for a maximum period of 30 years (26). |
| --- | --- |

(37)

| (38) | In 2002, section 15 in the Tax assessment act was amended (27) and the limitation of loss carry forward to 5 years was abolished. For the period 2002-2012, companies subject to Danish corporate tax law, including the Consortium (28), could carry forward all their losses without any limits in time or amount. |
| --- | --- |

(38)

| (39) | On 1 January 2013, a new limitation on the amounts of losses carried forward that can be deducted in a single year was introduced into the Danish tax law (29). Under this provision, although the right to carry forward losses was not limited in time, the amount of losses that could be carried forward and deducted from profits of subsequent years is limited annually to DKK 7 500 000 (30) (approximately EUR 1 006 000) plus an amount corresponding to 60 % of the positive taxable income in excess of DKK 7 500 000. However, this limitation does not apply to the Consortium (31). |
| --- | --- |

(39)

2.4.2.   
  Depreciation of assets

| (40) | Pursuant to sections 12 and 13 of the Construction Act (32), the annual depreciation rate for the Consortium was set at 6 % of the initial acquisition costs, which are defined as the total construction costs of the Link. This means that a single general rule on depreciation is applied to all assets of the Consortium. The 6 % depreciation rate for the Consortium applies until the income year in which the total sum of the depreciation exceeds 60 % of the initial acquisition costs (i.e. a 10-year period), as from which point the annual depreciation rate is reduced to 2 %. |
| --- | --- |

(40)

| (41) | For the period 1991 to 1998, the depreciation rules established by section 13 of the Construction Act correspond to the normal depreciation rules applicable to buildings and installations pursuant to the Danish Depreciation Act (33), which applied to all undertakings established in Denmark during that period. |
| --- | --- |

(41)

| (42) | However, in 1999 the normal depreciation rate for buildings and installations set in the Danish Depreciation Act decreased to 5 % (34) and in 2007 it further decreased to 4 % (35), while the depreciation rate for the Consortium remained 6 % pursuant to Sections 12 and 13 of the Construction Act (36). |
| --- | --- |

(42)

| (43) | According to the Danish authorities, the special tax provisions relevant to depreciation of assets and fiscal loss carry forward have been repealed since 1 January 2016. |
| --- | --- |

(43)

2.4.3.   
  Joint Taxation regime

| (44) | The Consortium is subject to mandatory joint taxation with Sund & Bælt Holding, in accordance with the general joint taxation regime applicable to all Danish undertakings within a group. According to article 31 of the Danish Act on Corporation Tax a ‘group’, all companies of which are established in Denmark, is to be taxed in accordance with the provisions on mandatory group taxation. No specific rules apply to the Consortium in that respect. |
| --- | --- |

(44)

2.5.   Past contacts between the Commission and the Consortium

| (45) | By letter dated 1 August 1995, the Consortium informed the Commission of State guarantees granted by the Danish and Swedish States in favour of the Consortium for the financing of the Link and asked the Commission to confirm that the State guarantees did not constitute State aid. |
| --- | --- |

(45)

| (46) | Following the information received, the Commission confirmed, in letters of 27 October 1995 to the Danish and Swedish authorities, that the State guarantees in question did not constitute State aid within the meaning of Article 87(1) EC (now article 107(1) TFEU), because they were attached to an infrastructure project of common interest. It is explicitly mentioned in the two letters that, as a consequence of this assessment, the Member States should not notify the measure to the Commission. |
| --- | --- |

(46)

| (47) | Following these letters, the Danish and Swedish States did not formally notify to the Commission the financing model of the Link. |
| --- | --- |

(47)

3.   SCOPE OF THE DECISION

| (48) | This decision does not concern the measures in favour of SVEDAB AB and A/.S Øresund relevant to the financing of the hinterland connections. The Commission found in its 2014 decision (37) that those measures did not constitute State aid within the meaning of Article 107(1) TFEU and the General Court rejected the action for annulment brought by the complainant as regards these measures (38). The Commission also notes in this respect that the complainant has not appealed the General Court’s judgment. |
| --- | --- |

(48)

| (49) | The present decision also does not concern the measure concerning the Danish joint taxation regime. In its 2014 decision, the Commission found that this measure did not constitute State aid, and the General Court upheld the 2014 Commission decision as regards this measure. |
| --- | --- |

(49)

| (50) | Therefore, this decision covers the measures taken in order to finance the construction and operation of the Link (hereafter ‘the project’) namely the State guarantees granted by Sweden and Denmark for loans and financial instruments taken out by the Consortium, as well as the following tax measures granted by Denmark:






  i. | the rules applicable to the Consortium with regards to the depreciation of assets; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(50)

i.

the rules applicable to the Consortium with regards to the depreciation of assets;

| ii. | the rules applicable to the Consortium with regards to loss carry forward. |
| --- | --- |

ii.

the rules applicable to the Consortium with regards to loss carry forward.

| (51) | This decision does not cover other possible measures granted by Denmark or Sweden to the Consortium, A/S Øresund, SVEDAB AB, the Sund & Bælt Holding A/S or to any other related company. |
| --- | --- |

(51)

4.   SUMMARY OF THE ARGUMENTATION SUBMITTED BY THE COMPLAINANT, DENMARK AND SWEDEN IN THE PROCEDURE LEADING TO THE 2014 DECISION

4.1.   Summary of the argumentation submitted by the complainant

4.1.1.   
  As regards the (non) economic nature of the Consortium’s activity

| (52) | According to the complainant, the Consortium is an economic operator that provides transport services across Denmark and Sweden by charging tolls as remuneration. The fact that the Consortium is incorporated is clear evidence of a commercial objective, as well as the fact that it is registered for VAT purposes and charges VAT on its tolls. Moreover, its income is used to finance the project and pay dividends to its parent companies. |
| --- | --- |

(52)

| (53) | The fact that the States decided to construct and operate the Link through a public limited liability company (39) demonstrates that they decided to provide transport services on a commercial basis rather than making the services available to the public free of charge. Finally, the Consortium in its reports and publications states that it provides commercial services in a market of and in competition with other transport service providers such as the complainant. |
| --- | --- |

(53)

| (54) | According to the complainant, the Commission has developed a consistent case practice considering the operation of various transport infrastructures as economic activities based on case law from the Union courts. Therefore, it argues that the Consortium conducts an economic activity, as it operates the Link against the payment of tolls, and that the support measures involve State aid. This reasoning applies independently of sector and timing, i.e. before or after the Aéroports de Paris judgment, in which the operation of airport infrastructure were found to constitute an economic activity. |
| --- | --- |

(54)

4.1.2.   
  As regards the State guarantees

| (55) | According to the complainant, due to the State guarantees the Consortium may obtain loans on very favourable terms, as it enjoys the same credit rating as the Danish and Swedish States (AAA). On this basis, it may obtain financial terms for its loans which are significantly better than those that would otherwise be available on the financial markets. The Consortium does not pay any guarantee premium to the States. In addition, the State guarantees appear to be unlimited in time and amount and appear in effect to prevent the possibility of the Consortium going bankrupt. Moreover, they fulfil none of the conditions mentioned in the Guarantee Notice (40) as indications of conditions that could exclude the existence of State aid. |
| --- | --- |

(55)

| (56) | The complainant also argues that every time the Consortium enters into a new loan agreement, a new guarantee is granted, involving a new ad hoc aid measure, at least for all loan transactions agreed after 2003. |
| --- | --- |

(56)

4.1.3.   
  As regards the tax measures

| (57) | The complainant argues that the tax measures in favour of the Consortium constitute incompatible State aid, which is unlimited in time and amount, and which provides an advantage separate from the State guarantees and that has to be assessed on its own merits. |
| --- | --- |

(57)

4.1.4.   
  As regards the compatibility of the alleged aid measures

| (58) | As regards the compatibility of the alleged aid measures, the complainant argues that although indeed the project can be considered important at EU level, the aid measures are not necessary and proportionate to the objective pursued, as they are unlimited in time and amount and allow the Consortium to extend artificially the amortisation period of the investment. |
| --- | --- |

(58)

4.2.   Summary of the argumentation submitted by Sweden and Denmark

4.2.1.   
  As regards the (non) economic nature of the Consortium’s activity

| (59) | Both Sweden and Denmark argue that until early 2000s, under a long-standing decision-making practice, the Commission had consistently held that the construction by a public authority of infrastructure — particularly within the transport sector — open to all potential users on equal terms did not constitute an economic activity falling within the scope of EU competition rules. Rather, such activities were considered an exercise of public (planning) authority in order to provide general transport infrastructure (41). According to their opinion, the Aéroports de Paris and Leipzig Halle judgments (42) do not necessarily apply to infrastructure projects of the type of the Link, given that the assessment of whether an activity is economic or not must be specific to the infrastructure in question. Contrary to airports, the development and operation of cross-border bridges, which requires the conclusion of international agreements, cannot be implemented by ordinary investors. |
| --- | --- |

(59)

| (60) | Moreover, the Consortium cannot be considered to compete with the complainant's ferry services. While the complainant offers a commercial ferry service, the Consortium offers a public good, i.e. access to a particular road and rail infrastructure. The pricing policy for this public good is the execution of a public policy decision concerning the financing of the project and the rail and road hinterland connections. |
| --- | --- |

(60)

| (61) | For these reasons, the States argue that the Commission's conclusion in its letters of 27 October 1995 is correct, even taking into account subsequent developments in the case law on the notion of State aid. |
| --- | --- |

(61)

| (62) | Finally, even if the Commission's interpretation of the notion of ‘economic activity’ might have changed in recent years, the States argue that principles of legal certainty and protection of legitimate expectations preclude the Commission from applying a different and broader notion of ‘economic activity’ in this case. |
| --- | --- |

(62)

4.2.2.   
  As regards the State guarantees

| (63) | According to Denmark and Sweden, both States, on the basis of the Intergovernmental Agreement, undertook a legal obligation to guarantee all loans and financial instruments taken out by the Consortium in connection to the financing of the project. This legally binding obligation was subsequently implemented in national legislation in both States (43). Thus, from the date the Consortium was founded, through the Consortium agreement, it has been enjoying the enforceable legal right to the State guarantees on all the loans it would enter into, to finance the project. As the substantial legal basis remains unaltered, the State guarantees were irrevocably and definitively granted to the Consortium at the time the Consortium achieved a legal right to obtain State guaranteed funding, i.e. from the day of its foundation, which corresponds to the date of the Consortium Agreement, 27 February 1992. The arrangements implementing the State guarantees do not change the fact that those guarantees were granted to the Consortium in February 1992. Thus, they should be considered as one or two measures granted in 1992, and thus as existing aid, if the Commission were to conclude that they constitute State aid. |
| --- | --- |

(63)

4.2.3.   
  As regards the tax measures

| (64) | Denmark indicates that the tax measures were introduced as part of the overall legislative framework of the entire project, which aims at making the infrastructure project viable. In the absence of these measures, the financial profile of the whole project would have been substantially altered. The tax measures, like the State guarantees, do not constitute State aid in favour of the Consortium, since the Consortium is not an undertaking. In any case, even if the Consortium should be considered to be carrying out economic activities, these tax measures apply to the benefit of SVEDAB AB and A/S Øresund and cannot be viewed as conferring any potential separate economic advantage to the Consortium. |
| --- | --- |

(64)

4.2.4.   
  Legal certainty and legitimate expectations

| (65) | Denmark and Sweden argue that even in the case where the Commission's interpretation of the notion of ‘economic activity’ might have changed in recent years, principles of legal certainty and protection of legitimate expectations preclude the Commission from applying a different and broader notion of ‘economic activity’ in this case. Any possible aid is existing aid and cannot be recovered. First, the so-called ‘Lorenz procedure’ (as presently provided for in Article 4(6) of the Procedural Regulation (44)) can be considered as applied in the case at hand, given the 1995 Commission letters, which entail that the measures, must be considered authorized by the Commission, to the extent that they constituted aid. Second, the State guarantees were granted irrevocably and definitely in 1992, thus the ten-year limitation period for possible recovery of State aid has elapsed. As regards Sweden, any possible aid was definitely granted prior to its accession to the EU and prior to the entry into force of the EEA Agreement on 1 January 1994. |
| --- | --- |

(65)

| (66) | Finally, the States argue that the Commission's letter of 27 October 1995, its subsequent inaction and numerous other statements from the Commission in decisions and guidelines adopted until today have given the States and the Consortium a clear legitimate expectation that the State guarantees were not State aid within the meaning of Article 107(1) TFEU. |
| --- | --- |

(66)

4.2.5.   
  As regards compatibility of possible aid

| (67) | Concerning possible compatibility of the funding measures, insofar as these would constitute State aid, the States argue that the aid measures may be considered compatible with the internal market on the basis of Article 107(3)(b) TFEU. First, the project must be considered a clearly defined sui generis project, which establishes two cross border transport lines (road and rail) and which has received EU funds under the TEN-T framework. The support measures were necessary as no private investor would enter into such a large scale project. Moreover, possible aid involved would be proportionate, as the net value of the guarantees can in no way exceed the net value of a direct grant, which would provide an unconditional and indirect benefit to the beneficiary. On the contrary the guarantees would only be called upon, if the beneficiary had insufficient funds to repay the guaranteed debts. |
| --- | --- |

(67)

| (68) | Finally, as regards the possible impact on competition and trade, arguably the construction and operation of the Link may have repercussions on a number of markets in the proximity of the Link (45). However, the Link has strengthened competition and increased trade within various other economic sectors in the region. As the European Union endorsed the Link by awarding it a TEN-T status, the positive effects of the project, both on a regional and EU level, are significant and clearly outweigh the negative effects. |
| --- | --- |

(68)

| (69) | On this basis, possible aid measures should be considered compatible with the internal market. |
| --- | --- |

(69)

5.   ASSESSMENT

5.1.   Existence of State aid

| (70) | By virtue of Article 107(1) TFEU, any aid granted by a Member State or through State resources in any form whatsoever which distorts or threatens to distort competition by favouring certain undertakings or the production of certain goods shall, in so far as it affects trade between Member States, be incompatible with the internal market. |
| --- | --- |

(70)

5.1.1.   
  Notion of undertaking

| (71) | The Commission notes that State aid rules only apply where the recipient of an aid is an ‘undertaking’. According to settled case law, an undertaking is an entity engaging in an economic activity regardless of its legal status and the way in which it is financed (46). Any activity consisting in offering goods and/or services in a given market is an economic activity (47). |
| --- | --- |

(71)

| (72) | In the Aéroports de Paris judgment (48), the General Court ruled that the operation of an airport had to be seen as an economic activity. More recently, the Leipzig/Halle judgments (49) concluded that as long as an airport runway will be used for economic activities, its construction also constitutes an economic activity and thus its funding may fall within the ambit of State aid rules. While these cases relate specifically to airports, it appears that the principles developed by the Union Courts are also applicable to the construction of other infrastructures that are indissociably linked to an economic activity (50) (51). |
| --- | --- |

(72)

| (73) | In addition, on the basis of the settled case law, for a certain activity to be classified as an economic activity, it is irrelevant whether a private investor would have carried out the same activity (52). Once an entity engages in economic activities, regardless of its legal status, or the way in which it is financed, it constitutes an undertaking within the meaning of Article 107 (1) TFEU, and TFEU rules on State aid may apply to financial advantages granted by the State or through State resources to that entity (53). |
| --- | --- |

(73)

| (74) | In light of this case law, the Consortium, as the owner and manager of the Link, provides a transport service against remuneration to citizens and undertakings using the Link. The Consortium charges a consideration (toll) from the users of the road section of the Link for crossing the Øresund strait. In addition, the Swedish and Danish railways managers pay an annual fixed fee for access to the railway on the Link. The toll revenues from road and rail collected by the Consortium are meant to finance in full the total cost of design, construction and operation of the Link, but also the costs of the hinterland connections through the distribution of dividends to the parent companies. |
| --- | --- |

(74)

| (75) | In the operation of the Link the Consortium decides on its own commercial and pricing policy (54) on the basis of the principles fixed by the States in the Intergovernmental Agreement and the Consortium Agreement. According to Article 1 of the Consortium Agreement, the Consortium's activities shall be conducted in accordance with sound commercial principles. This entails that, based on the explanations of Denmark and Sweden, the Consortium should determine its prices based on the overall objective of maximising its long-term profit in order to repay its debt relevant to the project and its parent companies' liabilities relevant to construction of the hinterland connections. |
| --- | --- |

(75)

| (76) | Therefore, the Commission considers that, the operation of the Link constitutes an economic activity. It follows from the Leipzig Halle judgment that also the construction of the infrastructure operated by the Consortium constitutes an economic activity, and thus its support measures may involve State aid. Thus the Consortium can be considered as an undertaking for the purposes of Article 107 (1) TFEU. |
| --- | --- |

(76)

5.1.2.   
  State resources and imputability to the State

| (77) | With regard to the State origin of the advantages resulting from the application of the measures, it should be recalled that the concept of aid is broader than that of subsidy, because it embraces not only positive benefits, such as subsidies, but also measures which, in various forms, mitigate the charges which are normally included in the budget of an undertaking and which, therefore, without being subsidies in the strict sense of the word, are similar in character and have the same effect (55). |
| --- | --- |

(77)

| (78) | A measure by which the public authorities grant certain undertakings an exemption from a reduction or a deferral of payment of the tax normally due, although not involving a transfer of state resources, places beneficiaries in a more favourable financial situation than other taxpayers and constitutes State aid within the meaning of Article 107(1) TFEU (56). The creation of a risk of imposing an additional burden on the State in the future, by constituting a guarantee or by making a contractual offer, is sufficient for the purposes of Article 107(1) TFEU (57). The same is true, for instance, when guarantees are granted by a Member State without requiring the payment of a premium on market terms from the beneficiary of the guarantee. The State thereby foregoes State resources. As the above measures have been granted by the States themselves, they are by definition imputable to them. |
| --- | --- |

(78)

| (79) | As a consequence, the State guarantees, granted by Denmark and Sweden without the payment of any fee, as well as the tax advantages granted to the Consortium by Denmark involve State resources and are imputable to the States. |
| --- | --- |

(79)

5.1.3.   
  Selective advantage

| (80) | According to constant case law, in order to determine whether a State measure constitutes State aid, it is necessary to establish whether the recipient undertaking receives an economic advantage that it would not have obtained under normal market conditions, i.e. in the absence of State intervention (58). Only the effect of the measure on the undertaking is relevant, neither the cause nor the objective of the State intervention (59). To assess this, the financial situation of the undertaking following the measure should be compared with the financial situation if the measure had not been introduced. |
| --- | --- |

(80)

5.1.3.1.   The State guarantees

| (81) | A public guarantee may grant the borrower an advantage, by enabling it to borrow at an interest rate and cost that would not have been obtainable on the market without the guarantee (60). |
| --- | --- |

(81)

| (82) | In this case, by providing the State guarantees without requiring the payment of a premium on market terms, the States conferred an advantage to the Consortium. As said advantage concerns specifically the Consortium, it is de jure selective. Therefore, the States' guarantees constitute a selective advantage in favour of the Consortium within the meaning of Article 107 (1) TFEU. |
| --- | --- |

(82)

5.1.3.2.   The Danish tax measures

| (83) | For a tax measure to fall within the scope of Article 107(1) TFEU, it has to be established whether under a particular statutory scheme a state measure is such as to favour ‘certain undertakings or the production of certain goods’ over others, which are in a legal and factual situation that is comparable, in the light of the objective pursued by that scheme (61). However, when Member States adopt ad hoc measures benefiting one entity, the identification of an advantage in principle allows to presume its selective nature (62), as it is normally easy to conclude that such measures have a selective character, as they reserve favourable treatment for one or few undertakings (63). In this case, the special tax regime on depreciation and on loss carry forward reduces the tax liability of the Consortium as compared to what it would have been in the absence of those measures and thereby confers an economic advantage to the Consortium. The Consortium is a transparent entity for tax purposes and the specific rules apply to its Danish parent company. It cannot be denied however that these rules apply to half (64) of the depreciation costs and losses deriving from the activity of the Consortium. In these circumstances, the Consortium appears to be the direct or indirect beneficiary of the tax measures. |
| --- | --- |

(83)

| (84) | Nevertheless, for reasons of completeness, the Commission will assess the measures of fiscal loss carry forward and of specific depreciation rules under the standard three-step analysis established by the EU Courts (65). First, the system of reference must be identified. Second, it should be determined whether a given measure constitutes a derogation from that system insofar as it differentiates between economic operators who, in light of the objective intrinsic to the system, are in a comparable factual and legal situation. If the measure constitutes a derogation from the system of reference and thus is prima facie selective, it needs to be established, in the third step of the test, whether the derogation is justified by the nature or the general scheme of the system. In this context, it is for the Member State to demonstrate that the differentiated tax treatment derives directly from the basic or guiding principles of that system (66). |
| --- | --- |

(84)

| a) | Fiscal loss carry forward |
| --- | --- |

a)

Fiscal loss carry forward

| (85) | The Commission notes that as regards the fiscal loss carry forward measure in favour of the Consortium, the system of reference is the normal Danish tax rules on loss carry forward that apply in principle to all undertakings in Denmark, as laid down in the Danish Tax Assessment Act (67). According to this system, the normal rule for the period between 1991-2001 was a five-year period. For the same period, the Consortium had the possibility to carry forward losses for 15 years and even 30 years for costs incurred before the operations of the Link started. Thus, this regime clearly derogated from the general system applicable to all other Danish companies. |
| --- | --- |

(85)

| (86) | For the period 2001 to 2012, the general rule for loss carry forward was amended and all companies, including the Consortium, could carry forward their losses without any time limitation. Thus, during this period, the Consortium did not benefit from any derogation from the general tax system. |
| --- | --- |

(86)

| (87) | Since 1 January 2013, the general loss carry forward regime was amended again (68). However, the Consortium was excluded from the limitation introduced on the amounts of yearly reduction, and consequently placed in a more favourable position than other undertakings. |
| --- | --- |

(87)

| (88) | The Commission therefore concludes that the special rules on the carry forward of losses that the Consortium enjoyed in the period 1991 to 2001 and since 2013 onwards differentiate(d) between economic operators that appear prima facie to be in a comparable factual and legal situation in the light of the objective pursued by the tax system concerned. The rules applicable to the Consortium during those two periods were/are thus prima facie selective. |
| --- | --- |

(88)

| (89) | A measure, which is prima facie selective, may still be found to be non-selective if it is justified by the nature or general scheme of that system. This is the case where a measure derives directly from the intrinsic basic or guiding principles of the system of reference or where it is the result of inherent mechanisms necessary for the functioning and effectiveness of the system (69). On the contrary, external policy objectives, which are not inherent to the general tax system cannot be relied upon for that purpose (70). It is up to the Member State concerned to demonstrate that a measure, which is at first sight selective, is justified by the nature or general scheme of its tax system (71). |
| --- | --- |

(89)

| (90) | The Danish authorities have argued that the special regime on loss carry forward can be regarded as justified by the logic of the system due to the extraordinary character of the entire project in terms of its size and purpose making it incomparable to any other infrastructure project that has been subject to Danish tax rules. However, the Danish authorities did not sufficiently demonstrate, in the documents provided before the adoption of the 2014 Decision why, and to what extent, the size and the purpose of a project would be sufficient to justify a differential tax treatment i.e. that such tax treatment would be consistent, necessary and proportionate in the light of the guiding principles of the Danish tax system. Therefore, the Commission concludes that the measure entails prima facie a selective advantage in favour of the Consortium for the years between 1991 to 2001 and since 2013 onwards. |
| --- | --- |

(90)

| b) | Depreciation of assets |
| --- | --- |

b)

Depreciation of assets

| (91) | Concerning the measures relevant to depreciation of assets, the Commission considers that the general system of reference corresponds to the Danish depreciation system applicable in principle to all companies in Denmark, as laid down in the Danish Depreciation Act (72). |
| --- | --- |

(91)

| (92) | With regard to these rules, since 1999, the depreciation rate applicable to buildings and installations of all Danish companies has been set at a rate lower than the one applicable for the assets of the Consortium (6 % from 1991 to 1998, reduced to 5 % for the period 1999 to 2006 and to 4 % since 2007). Moreover, the Consortium has the right to depreciate at a maximum rate of 6 % the entirety of its assets until the income year in which the total sum of the depreciation has surpassed 60 % (i.e. a 10 year period), from which point an annual depreciation rate of 2 % applies. |
| --- | --- |

(92)

| (93) | The Commission observes that, since 1999, the depreciation rate applicable to the Consortium derogates from the common depreciation regime applicable to all other undertakings in Denmark that are prima facie in a comparable factual and legal situation in the light of the objective pursued by the tax system concerned. The rules applicable to the Consortium are therefore prima facie selective. |
| --- | --- |

(93)

| (94) | The Danish authorities have argued that the deviation from the general regime on depreciation is justified by the logic of the system, because the Link is not comparable to other Danish infrastructure projects as regards its size, construction cost and purpose. |
| --- | --- |

(94)

| (95) | As mentioned above, the Danish authorities did not sufficiently demonstrate, in the documents provided before the adoption of the 2014 Decision why, and to what extent, the size and the purpose of a project would be sufficient to justify a differential tax treatment i.e. that such tax treatment would be consistent, necessary and proportionate in the light of the guiding principles of the Danish tax system. The Commission considers that the type of considerations invoked by Denmark cannot prima facie be taken into account in order to justify a derogation to the tax system. Hence, this differential tax treatment seems the result of an objective that is unrelated to the tax system of which it forms part. Therefore, the Commission concludes that since 1999 the measure entails prima facie a selective advantage in favour of the Consortium that cannot prima facie be justified by the logic of the tax system. |
| --- | --- |

(95)

5.1.4.   
  Distortion of competition and effect on trade between Member States

| (96) | When aid granted by a Member State strengthens the position of an undertaking as compared with other undertakings competing in intra-Union trade, the latter must be regarded as affected by the aid (73). |
| --- | --- |

(96)

| (97) | The Consortium is active on the market for construction and operation of (cross border) bridges and on the market for transport services to cross the Øresund straight. Without it being necessary to decide whether the measures are liable to distort competition and affect trade between Member States on the market for construction and operation of (cross border) bridges, it is clear that aid may strengthen the position of Consortium on the market for transport services to cross the Øresund straight as compared with other undertakings, such as, in particular, ferry operators. |
| --- | --- |

(97)

| (98) | Thus, the measures in question, to the extent that they entail a selective advantage in favour of the Consortium, may be considered as affecting intra-Union trade. |
| --- | --- |

(98)

| (99) | Similarly, as the aid is liable to improve the competitive position of the Consortium, the Commission considers that that the measures are liable to distort competition. |
| --- | --- |

(99)

5.1.5.   
  Conclusion on the existence of aid

| (100) | On the basis of this assessment, the Commission’s preliminary view is that the State guarantees granted by Denmark and Sweden to the Consortium for the financing of the Link, as well as the special tax rules on depreciation of assets and on carry forward of losses that Denmark granted to the Consortium, constitute State aid in the sense of 107(1) TFEU. |
| --- | --- |

(100)

5.2.   Classification of the measures as individual aid or scheme and granting date

| (101) | To determine whether the measures qualify as aid schemes or individual aid measures, the Commission has to examine the nature of the measures in the light of the definitions set out in the Procedural Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

(101)

| (102) | According to Article 1(d) of the Procedural Regulation, ‘“aid scheme” means any act on the basis of which, without further implementing measures being required, individual aid awards may be made to undertakings defined within the act in a general and abstract manner and any act on the basis of which aid which is not linked to a specific project may be awarded to one or several undertakings for an indefinite period of time and/or for an indefinite amount’. In contrast, individual aid is defined in Article 1(e) of the same Regulation as ‘aid that is not awarded on the basis of an aid scheme and notifiable awards of aid on the basis of an aid scheme’. |
| --- | --- |

(102)

| (103) | The Commission considers that the first situation included in the definition of an aid scheme cannot be considered applicable to the support measures under examination, as the measures are not aimed at ‘undertakings defined within the act in a general and abstract manner’ but are aimed specifically at the Consortium. Thus, the assessment as regards the aid scheme nature of the measures has to be conducted in light of the second situation envisaged by the definition. |
| --- | --- |

(103)

| (104) | In this respect, the complainant argues that each time a new financial transaction (loan, credit facility) is implemented/confirmed by the Danish Central Bank and the Swedish National Debt Office, an individual aid is granted to the Consortium. On the other hand, Sweden and Denmark argue that the State guarantees do not constitute an aid scheme, as they were granted irrevocably and definitely in 1992, and that each time their authorities approve a specific financial transaction of the Consortium they are merely taking a measure necessary to implement the State guarantees . However, both the complainant and the Member States appear to consider that the measures were granted for a ‘specific project’ within the meaning of Article 1(d) of the Procedural Regulation and consequently cannot be considered as an aid scheme. |
| --- | --- |

(104)

| (105) | According to Article 12 of the Intergovernmental Agreement, Denmark and Sweden jointly and severally guaranteed the obligations in respect of the Consortium’s loans and other financial instruments used in connection with the financing of the project. Moreover, Section 4.3 of the Consortium Agreement states that: ‘the State guarantees are meant to cover the Consortium’s capital requirements for the planning, project design and construction of the Link, including loan servicing costs, and for covering the capital requirements arising as a consequence of book losses which are expected to occur for a number of years after the Link has been opened to traffic’. In addition, Articles 1 and 2 of the Intergovernmental Agreement and Annex 1 thereto identify precisely the geographical location of the Link and its specific technical characteristics. These elements would appear to indicate that the State guarantees relate to a precisely determined specific project (74), the construction and operation of the Link. |
| --- | --- |

(105)

| (106) | As to the question whether the State guarantees involve aid for an indefinite period of time or an indefinite amount, the Commission notes that the guarantees seem to be open-ended, but that according to Article 17 of the Consortium agreement the duration of said agreement and thus of the Consortium, has been limited to 2050 with a possibility of a 30 year extension;. |
| --- | --- |

(106)

| (107) | Moreover, the position argued by the complainant that individual aid is granted each time a Consortium concludes a financial transaction for the financing of the project, has to be balanced out against the argument of the States that those authorities are giving effect to the State guarantees as set out in the Intergovernmental Agreement, the Consortium Agreement, and their national law. The Commission considers, at this stage, that the administration of guarantees in relation to specific financial transactions cannot be considered in isolation from the State guarantees granted in 1992. |
| --- | --- |

(107)

| (108) | Consequently, at this stage, the Commission has doubts whether the State guarantees should be considered as an a aid scheme or whether they should be considered as individual aid, granted when the Consortium was established, or as individual aid granted each time a financial transaction of the Consortium is approved by the national authorities. |
| --- | --- |

(108)

| (109) | As regards the tax measures under assessment, their definition in the relevant legal acts, seems to be open-ended (75) in terms of amount and duration, but specifically related to the Consortium’s activity with respect to the project. As these measures seem to be granted within the same purpose and scope as the State guarantees, the Commission’s considerations mentioned above as regards their preliminary qualification as individual aids are also to be applied as regards the tax measures. |
| --- | --- |

(109)

| (110) | The Commission notes that, in the absence of a definite conclusion on the question whether the support measures constitute a scheme or individual aid measures, it cannot reach a conclusion on the date at which the guarantees and the tax measures were granted, as well as regards their number. |
| --- | --- |

(110)

5.3.   New aid or existing aid

| (111) | Article 1(b) of the Procedural Regulation defines the measures, which should be considered as existing aid measures. According to point (i) of said Article, existing aid means: ‘without prejudice to Articles 144 and 172 of the Act of Accession of Austria, Finland and Sweden, all aid which existed prior to the entry into force of the TFEU in the respective Member States, that is to say, aid schemes and individual aid which were put into effect before, and are still applicable after, the entry into force of the TFEU in the respective Member States”. Moreover, according to point (iv), “aid which is deemed to be existing aid pursuant to Article 17 of this Regulation”’. Moreover, according to Article 17(3) (76) of the Regulation, ‘Any aid with regard to which the limitation period has expired shall be deemed to be existing aid’. |
| --- | --- |

(111)

| (112) | As mentioned previously, the complainant argues that the measures in question constitute new aid measures, at least as regards the period after 2003, as the 10-year limitation period was interrupted in May 2013, when the Commission sent a request for information to Denmark and Sweden. According to the complainant, any individual aid measure granted by the States after 2003 should be considered as new aid. On the contrary, Denmark and Sweden consider that at least the State guarantees should be considered as individual existing aid, given that the limitation period had expired already in 2002, i.e. 10 years after the right to the guarantees was granted to the beneficiary. |
| --- | --- |

(112)

| (113) | According to Article 1(b) (i) of the Procedural Regulation, all aid, which existed prior to the entry into force of the TFEU in the respective Member State, is considered as existing aid. However, this is without prejudice to Articles 144 and 172 of the Treaty of Accession of Sweden (77). According to Article 144 of this Treaty, ‘...(a) among the aids applied in the new Member States prior to accession only those communicated to the Commission by 30 April 1995 will be deemed to be “existing” aids...’ Thus, concerning the State guarantee(s) granted by Sweden to the Consortium, should it/they be considered as granted in 1992, as the measure(s) were not communicated to the Commission at the time, they could not be considered as existing aid on the basis of this Article. |
| --- | --- |

(113)

| (114) | However, on the basis of Article 1 (b) (iv) of the Procedural Regulation (78), the Commission’s conclusion as regards the new or existing aid nature of the guarantee(s) would depend on whether the measure(s) should be considered as individual aid granted in 1992, or as several individual aid measures granted each time a new loan or credit facility transaction was agreed, or as an aid scheme. In the first and third scenario, the State guarantee(s) granted by Sweden would be considered as existing aid, as the limitation period would have expired in 2002. However, in the second scenario there would be different measures, which could be existing aid, if granted before 2003, i.e. 10 years before the Commission sent a request for information to Sweden for the first time, and other measures, which could be new individual aid, if granted after 2003. |
| --- | --- |

(114)

| (115) | With respect to the State guarantee(s) granted by Denmark, the Commission’s considerations as regards the new or existing aid nature, which would be based on the definition set out in Article 1(b)(iv) of the Procedural Regulation, would be the same as for Sweden. |
| --- | --- |

(115)

| (116) | As regards the tax measures under assessment, the Commission’s conclusion on their new or existing aid character, in the meaning of Article 1(b)(iv) of the Procedural Regulation, is different for each of them. In particular, the Commission is in a position to conclude that as regards the measure relevant to fiscal loss carry forward as applied up to 2001, it can be considered as existing aid, given that it was applicable in a period prior to 2002, as explained above. As regards the same measure as applied since 1 January 2013, it can be considered as a new measure, given that it was granted after 2003. Concerning the measure relevant to the depreciation of assets, as it was put in place in 1991 and remained unchanged up to the time it was abolished, it can be considered that it constitutes existing aid. |
| --- | --- |

(116)

| (117) | The Commission concludes therefore that prima facie the determination of whether the guarantees are new or existing aid depends on whether they constitute schemes or individual aid(s) granted in 1992 (or until 2003 at the latest) or as several individual aid measures granted over the lifetime/repayment period of the project. Thus, the Commission will conclude on whether the guarantees constitute new aid or existing aid, on the basis of the more extensive information it will receive in the context of the formal investigation procedure. |
| --- | --- |

(117)

5.4.   Compatibility assessment

| (118) | Denmark and Sweden argue that should the Commission consider the support measures to constitute State aid, it should assess their compatibility on the basis of Article 107(3)(b) TFEU, which allows aid to promote the execution of an important project of common European interest. |
| --- | --- |

(118)

| (119) | The Commission Communication relevant to the compatibility analysis of aid for important projects of common European interest (‘IPCEI Communication’) (79), sets out the principles according to which the Commission assesses the public financing of such projects. According to paragraph 52 of the Communication, ‘in line with the de Notice on the determination of the applicable rules for the assessment of unlawful State aid (80)
  , in the case of non-notified aid, the Commission will apply the Communication if the aid was granted after its entry into force, and the rules in force at the time when the aid was granted in all other cases’. |
| --- | --- |

(119)

| (120) | Although at this stage, the Commission has not yet concluded on the granting date of the measures under assessment, it is obvious that the State guarantees and the Danish tax measures were put in place before the entry into force of this Communication. Thus, the Commission considers at this stage, that the Communication is not applicable as such, but that any aid would have to be assessed on the basis of the rules applicable at the time the aid was granted. However, given that at this stage this date (or dates) has not been established, and that the Communication consolidates the Commission practice as regards the compatibility assessment of aid on the basis of Article 107(3)(b) TFEU (81), the basic guiding principles set out therein will be of use for the Commission’s assessment. |
| --- | --- |

(120)

5.4.1.   
  Important project of common European interest

| (121) | Any project to be supported with aid in line with Article 107(3)(b) TFEU should, at least, possess the following features:






  — | it must be specific, precise and clearly defined; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(121)

—

it must be specific, precise and clearly defined;

| — | it must be ‘of common European interest’; |
| --- | --- |

—

it must be ‘of common European interest’;

| — | it must be important both quantitatively and qualitatively. |
| --- | --- |

—

it must be important both quantitatively and qualitatively.

5.4.1.1.   The project must be specific, precise and clearly defined

| (122) | The project in this case can be defined as the construction and operation of the Link. This project can be considered a sui generis project, which establishes two cross border transport lines (road and rail). As its objectives, terms of implementation, including its funding have been specifically laid down in the Intergovernmental Agreement and the Consortium Agreement, the Commission considers that the project can prima facie be considered as a specific, precise and clearly defined project. Moreover, it is also a major project of European transport infrastructure, which was realised through a unique partnership between Sweden and Denmark. The two States involved also underline in a credible manner that the project significantly improves the mobility of people and provides a physical connection of people and businesses in the cross-border Øresund Region inhabited by more than 3.5 million people. |
| --- | --- |

(122)

5.4.1.2.   The project must be of common European interest

| (123) | The Commission considers that the project can also be considered prima facie of a common European interest in the sense of Article 107(3)(b) TFEU, as it contributes in a concrete, clear and identifiable manner to one of the Union’s objectives and has a significant impact on sustainable growth and value creation in a large part of the Union. In particular, this project was included in the first list of TEN-T priority projects endorsed by the European Council in 1994. Since the start of its operation the project has also contributed to a better connection of the Nordic countries to Central Europe. In addition, it connects also the Nordic Triangle road and rail links (TEN-T priority project 12) via Denmark, to the upcoming Fehmarn Belt (priority project 20). The project therefore represents an important contribution in common European transport policy. It is also generally acknowledged that the TEN-T projects generally also contribute to attaining other overall Union objectives such as the smooth functioning of the internal market and the strengthening of economic and social cohesion, as this type of projects have effects on multiple levels of the economy in the region, in addition to the effects on the transport sector. In addition, the project has received co-financing by the TEN-T Framework as mentioned in section 2.1. |
| --- | --- |

(123)

5.4.1.3.   The project must be important quantitatively and as well as qualitatively

| (124) | The project is a major European transport infrastructure project. According to Denmark and Sweden, it costed approximately DKK 20 billion (EUR 2.7 billion). When including the costs of the construction of the connecting land infrastructures, the total costs of the project has been approximately DKK 30 billion (EUR 4 billion) (NPV in 2000 prices). Moreover, its financing entailed important risks taking into account in particular the significant construction costs, an unknown operation date and continued and operational and traffic risks involved for a very long period. |
| --- | --- |

(124)

| (125) | The project was realised by a partnership between Sweden and Denmark and was fully endorsed at Union level as the Link forms an integral part of the trans-European transport network (TEN-T priority project 11). The project significantly improves the mobility of people and provides a physical connection of people and businesses in the cross-border Øresund Region inhabited by more than 3.5 million people. |
| --- | --- |

(125)

| (126) | The Commission considers therefore that the project is prima facie quantitatively and qualitatively important, and operates to the benefit of the European Union. |
| --- | --- |

(126)

| (127) | Taking into account the above, the Commission concludes that the project prima facie meets all the criteria of a project that may be promoted with aid based on Article 107(3)(b) TFEU. |
| --- | --- |

(127)

5.4.2.   
  Type of aid measures under assessment

| (128) | As the measures under examination have been granted by both Denmark and Sweden in view of the substantial financing needs of the project highlighted above, the Commission considers it, also in the light of the judgment of the Court of 19 September 2018 (82) appropriate to assess to which extent this financing relates to both the construction and operation phase of the project. This is necessary, in order to establish firstly whether the public financing measures involve investment aid only, or both investment and operating aid. The Commission also aims at better understanding by means of information provided in the context of the formal investigation procedure, the necessity and proportionality of the aid measures at stake. |
| --- | --- |

(128)

| (129) | Article 12 of the Intergovernmental Agreement states that Denmark and Sweden shall jointly and severally guarantee the obligations in respect of the Consortium’s loans and other financial instruments used in connection with the financing of the project. Moreover, Article 4(3) of the Consortium Agreement provides that the State guarantees will cover the Consortium’s capital requirements “arising as a consequence of book losses which are expected to occur for a number of years after the project has been opened in traffic. On the basis of these provisions, it cannot be excluded that the guarantees may also cover loans taken out in order to meet the Consortium’s operating costs. On the other hand, according to both said Agreements (83), the cost of project design and other preparations for the project, as well as its construction, operation and maintenance shall be covered entirely by the Consortium by toll charges levied on the users. Moreover, according to Denmark and Sweden, the Consortium is required to operate according to sound business principles and compliance with this requirement is controlled by both States’ authorities. |
| --- | --- |

(129)

| (130) | Moreover, although Sweden and Denmark argue that the main function of the State guarantees and the tax measures is to cover the financing needs of the construction and not the subsequent operation, the data submitted by them does not make any distinction between investment and operating needs of the Consortium. Moreover, the data, provided before the adoption of the 2014 Decision does not demonstrate to which extent the measures still being implemented during the operation phase of the project, are covering the financing needs related to: (i) the repayment of the liabilities created during the construction phase of the project, and/or (ii) the payment of operating costs, and/or (iii) the payment of the dividends to the parent companies, which relate to the construction costs of the hinterland connections that the Consortium has the obligation to cover through the operating income of the Link or (iv) all of the above. |
| --- | --- |

(130)

| (131) | The Commission also deems it necessary to look into these parameters in the light of the typical financial and economic setup of such large scale projects. In particular, the Commission intends to clarify doubts as regards the issue whether it is not inherent in the logic of such infrastructure projects to compare ex ante upfront investment costs against future operating costs and income in a funding gap type of analysis. Indeed in such scenario, it may not be straightforward or useful to allocate traditional financial transactions exclusively to investment and/or operating costs. In this respect, the Commission also takes note of the fact that, most prominently in its judgment of 12 July 2018 on the Hinkley Point project (84), the General Court has underlined that operating aid is intended to maintain the status quo or to release an undertaking from costs which it would normally have to bear in its’ day-to-day management of normal activities. That Court noted that measures which could be considered as necessary to realizing a large-scale project such as the Hinkley Point generation plant could not be regarded as maintaining the status quo, thereby raising doubts as regards its qualification as operating aid (85). |
| --- | --- |

(131)

| (132) | It can also be noted that the granting of a hypothetical capital injection at the time of construction of the Link of an amount that corresponds to the expected benefit of the State guarantees would confer, in economic terms, a comparable benefit upon the Consortium as those guarantees. To the extent that such a capital injection could be considered as investment aid, it does not seem straightforward to consider that the State guarantees also involve operating aid merely because they also apply during the period that the Link is operational. |
| --- | --- |

(132)

| (133) | The Commission will take a final position on these matters in the light of the comments that it will receive in the formal investigation procedure; |
| --- | --- |

(133)

| (134) | In view of the absence, at this stage, of indications allowing to conclude on these issues, the Commission considers it appropriate to open the formal investigation as regards the nature of the aid measures concerned. |
| --- | --- |

(134)

5.4.3.   
  Necessity

| (135) | In order to assess the necessity of the aid, the Commission has to examine whether the aid will not subsidize the costs of a project that an undertaking would anyhow undertake. In particular, it has to assess whether, without the aid the project’s realization would have been impossible, or that realization would have been implemented on a smaller or different scale or manner, which would have significantly restricted its expected benefits. The Commission further considers that, in the absence of an alternative project, the aid amount should not exceed the minimum necessary for the aided project to be viable from an ex ante project management risk perspective. |
| --- | --- |

(135)

| (136) | Denmark and Sweden argue that both in terms of necessity and proportionality, the Commission assessment should be conducted in the light of the facts at the moment the aid measures were granted, i.e. in 1992, and taking into account the broader context of that time, which excluded the application of State aid rules for infrastructure projects at the time. |
| --- | --- |

(136)

| (137) | The Commission indeed acknowledges that the measures were adopted at a time when it was generally considered that the public financing of such infrastructure was not covered by EU State aid rules. |
| --- | --- |

(137)

| (138) | The possibility of constructing a fixed link between Sweden and Denmark had been on the agenda for more than 35 years prior to the conclusion of the Inter-governmental Agreement. During that period, there were apparently no indications that such a large-scale infrastructure project could be carried out without public support. The project required substantial upfront capital investments that could only be recovered in the very long term. Moreover, numerous uncertainties existed in relation to the revenues that could be expected. Therefore, at this stage of the investigation, the Commission considers that no rational private investor would have engaged in the financing of such a project under normal market conditions, in particular as it involved two different States. Moreover any such investor would have to take into account the obligation to fund through its revenues the debt relevant to the hinterland connections. Hence, without the aid the project would prima facie not have been realised. The States submit that all calculations of the project financing were based on the assumption that the loans obtained by the Consortium to finance the project would be fully covered by State guarantees, as prescribed by the Intergovernmental agreement. The provision of Union funds under the TEN-T framework (EUR 127 million representing 6 % of the total project costs) would be a complementary strong indication of the necessity of public funding for the realisation of the Link. |
| --- | --- |

(138)

| (139) | According to the information provided by Denmark and Sweden, the initial budget estimated that the total costs of planning and constructing the Link would amount to DKK 11,7 billion (EUR 1,55 billion). The estimated cost of the hinterland connections corresponded to DKK 3,2 billion (EUR 0,43 billion) in Denmark and SEK 1,95 billion (EUR 0,26 billion) in Sweden. Hence, the total costs of the project were estimated at approximately EUR 2,24 billion (NPV in year 1990). However, when the Link was completed in 2000, the Consortium had a net debt of DKK 19,6 billion (approx. EUR 2,63 billion). In addition, A/S Øresund and SVEDAB AB liabilities amounted to DKK 7,9 billion (EUR approx. 1,06 billion) and DKK 2,6 billion (EUR approx. 0,35 billion) respectively. So the total costs of the construction project amounted to approximately EUR 4 billion (NPV in year 2000). |
| --- | --- |

(139)

| (140) | Moreover, on the basis of the data available at this stage, it seems that the debt of the Consortium has fluctuated (86) after the operation of the Link started. The repayment period for the investment undertaken by the Consortium has also fluctuated as compared to the initial 1991 estimates (87). The calculation of the length of the Consortium’s debt repayment period was based on a number of forecasts concerning, inter alia, the development of traffic revenues, operational costs, reinvestment costs, financing costs and dividend payments to the parent companies of the Consortium. As highlighted in the 2013 Annual report (88), due to the uncertainties concerning future traffic developments, the Consortium has set out three possible scenarios for future traffic developments: a base case scenario with repayment period after 34 years (89), a growth scenario with repayment period of 30 years (90) and a stagnation scenario with a repayment period of 43 years (91). Of those, the crucial parameter related to the forecast concerning road traffic revenues, which accounted for 75 % of the total revenue and which had varied considerably over time (92). |
| --- | --- |

(140)

| (141) | It is the Commission’s preliminary view that all the above elements could constitute strong indications of the necessity of the aid as regards the construction of the said infrastructure, given that, at that moment in time, such big infrastructure project would not be realised without any public support. However, given the considerations above, the Commission cannot conclude at this stage on the necessity of the measures. |
| --- | --- |

(141)

| (142) | Moreover, in case the aid measures also cover operating costs of the Consortium during the operational phase of the Link, Denmark and Sweden have not demonstrated, at this stage, whether such aid has also been necessary to attain the objective of common European interest pursued. |
| --- | --- |

(142)

| (143) | In view of the above, the Commission will examine the necessity of the aid measures for both the construction and operating phase on the basis of the expanded information it will receive in the course of the formal investigation procedure. |
| --- | --- |

(143)

5.4.4.   
  Proportionality

| (144) | The principle of proportionality requires that the aid measures do not exceed what is appropriate in order to attain their objectives. Thus, if the construction and operation of the Link could be achieved with less aid, then the aid would not be considered proportionate. |
| --- | --- |

(144)

| (145) | With regard to aid in the form of guarantees, the proportionality of such aid traditionally requires the guarantee to be linked to specific financial transaction, for a fixed maximum amount and limited in time. State guarantees must be limited in time, as unlimited guarantees are in principle incompatible with Article 107 TFEU (93). Moreover, tax measures should as a rule be limited to an amount proportionate to the objective pursued. |
| --- | --- |

(145)

| (146) | Denmark and Sweden argue that the assessment of proportionality should not disregard the fact that the States could have chosen to inject capital to the Consortium or take loans themselves in order to finance the project directly. In such a case, the financial burden on the State’s budgets would have been higher and, as a consequence, the total costs of the project would have increased. Thus, the financial setup of the project ensured that possible State aid was limited to the minimum necessary. Moreover, the Consortium’s activity is specifically circumscribed in the Consortium Agreement, in the sense that its activity is limited to the financing, construction, operation and maintenance of the Link. Thus, in their opinion, the guarantees are limited and proportionate, as, first, they are limited by the repayment period of the loans linked to the project, and, second, they cannot be used by the Consortium to increase its capacity or extend its business on any other markets. Finally, as the construction works were tendered out, this is also an indication that the financing needs were kept to the minimum necessary. |
| --- | --- |

(146)

| (147) | Moreover, the States argue that the cash-flow generated by the Consortium so far indicates that the Consortium’s income is large enough to pay all operating expenses and to cover part of the outstanding loan balance. According to them, the established procedures are an appropriate way of controlling that the risk on the State guarantees is minimized, and thus that the aid element flowing from the guarantees is proportionate and strictly limited to the minimum necessary |
| --- | --- |

(147)

| (148) | The Commission considers that the choice of guarantees as aid instrument is indeed a positive indicator as regards the appropriateness and proportionality of the aid. However, it is not sufficient in and of itself to conclude that the measures in favour of the Consortium are proportionate to the objective pursued. Moreover, although the Commission understands that the financial set-up decided at the time indeed limited the State guarantees to the specific project financing needs, this does not necessarily mean that the guarantees were limited in amount or time. |
| --- | --- |

(148)

| (149) | With respect to the concrete effect of the tax measures, the Danish authorities have indicated, in the information submitted before the adoption of the 2014 Decision, that the advantage of the special depreciation rules amounted to about DKK 304 000 (approximately EUR 41 000) for the period 1991 to 2013. According to the Danish authorities, the absence of such rules would have increased the length of the repayment period of the project and would have had negative implications for the financial robustness of the project. |
| --- | --- |

(149)

| (150) | In this respect, the Commission observes that the Danish tax treatment of the Consortium in respect of depreciation and loss carry forward was defined in the context of the different agreements establishing the legal and financial framework for the construction and operation of the Link, including the guarantees. It also appears that the special provisions granted to the Consortium were expected to contribute to the viability of the project thereby rendering the effects of the guarantees and advantage the tax measures interdependent. |
| --- | --- |

(150)

| (151) | However, at this stage, the Commission does not have all elements to determine the limits on the amount and duration of the State guarantees and the tax advantages which could be considered as reasonable. Nor does the Commission have sufficient elements to establish the length of the reasonable repayment periods or the amount of likely borrowing required at the beginning of the project. |
| --- | --- |

(151)

| (152) | In the absence of this type of elements, which would allow a proper quantification method of the aid involved and its limitation, the Commission has doubts as regards the proportionality of the measures under examination. |
| --- | --- |

(152)

5.4.5.   
  Undue distortions of competition and balancing test

| (153) | For the aid measures to be considered compatible, the Commission intends to evaluate considerations that the measures constitute an appropriate policy instrument to attain the objective of the project. In that context it also aims at assessing the extent to which the negative effects of the aid measure in terms of distortion of competition are outweighed by the positive effects in terms of contribution to the objective of the common European interest at stake. .The Commission aims at better understanding to which extent the infrastructure at stake provides open and non-discriminatory access at non-discriminatory prices. |
| --- | --- |

(153)

| (154) | The Commission notes that the guarantee instrument chosen combined with the obligation of the Consortium to cover all costs relevant to the planning, construction, operation and maintenance of the project through its operating revenues, can, in principle, be considered as an appropriate instrument to attain such objective, as compared to direct subsidies. However, the open-ended character of the State guarantees and the tax measures prima facie mitigates such conclusion. |
| --- | --- |

(154)

| (155) | In particular, the open-ended character of the measures has to be assessed in terms of its possible negative effects on competition. In this respect, the complainant argues that the financial set-up chosen by Denmark and Sweden had as a consequence that the Consortium had the possibility to set the toll charges for the Link at a level which is artificially low. |
| --- | --- |

(155)

| (156) | The Commission notes that it can indeed be argued that the aid measures under examination have a negative effect on competition, in particular for companies such as the complainant. However, these negative effects have to be assessed in the light of the positive effects in terms of contribution to the objective of common European interest. In particular, the very purpose of the Link seems to be to offer citizens and undertakings an alternative transport link than the one provided in the past by ferry operators. To this end, Denmark and Sweden and interested parties are invited to provide any further information available. |
| --- | --- |

(156)

| (157) | Thus, the Commission is, at this stage, not in a position to definitively conclude whether possible negative effects of the measures have been outweighed by the positive effects induced. |
| --- | --- |

(157)

5.4.6.   
  Specific compatibility condition as regards the guarantees — Mobilisation conditions

| (158) | According to point 5.3 of the Guarantee Notice, which incorporates existing Commission practice (94), ‘The Commission will accept guarantees only if their mobilisation is contractually linked to specific conditions, which may go as far as the compulsory declaration of bankruptcy of the beneficiary undertaking, or any similar procedure. These conditions will have to be agreed between the parties when the guarantee is initially granted. In the event that a Member State wants to mobilise the guarantee under conditions other than those initially agreed to at the granting stage, then the Commission will regard the mobilisation of the guarantee as creating new aid which has to be notified under Article 88(3) of the Treaty.’ |
| --- | --- |

(158)

| (159) | The complainant argues that the guarantees granted by Denmark and Sweden did not include any conditions relevant to their mobilization and thus they cannot be declared compatible in any case. Denmark and Sweden are invited to submit further information in this respect. |
| --- | --- |

(159)

| (160) | The Commission notes that at this stage it does not dispose of the necessary information to assess the existence and the conditions of the mobilisation of the guarantees. |
| --- | --- |

(160)

5.5.   Legitimate expectations — Legal certainty

| (161) | Article 16(1) of the Procedural Regulation provides that where negative decisions are taken in cases of unlawful aid, the Commission shall decide that the Member State concerned shall take all necessary measures to recover the aid from beneficiary. However, [t]he Commission shall not require recovery of the aid if this would be contrary to a general principle of Union law”. In this respect, the Commission is required to take into consideration, also on its own initiative, exceptional circumstances that provide justification, pursuant to the said Article, for it to refrain from ordering the recovery of unlawfully granted aid where such recovery is contrary to a general principle of Union law (95). |
| --- | --- |

(161)

| (162) | The principle of protection of legitimate expectations is a general principle of EU law (96) which confers rights on individuals (97). In accordance with settled case-law, the right to rely on the principle of the protection of legitimate expectations extends to any person in a situation where an EU institution has caused him or her to have justified expectations (98). |
| --- | --- |

(162)

| (163) | Three cumulative conditions must be satisfied for a claim of entitlement to the protection of legitimate expectations to be well founded. First, precise, unconditional and consistent assurances originating from authorised and reliable sources must have been given to the person concerned by the authorities. Second, those assurances must be such as to give rise to a legitimate expectation on the part of the person to whom they are addressed. Third, the assurances given must comply with the applicable rules (99). |
| --- | --- |

(163)

| (164) | The Court has consistently held that the right to rely on the principle of the protection of legitimate expectations extends to any person to whom an institution has given rise to justified hopes. In addition, the Court has accepted that legitimate expectations can arise only where the Commission itself has given precise assurances that the measure in question does not constitute State aid (100). It is also right that, in principle, there is no legitimate expectation on the part of recipients of aid unlawfully implemented (101). |
| --- | --- |

(164)

| (165) | In the light of the above, it appears that general principles of legal certainty and legitimate expectations prevent the Commission from applying a novel interpretation of Article 107(1) TFEU, when, clearly, the States and the Consortium could legitimately expect that the State guarantees and the Danish tax measures would fall outside the scope of Article 107(1) TFEU. |
| --- | --- |

(165)

| (166) | In this connection, the States submit that the State guarantees have been definitively and irrevocably granted to the Consortium on 27 February 1992, and that the principle in point 81 of the Munich Airport Terminal 2 (102) decision therefore clearly applies to this case. In view of this, the guarantees cannot be considered as ‘unlawful aid’ which could be recovered on the basis of article 16(1) of the Procedural Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

(166)

| (167) | The States consider the guarantees to constitute existing aid, which cannot be recovered. To this end, they argue that the Commission’s lack of inaction after the Consortium notified, on 1 August 1995, the guarantees entails that any possible aid contained in the guarantees must now be considered existing aid, which cannot be recovered. The Consortium's letter and the circumstances of the case, including the fact that the Link was approved as a TEN-T project, entail that the Commission was duly informed that the aid measures would be implemented. Moreover, they argue that as the guarantees were granted definitively and irrevocably in 1992, the 10-year limitation period has been suspended merely at the moment the Commission started the investigation of the case following the complaint. As regards the Swedish guarantee in particular, given that the guarantee was granted prior to the entry into force of the EEA agreement, it would have been definitively granted before accession. Finally, given the reassurances provided by the Commission in its 1995 letters, any recovery would be contrary to the general principles of Union law relevant to legal certainty and protection of legitimate expectations. |
| --- | --- |

(167)

| (168) | In case the Commission were to conclude that the measures involve unlawful and incompatible aid, it would be necessary to assess whether a general principle of Union law, and in particular the principle of legitimate expectations, precludes recovery of such aid. |
| --- | --- |

(168)

| (169) | In the present case, in view of the combination of the highly specific circumstances described in recitals 46 to 48 of this decision, the Commission is of the opinion that should the measures be considered as having been granted before the 2000 Aéroports de Paris judgment (103), the Member States concerned and the beneficiary should benefit from the principle of the protection of legitimate expectations. |
| --- | --- |

(169)

| (170) | First, the Commission’s position at that time was to consider public financing of the construction and operation of infrastructure projects as public goods and not economic activity. This position was clearly spelt out in various soft law instruments (104) as well as certain Commission decisions (105). As noted above, the Commission's position has evolved over time, and with the General Court's judgment in Aéroports de Paris it has become gradually apparent that the operation of infrastructure may be considered as an economic activity. |
| --- | --- |

(170)

| (171) | Second, in view of these developments, the Commission has adopted a general policy that financing measures for the construction and operation of infrastructure definitively adopted before the judgment in Aéroports de Paris can no longer be called into question based on State aid rules. In this regard, the Commission has considered public authorities could legitimately consider that financing measures definitively adopted before the judgment in Aéroports de Paris did not constitute State aid and accordingly did not need to be notified to the Commission (106). |
| --- | --- |

(171)

| (172) | Third, in line with the Commission’s policy at the time, the Commission informed Denmark and Sweden in 1995 that the State guarantees in question did not constitute State aid within the meaning of Article 107(1) TFEU. |
| --- | --- |

(172)

| (173) | Indeed, the Consortium duly informed the Commission of the existence of the State guarantees by its letter of 1 August 1995 and asked for the position of the Commission as regards the qualification as State aid of the two State guarantees. |
| --- | --- |

(173)

| (174) | In that context, it is relevant to note that the letter was submitted to the Commission prior to the entry into force of Regulation No 659/99 and of Commission Regulation (EC) No 794/2004, which introduced new formalities for State aid notifications, including notification forms, and electronic submission through the SANI system with validation by Member State's Permanent Representations (see Article 2 of that regulation) (107). |
| --- | --- |

(174)

| (175) | In response to the Consortium's letter of 1 August 1995, on 27 October 1995, the Commission sent two letters to the two Member States concerned but not to the Consortium. In those letters, signed by the Director General for Transport, the Commission informed the two Member States concerned that the State guarantees in question did not constitute State aid within the meaning of Article 107(1) TFEU and that, therefore, the guarantees in question should not be notified to the Commission. |
| --- | --- |

(175)

| (176) | In that regard, it has to be noted that the conclusion in the Commission letters of 27 October 1995 was fully consistent with the decision practice of the Commission at the time. As explained above, the construction and operation of infrastructure was not considered an economic activity by the Commission at the time the said letters were sent and therefore was not subject to State aid rules. |
| --- | --- |

(176)

| (177) | Fourth, even though the Commission was not informed of the tax measures by the Consortium's letter of 1 August 1995, the Commission considers that the conclusion that the State guarantees did not constitute State aid and did not need to be notified, gave Denmark legitimate expectations that the specific tax measures applicable to the Consortium did not constitute State aid either, because they were attached to an infrastructure project the construction and operation of which was considered not to constitute an economic activity. |
| --- | --- |

(177)

| (178) | Last but not least, the judgment of the General Court of 19 September 2018 upheld the Commission’s analysis as regards the existence of the legitimate expectations at least until 2000 (108). |
| --- | --- |

(178)

| (179) | In view of the above, the Commission considers that the States and the Consortium have legitimate expectations that the Commission would not call into question the State guarantees and the tax measures granted up until the date of the judgment in Aéroports de Paris, in the event that aid granted to the Consortium were to be considered incompatible with the internal market. |
| --- | --- |

(179)

| (180) | Should State guarantees and tax measures be considered as granted in the period after the judgment of 12 December 2000, the Commission notes the particular circumstances of this case, as described above, and in particular the specific, precise and unconditional reassurance given in the Commission letters of 1995 stating that the measures concerned would not constitute state aid. Therefore, the Commission considers that, in light of the General Court’s case law (109), the Consortium could be considered as enjoying, in any case, legitimate expectations, as regards its right to get State guarantees for its financial transactions relevant to the project, as it irrevocably engaged in the project already from the time it was created (110), i.e. in 1992, long before the 2014 Commission decision and/or the current decision. |
| --- | --- |

(180)

| (181) | However, the Commission intends to further examine this matter also on the basis of the information it will receive from the Member States and the interested parties within the context of the formal investigation procedure. |
| --- | --- |

(181)

6.   CONCLUSION

On the basis of the above, the Commission considers that at this stage, it is not in a position to make a definitive assessment of the issues related to the nature of the measures as individual aid or as an aid scheme, as well as the date(s) at which the measures were granted and their number. Consequently, the Commission will also further examine whether all or some of the measures constitute existing or new aid.

The Commission will further investigate the compatibility of these aid measures with the Internal Market. Although these measures can be considered as aiming at the promotion of an important project of common European interest, the Commission will look in further depth at the measures in the construction and operational phase, their necessity and proportionality, whether they entail undue distortions of competition that cannot be outweighed by their positive effects, as well as the conditions of mobilisation of these guarantees. Finally, the Commission will look at the precise period during which the beneficiary, Sweden and/or Denmark could invoke legitimate expectations, should the measures be found to constitute incompatible State aid.

In the light of the foregoing considerations, the Commission requests Sweden and Denmark to submit their comments and to provide all such information as may help to assess these measures, within one month of the date of receipt of this letter. It requests your authorities to forward a copy of this letter to the potential recipient of the aid immediately.

The Commission warns Sweden and Denmark that it will inform interested parties by publishing this letter and a meaningful summary of it in the Official Journal of the European Union. It will also inform interested parties in the EFTA countries, which are signatories to the EEA Agreement, by publication of a notice in the EEA Supplement to the Official Journal of the European Union and will inform the EFTA Surveillance Authority by sending a copy of this letter. All such interested parties will be invited to submit their comments within one month of the date of such publication.

By letter of 16 January 2019, the Danish and Swedish authorities agreed to have the present decision adopted and notified in the English language.

---

(1)  Depuis novembre 2018, l’entreprise qui assure la liaison Elseneur-Helsingborg a changé de nom pour devenir FORSEA.

1

(2)  Voir l’arrêt du Tribunal du 19 septembre 2018, HH Ferries e.a./Commission, T-68/15, ECLI:EU:T:2018:563.

2

(3)  Arrêt du Tribunal du 12 décembre 2000, Aéroports de Paris/Commission, T-128/98, ECLI:EU:T:2000:290.

3

(4)  Scandlines is owned 50 % by Stena Line Øresund AB and 50 % by Scandlines Helsingor-Helsingborg A/S. In January 2015, the company’s new name became HH Ferries. On 9 November 2018, HH Ferries announced that the shipping company would change its name to ForSea.

4

(5)  This complaint was registered as SA.36558 for Denmark and as SA.36662 for Sweden.

5

(6)  This part of the complaint was registered as SA.38371.

6

(7)  Judgment of the General Court of 19 September 2018, HH Ferries and Others v Commission, T-68/15, ECLI:EU:T:2018:563.

7

HH Ferries and Others

Commission

(8)  Judgment of the General Court of 12 December 2000, Aéroports de Paris v Commission, T-128/98, ECLI:EU:T:2000:290.

8

Aéroports de Paris

Commission

(9)  Act No 590 of 19 August 1991 on the Fixed Link across Øresund. The Construction Act regulated — among other issues — the ownership structure of the Link, the basic financial terms as well as the overall fiscal matters in terms of tax. In 2005, the Construction Act was incorporated in Act no 588 of 24 June 2005 on Sund & Bælt Act.

9

o

(10)  Swedish bill No 158, 1990:91 approved by the Swedish Parliament on 12 June 1991.

10

(11)  A/S Øresund is wholly owned by Sund & Bælt Holding A/S, which, in turn, is wholly owned by the Danish State.

11

(12)  A/S Øresund is wholly owned by Sund & Bælt Holding A/S, which, in turn, is wholly owned by the Danish State.

12

(13)  SVEDAB AB is wholly owned by the Swedish State.

13

(14)  See article 10 of the Intergovernmental Agreement and Section 1 of the Consortium Agreement.

14

(15)  See article 11 of the Intergovernmental Agreement and Section 3 of the Consortium Agreement.

15

(16)  The Swedish hinterland connections consist of a 10 km motorway between Lernacken and Yttre Ringvägen in Malmö, and a 20 km railway (Öresundsbanan and Kontinentalbanan), which connects the Link to Malmö Central Station and to the Södra Stambanan (the Swedish south main railway line).

16

(17)  See Article 8 of the Intergovernmental Agreement.

17

(18)  See section 2(5) of the Consortium Agreement.

18

(19)  At 1990 prices.

19

(20)  See article 14 of the Intergovernmental Agreement and Section 4§ 6 of the Consortium Agreement.

20

(21)  See paragraph 4 of the additional protocol to the Intergovernmental Agreement.

21

(22)  Swedish bill No 158, 1990:91 approved by the Swedish Parliament on 12 June 1991.

22

(23)  Danish Act No 590 of 19 August 1991.

23

(24)  See Sections 12 to 14 of the Act No. 588 of 24 June 2005.

24

(25)  See section 15 of Act no 660 of 19 October 1989.

25

(26)  See Section 11 of the Construction Act.

26

(27)  Danish Act no. 313 of 21 May 2002.

27

(28)  Section 11 of the Øresund Act was also amended to remove the limitations it contained.

28

(29)  See section 12, subsection 2 of Act No 591 of 18 June 2012 amending Danish act on Corporation tax.

29

(30)  2012 values — the amount is indexed on an annual basis.

30

(31)  See section 13 of Act no. 591 of 18 June 2012 amending sections 12-12D of the Danish act on Corporation Tax.

31

(32)  Act no.590 of 19 August 1991. In 2005, the Construction Act was incorporated in Act no 588 of 24 June 2005 on Sund & Bælt Act.

32

o

o

(33)  See section 22 of the consolidated act no. 597 of 16 August 1991.

33

(34)  See section 17 of Act No 433 of 26 June 1998.

34

(35)  See Act No 540 of 6 June 2007.

35

(36)  As replaced in 2005 by Sections 13 and 14 of the Sund & Bælt Act.

36

(37)  Commission decision of 15.10.2014, in case SA. 36558 (2014/NN) and SA. 38371(2014/NN) — Denmark, SA. 36662 (2014/NN) — Sweden, Aid granted to Øresundsbro Konsortiet, OJ C 437, 5.12.2014, p. 1.

37

(38)  Judgment of the General Court of 19 September 2018, HH Ferries I/S, formerly Scandlines Øresund I/S and Others v. Commission, T-68/15, ECLI:EU:T:2018:563.

38

HH Ferries I/S, formerly Scandlines Øresund I/S and Others v. Commission

(39)  According to the complainant under Danish and Swedish law, the boards of director of limited liability companies are to promote the interests of the companies themselves and are as such independent of the companies’ shareholders.

39

(40)  Commission Notice on the application of Articles 87 and 88 of the EC Treaty to State aid in the form of guarantees, OJ C 155, 20.6.2008, p. 10-22.

40

(41)  To this end they refer to Commission decision of 14.09.2000, on State aid N 208/2000 — Netherlands — Subsidy Scheme for Public Inland Terminals (SOIT, OJ C 315 of 4.11.2000, p. 22;; of 17.07.2002, on State aid N 356/2002 — United Kingdom — Network Rail, OJ C 232 of 28.09.2002, p. 2; (OJ C 232/2002); of 20.12.2001 on State aid N 649/2001 — United Kingdom — Freight Facilities Grant, OJ C 45 of 19.02.2002, p. 2, paragraph 45.They also refer to the Commission Guidelines on the application of Articles 92 and 93 of the EC Treaty and of Article 61 of the EEA Agreement to State aids in the aviation sector, OJ C 305, of 10.12.1994, paragraph 12; the Commission White Paper of 22 July 1998, on Fair payment for infrastructure use: a phased approach to a common transport infrastructure charging in the framework in the EU (COM (1998) 466 final,, paragraph 43; Communication from the Commission to the Council and to the European Parliament of 13 February 2001: Reinforcing Quality Services in Sea Ports: a Key for European Transport, COM (2001) 35 final.

41

(42)  Judgment of the General Court of 24 March 2011, Freistaat Sachsen and Land Sachsen-Anhalt and Others v Commission, Joined cases T-443/08 and T-455/08, ECLI:EU:T:2011:117; upheld on appeal in Judgment of the Court of Justice of 19 December 2012, Mitteldeutsche Flughafen AG and Flughafen Leipzig-Halle GmbH v Commission, C-288/11 P, ECLI:EU:C:2012:821

42

Freistaat Sachsen and Land Sachsen-Anhalt and Others v Commission

Mitteldeutsche Flughafen AG and Flughafen Leipzig-Halle GmbH v Commission

(43)  See 68 of the Danish Act No 590 of 19 August 1991 (now § 11 in Act No 588 of 24 June 2005) and the Swedish bill No 158, 1991:91 approved by the Swedish Parliament on 12 June 1991.

43

(44)  Council Regulation (EU) 2015/1589 of 13 July 2015 laying down detailed rules for the application of Article 108 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, OJ L 248, 24.9.2015,

44

(45)  Including on ferry services between Helsingør and Helsingborg and the catamaran ferry line between Copenhagen and Malmö, which was closed in 2002.

45

(46)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 12 September 2000, Pavlov and Others v Stichting Pensioenfonds Medische Specialisten, Joined cases C-180/98 to C-184/98, ECLI:EU:C:2000:428.

46

Pavlov and Others v Stichting Pensioenfonds Medische Specialisten

(47)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 16 June 1987, Commission v Italy, 118/85, ECLI:EU:C:1987:283, paragraph 7; judgment of the Court of Justice of 18 June 1998, Commission v Italian Republic, C-35/96 ECLI:EU:C:1998:303;, paragraph 36; judgment of the Court of Jusrice of 12 September 2000, Pavlov and Others v Stichting Pensioenfonds Medische Specialisten, Joint Cases C-180/98 to C-184/98, ECLI:EU:C:2000:428

47

Commission

Italy,

Commission v Italian Republic

Pavlov and Others v Stichting Pensioenfonds Medische Specialisten

ECLI:EU:C:2000:428

(48)  Judgment of the General Court of 12 December 2000, Aéroports de Paris v Commission, T-128/98, ECLI:EU:T:2000:290, paragraph 125, confirmed by the Court of Justice in its Judgment of 24 October 2002, Aéroports de Paris v Commission, C-82/01 P, ECLI:EU:C:2002:617.

48

Aéroports de Paris v Commission

Aéroports de Paris v Commission

(49)  Judgment of the General Court of 24 March 2011, Freistaat Sachsen and Land Sachsen-Anhalt and Others v Commission, Joined Cases T-443/08 and T-455/08, ECLI:EU:T:2011:117; upheld on appeal in Judgment of the Court of Justice of 19 December 2012, Mitteldeutsche Flughafen AG and Flughafen Leipzig-Halle GmbH v Commission, C-288/11 P, ECLI:EU:C:2012:821.

49

Freistaat Sachsen and Land Sachsen-Anhalt and Others v Commission

Mitteldeutsche Flughafen AG and Flughafen Leipzig-Halle GmbH v Commission

(50)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 14 January 2015, Eventech v The Parking Adjudicator, C-518/13, ECLI:EU:C:2015:9, paragraph 40; Judgment of the General Court of 15 March 2018, Naviera Armas v Commission, T-108/16, ECLI:EU:T:2018:145, paragraph 78.

50

Eventech v The Parking Adjudicator

Naviera Armas

Commission

(51)  See also paragraph 202 of the Commission Notice on the notion of State aid as referred to in Article 107(1) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union C/2016/2946,
  OJ C 262, 19.7.2016, p. 1-50.

51

OJ C 262, 19.7.2016, p. 1-50.

(52)  Judgment of the Court of 19 February 2002, Wouters, Savelbergh and Price Waterhouse Belastingadviseurs BV v Algemene Raad van de Nederlandse Orde van Advocaten, C-309/99, ECLI:EU:C:2002:98, paragraph 48.

52

Wouters, Savelbergh and Price Waterhouse Belastingadviseurs BV v Algemene Raad van de Nederlandse Orde van Advocaten

(53)  Judgment of the Court of 17 February 1993, Poucet v Assurances Générales de France and Caisse Mutuelle Régionale du Languedoc-Roussillon and Pistre v Cancave, Joint Cases C-159/91 and C-160/91, ECLI:EU:C:1993:63.

53

Poucet v Assurances Générales de France and Caisse Mutuelle Régionale du Languedoc-Roussillon and Pistre v Cancave

(54)  The Consortium's pricing policy entails differentiated prices to its users depending on the type of customer (e.g. private or business), type of vehicle, frequency of use (e.g. annual pass, 10-trip card or Øresund Business), time of passage and payment method.

54

(55)  See inter alia judgment of the Court of Justice of 8 November 2001, Adria-Wien Pipeline GmbH and Wietersdorfer & Peggauer Zementwerke GmbH v Finanzlandesdirektion für Kärnten, C-143/99, ECLI:EU:C:2001:598, paragraph 38; judgment of the Court of Justice of 15 July 2004, Spain v Commission,C-501/00, ECLI:EU:C:2004:438, paragraph 90, and the case law cited therein; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 15 December 2005, Italy v Commission, C-66/02 ECLI:EU:C:2005:768, paragraph 77; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 10 January 2006, Ministero dell'Economia e delle Finanze v Cassa di Risparmio di Firenze, C-222/04, ECLI:EU:C:2006:8, paragraph 131, and the case law cited therein.

55

inter alia

Adria-Wien Pipeline GmbH and Wietersdorfer & Peggauer Zementwerke GmbH v Finanzlandesdirektion für Kärnten,

Spain

Commission,

Italy

Commission

Ministero dell'Economia e delle Finanze

Cassa di Risparmio di Firenze

(56)  See, for example, Judgment of the Court of Justice of 15 March 1994, , Banco Exterior de España, C-387/92, ECLI:EU:C:1994:100, paragraph 14.

56

Banco Exterior de España

(57)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 1 December 1998, Ecotrade Srl v Altiforni e Ferriere di Servola SpA (AFS) , C-200/97, ECLI:EU:C:1998:579, paragraph 41; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 19 March 2013, Bouygues and Bouygues Télécom v Commission and Others, Joined Cases C-399/10 P and C-401/10 P, ECLI:EU:C:2013:175, paragraphs 137, 138 and 139.

57

Ecotrade Srl v Altiforni e Ferriere di Servola SpA (AFS)

Bouygues and Bouygues Télécom v Commission and Others

(58)  See Judgment of the Court of Justice of 11 July 1996, Syndicat français de l'Express international (SFEI) and others v La Poste and others, C-39/94 ECLI:EU:C:1996:285, paragraph 60; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 29 April 1999, Spain v Commission, C-342/96 ECLI:EU:C:1999:210, paragraph 41.

58

Syndicat français de l'Express international (SFEI) and others v La Poste and others,

(59)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 2 July 1974, Italy v. Commission, 173/73, ECLI:EU:C:1974:71, paragraph 13.

59

(60)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 8 December 2011, Residex Capital v Gemeente Rotterdam, C-275/10, ECLI:EU:C:2011:814, paragraph 39.

60

Residex Capital v Gemeente Rotterdam

(61)  Judgment of the General Court Salzgitter v Commission, T-308/00, ECLI:EU:T:2004:199, paragraph 79, and the case law cited therein.

61

Salzgitter

Commission

(62)  Judgment of the General Court of 13 December 2017, Hellenic Republic v. Commission, T-314/15, ECLI:EU:T:2017:903, paragraphs 78 and 79.

62

Hellenic Republic v. Commission

(63)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 4 June 2015, Commission v MOL, C-15/14 P, ECLI:EU:C:2015:362, paragraphs 60 et seq.; Opinion of Advocate General Mengozzi of 27 June 2013, Deutsche Lufthansa, C-284/12, ECLI:EU:C:2013:442, paragraph 52,

63

Commission v MOL

Deutsche Lufthansa

(64)  According to the Danish authorities, the tax measures apply only to the Danish partner of the Consortium, thus only to half of the costs and losses deriving from the activity of the Consortium.

64

(65)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 8 September 2011, Commission v Netherlands, C-279/08 P, ECLI:EU:C:2011:551, paragraph 62; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 8 November 2001, Adria-Wien Pipeline, C-143/99, ECLI:EU:C:2001:598.

65

Commission v Netherlands

Adria-Wien Pipeline

(66)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 8 September 2011, Paint Graphos and others, Joined Cases C-78/08 to C-80/08, ECLI:EU:C:2011:550, paragraph 49 et seq.; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 29 April 2004, GIL Insurance, C-308/01, ECLI:EU: C:2004:252.

66

Paint Graphos and others

GIL Insurance

(67)  Section 15 of Act no 660 of 19 October 1989.

67

(68)  See paragraph 38 of this decision.

68

(69)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 8 September 2011, Paint Graphos and others, Joined Cases C-78/08 to C-80/08, ECLI:EU:C:2011:550, paragraph 69.

69

(70)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 8 September 2011, Paint Graphos and others, Joined Cases C-78/08 to C-80/08, ECLI:EU: C:2011:550, paragraphs 69 and 70; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 6 September 2006, Portugal v Commission, C-88/03, ECLI:EU: C:2006:511, paragraph 81; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 8 September 2011, Commission v Netherlands, C-279/08 P, ECLI:EU: C:2011:551; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 22 December 2008, British Aggregates v Commission, C-487/06 P, ECLI:EU:C:2008:757; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 18 July 2013, P Oy, C-6/12, ECLI:EU:C:2013:525, paragraphs 27 et seq.

70

Paint Graphos and others

Portugal v Commission

Commission v Netherlands

British Aggregates v Commission

P Oy

(71)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 15 November 2011, Commission and Spain v Government of Gibraltar and United Kingdom, Joined Cases C-106/09 P and C-107/09 P, ECLI:EU:C:2011:732, paragraph 146; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 29 April 2004, Netherlands v Commission, C-159/01, ECLI:EU:C:2004:246, paragraph 43; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 6 September 2006, Portugal v Commission, C-88/03, ECLI:EU:C:2006:511.

71

Commission and Spain v Government of Gibraltar and United Kingdom

Netherlands v Commission

Portugal v Commission

(72)  See recitals 37 to 39 of this decision.

72

(73)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 14 January 2015, Eventech v The Parking Adjudicator, C-518/13, ECLI:EU:C:2015:9, paragraph 66; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 8 May 2013, Libert and others, Joined Cases C-197/11 and C-203/11, ECLI:EU:C:2013:288, paragraph 77; Judgment of the General Court of 4 April 2001, Friulia Venezia Giulia, T-288/97, ECLI:EU:T:2001:115, paragraph 41.

73

Eventech v The Parking Adjudicator

Libert and others

Friulia Venezia Giulia

(74)  See also paragraph 80 of the judgment of the General Court of 19 September 2018, HH Ferries and Others v. Commission, T-68/15, ECLI:EU:T:2018:563.

74

(75)  See Section 5.1.3.2 of this decision.

75

(76)  According to Article 17 of the Procedural Regulation, ‘1. The powers of the Commission to recover aid shall be subject to a limitation period of 10 years. 2. The limitation period shall begin on the day on which unlawful aid is awarded to the beneficiary either as individual aid or as an aid scheme. Any action taken by the Commission or the Member State, acting on the request of the Commission, with regard to the unlawful aid shall interrupt the limitation period...3. Any aid with regard to which the limitation period had expired shall be deemed to be existing aid.’

76

The powers of the Commission to recover aid shall be subject to a limitation period of 10 years. 2. The limitation period shall begin on the day on which unlawful aid is awarded to the beneficiary either as individual aid or as an aid scheme. Any action taken by the Commission or the Member State, acting on the request of the Commission, with regard to the unlawful aid shall interrupt the limitation period

Any aid with regard to which the limitation period had expired shall be deemed to be existing aid

(77)  Treaty of Accession of Austria, Finland and Sweden (1994), OJ C 241, 29.8.1994.

77

(78)  Article 1 (b) (iv) of the Procedural Regulation states: For the purposes of this Regulation, the following definitions shall apply [...] b) | ‘existing aid’ means [...] aid which is deemed to be existing aid pursuant to Article 17 of this Regulation.

78

(79)  Communication for the analysis of the compatibility with the internal market of State aid to promote the execution of important projects of common European interest, OJ C 188 of 20 June 2014, p. 4.

79

(80)  Commission Notice on the determination of the applicable rules for the assessment of unlawful State aid, OJ C 119, 22.05.2002, p. 22.

80

(81)  See, for example, Commission Decisions of 17.03.2009, in case N 157/2009 — Denmark — Financing of the planning phase of the Fehmarn Belt fixed link, OJ C 2002 of 27.08.2009, p. 1; of 13.03.1996 concerning fiscal aid given to German airlines in the form of a depreciation facility, OJ L 146 of 20.06.1996, p. 42, of 22.12.1998, N 576/98 of 22 December 1998 in case N 576/98 — United Kingdom — Channel Tunnel Rail Link, OJ C 56 of 26 February 1999, p. 6, and of 13.05.2009 in case N 420/08 — United Kingdom — Restructuring of London & Continental Railways, OJ C 183,5.08.2009, p. 2.

81

(82)  See above footnote 5.

82

(83)  Article 14 of the Intergovernmental Agreement.

83

(84)  Judgment of the General Court of 12 July 2018. Republic of Austria v European Commission. Case T-356/15. ECLI:EU:T:2018:439.

84

Republic of Austria v European Commission

(85)  See in particular points 577 to 586 of the judgment.

85

(86)  For instance, at the end of 2000, the Consortium’s net financial debt, including accumulated interest, amounted to 19.4 billion Danish kroner (DKK), which at the end of 2003 had risen to DKK 20.1 billion, and had fallen at the end of 2013 to DKK 16.6 billion.

86

(87)  The repayment period is estimated on an annual basis and published in the Consortium’s annual reports. This estimate has fluctuated between 30 and 50 years.

87

(88)  Annual Report — Øresundsbro Konsortiet — 2013

88

(89)  The base case scenario envisaged a moderate growth of 4 % for the next few years after which growth would decrease gradually towards a long term trend of 1,8 %.

89

(90)  The growth scenario assumes that the integration of the Øresund Region will result in strong traffic growth as was the case before the global recession. The Danish and Swedish economies are reviving, and annual traffic growth is assumed to increase by approximately 6 %, arriving at 2,5 % in the long run.

90

(91)  The stagnation scenario assumes negative growth for the next few years followed by moderate growth of approximately 2 % over the medium term and a long-term trend of a little more than 1 per cent.

91

(92)  In their reply to the Commission’s questions of 22 October 2018, Denmark and Sweden indicated that it now expected to take up to 50 years to repay all the debts of the Consortium (including the necessary dividend payments to A/S Øresund and SVEDAB AB) on the assumption, inter alia, that the Consortium maximises its income.

92

(93)  See point (b)of the third subparagraph of Section 4.1 of the Commission Notice on the application of Articles 87 and 88 of the EC Treaty to State aid in the form of guarantees Guarantee Notice, OJ C 155, 20.6.2008, p. 10.

93

(94)  See Commission letter to the Member States, reference SG(89) D/4328, of 5 April 1989.

94

(95)  See Judgment of the Court of Justice of 24 November 1987, Rijn-Schelde-Verolme (RSV) Machinefabrieken en Scheepswerven NV v Commission, 223/85, ECLI:EU:C:1987:502.

95

Rijn-Schelde-Verolme (RSV) Machinefabrieken en Scheepswerven NV v Commission

(96)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 3 May 1978, August Töpfer & Co. GmbH v Commission, 112/77, EU:C:1978:94, paragraph 19.

96

August Töpfer & Co. GmbH v Commission

(97)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 19 May 1992, Mulder and Others v Council and Commission, Joint Cases C-104/89 and C-37/90, EU:C:1992:217, paragraph 15.

97

Mulder and Others

Council and Commission

(98)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 11 March 1987, Van den Bergh en Jurgens and Van Dijk Food Products (Lopik) v Commission of the European Communities, 265/85, EU:C:1987:121, paragraph 44 and the case-law cited therein.

98

Van den Bergh en Jurgens and Van Dijk Food Products (Lopik)

Commission of the European Communities

(99)  Judgment of the General Court of 30 June 2005, Branco v Commission, T-347/03, EU:T:2005:265, paragraph 102 and the case-law cited therein; Judgment of of the General Court of 23 February 2006, Cementbouw Handel & Industrie v Commission, T-282/02, EU:T:2006:64, paragraph 77; Judgment of the General Court of 30 June 2009, CPEM v Commission, T-444/07, EU:T:2009:227, paragraph 126.

99

Branco

Commission

Cementbouw Handel & Industrie

Commission

CPEM

Commission

(100)  See Judgment of the Court of Justice of 22 June 2006, Belgium and Forum 187 ASBL v Commission, Joint Cases C-182/03 and C-217/03, ECLI:EU:C:2006:416 , para 147; Judgment of the Court of Justice of 24 November 2005, Germany v Commission, C-506/03, ECLI:EU:C:2005:715, paragraph. 58.

100

Belgium and Forum 187 ASBL v Commission

Germany v Commission

(101)  Judgment of the Court of Justice of 11 November 2004, Daewoo Electronics Manufacturing España SA (Demesa) and Territorio Histórico de Álava — Diputación Foral de Álava v Commission, Joined Cases C-183/02 P and C-187/02 P, ECLI:EU:C:2004:701, paragraphs 44 and 45, and the case law cited therein.

101

Daewoo Electronics Manufacturing España SA (Demesa) and Territorio Histórico de Álava — Diputación Foral de Álava v Commission

(102)  Commission Decision of 3 October 2012 on the measure SA.23600 — C 38/08 (ex NN 53/07) — Germany — Financing arrangements for Munich Airport Terminal 2, OJ L 319, 29.11.2013, p. 8.

102

(103)  Judgment of the General Court of 12 December 2000, Aéroports de Paris v Commission, T-128/98, ECLI:EU:T:2000:290, paragraph 125, confirmed by the Judgment of the Court of Justice of 24 October 2002, Aéroports de Paris v Commission, C-82/01 P, ECLI:EU:C:2002:617.

103

Aéroports de Paris v Commission

Aéroports de Paris v Commission

(104)  See, for instance, Community guidelines on the application of Articles 92 and 93 of the EC Treaty and Article 61 of the EEA Agreement to State aids in the aviation sector, OJ C 350 of 10.12.1994, paragraph 12 refers explicitly to bridges: The construction of enlargement of infrastructure projects (such as airports, motorways, bridges, etc.) represents a general measure of economic policy which cannot be controlled by the Commission under the Treaty rules on State aid.; Commission White Paper of 22 July 1998 on Fair payment for infrastructure use: A phased approach to a common transport infrastructure charging in the framework in the EU (COM (1998) 466 final, paragraph 43; Green Paper of 10 December 1997 ea and Maritime Infrastructure. COM (97) 678 final, paragraph 42; Communication from the Commission to the Council and to the European Parliament of 13 February 2001: Reinforcing Quality Services in Sea Ports: a Key for European Transport, (COM (2001) 35 final.

104

The construction of enlargement of infrastructure projects (such as airports, motorways, bridges, etc.) represents a general measure of economic policy which cannot be controlled by the Commission under the Treaty rules on State aid.

(105)  See, Commission decisions of 14.09.2000, on State aid N 208/2000 — Netherlands — Subsidy Scheme for Public Inland Terminals (SOIT), OJ C 315 of 4.11.2000, p. 22; of 17.07.2002, on State aid N 356/2002 — United Kingdom — Network Rail, OJ C 232 of 28.09.2002, p. 2; of 20.12.2001, on State aid N 649/2001 — United Kingdom — Freight Facilities Grant, OJ C 45 of 19.02.2002, p. 2, paragraph 45, of 8.03.2006, on State aid N 284/2005 — Ireland — Regional Broadband Programme: Metropolitan Area Networks (‘MANs’), phases II and III, paragraph 34, OJ C 207 of 30.8.2006, p. 2; of of 2 August 2002 on State aid C 42/2001 — Spain — Terra Mitica SA, OJ L 91, 8.4.2003, p. 23, paragraphs 64 and 65; of 20.04.2005, on State aid N 355/2004 — Belgium — PPP Antwerp Airport, OJ C 176, of 16.7.2005, p. 11, paragraph 34; of 11.12.2001, on State aid N 550/2001 — Belgium — Partenariat public privé pour la construction d’installations de chargement et de déchargement, OJ C 24, 26.1.2002, p. 2, paragraph 24; of 20.12.2001, on State aid N 649/2001 -United Kingdom — Freight Facilities Grant (FFG), OJ C 045 of 19.02.2002, p. 2;.. See also paragraph 201 of the Commission Notice on the notion of State aid as referred to in Article 107(1) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, OJ C 262, 19.7.2016, p. 1.

105

(106)  See, for instance Guidelines on State aid to airports and airlines, OJ C 99, 4.4.2014, p. 3, paragraphs 28-29; Commission decision of 3 October 2012, on State aid C 38/2008 — Germany — Munich airport Terminal 2, OJ L 319, 29.11.2013, p. 8, paragraphs 74 to 81.

106

(107)  The Commission would point out that, since the entry into force of Regulation No 659/99 and of Commission Regulation (EC) No 794/2004 of 21 April 2004 implementing it (OJ L 140, 30.04.2001, p. 1), such a state of affairs cannot happen again. Both Regulations remind Member States of their obligation to notify in advance any proposal to grant new aid. The practical arrangements for making such notifications, such as the use of standard forms, are set out clearly.

107

(108)  See recitals 309 to 322 of the judgment.

108

(109)  Judgment of the General Court of 15 November 2018, World Duty Free Group, SA, formerly Autogrill España, SA v Commission, T-219/10 RENV, ECLI:EU:T:2018:784; Judgement of the General Court of 15 November 2018, Deutsche Telekom AG v Commission, T-207/10, ECLI:EU:T:2018:786; Judgment of the General Court of 15 November 2018, Banco Santander, SA v Commission, Case T-227/10, ECLI:EU:T:2018:785; Judgment of the General Court of 15 November 2018, Axa Mediterranean Holding, SA v Commission, T-405/11, ECLI:EU:T:2018:780; Judgment of the General Court of 15 November 2018, Banco Santander, SA and Santusa Holding, SL v Commission, Case T-399/11 RENV, ECLI:EU:T:2018:787.

109

World Duty Free Group, SA, formerly Autogrill España, SA v Commission,

Deutsche Telekom AG v Commission,

Banco Santander, SA v Commission

Axa Mediterranean Holding, SA v Commission,

Banco Santander, SA and Santusa Holding, SL v Commission,

(110)  See among others paragraph 293 of Judgment of the General Court of 15 November 2018, World Duty Free Group, SA, formerly Autogrill España, SA v Commission, T-219/10 RENV, ECLI:EU:T:2018:784.

110

---